CNV MPO TIP FHWA

Thursday, June 15, 2017 Federal Highway Administration Central Naugatuck Valley Region MPO 2018-2021 Transportation Improvement Program DRAFT Project #: 0017-0187 Route 72, Route 69 and Divinity Street: Construct intersection improvements at Route 72 and Route 69. Includes realignment of the intersection. Region: Route/System: Advanced Construction Phase: Year: Tot$(000): Fed$(000): Sta$(000): Loc$(000): FACode: Air Quality Code: Bristol CT 72 X7 05 FD 2018 $750 $600 $150 $0 STPH ROW 2018 $4,150 $3,320 $830 $0 STPH CON 2019 $4,050 $3,240 $810 $0 NHPP CON 2019 $4,050 $3,240 $810 $0 STPH Project #: 0080-0128 Improvements on Routes 63, 64 and I-84 WB Interchange 17 Region: Route/System: Advanced Construction Phase: Year: Tot$(000): Fed$(000): Sta$(000): Loc$(000): FACode: Air Quality Code: Middlebury I-84/CT 63 & 64 CC 05 FD 2018 $1,625 $1,300 $325 $0 STPO ROW 2018 $1,900 $1,520 $380 $0 STPO AC Entry CON 2020 $0 $0 $0 $0 NHPP AC Conversion CON 2020 $12,500 $10,000 $2,500 $0 NHPP AC Conversion CON 2021 $8,250 $6,600 $1,650 $0 NHPP AC Conversion CON FYI $8,250 $6,600 $1,650 $0 NHPP Project #: 0087-0145 Reconstruction of Cross Street Region: Route/System: Advanced Construction Phase: Year: Tot$(000): Fed$(000): Sta$(000): Loc$(000): FACode: Air Quality Code: Naugatuck Cross Street X7 05 CON 2018 $4,430 $3,544 $443 $443 STPO Page 1 of 10 Central Naugatuck Valley Region MPO 2018-2021 Transportation Improvement Program DRAFT Project #: 0110-0136 Realign North Main Street to intersect US 6 opposite Agney Avenue. Widen US 6 to provide left-turn lanes at North Main Street/Agney Avenue and South Main Street. Region: Route/System: Advanced Construction Phase: Year: Tot$(000): Fed$(000): Sta$(000): Loc$(000): FACode: Air Quality Code: Plymouth US 6 X7 05 FD 2020 $500 $400 $100 $0 NHPP ROW 2020 $700 $560 $140 $0 NHPP CON FYI $3,770 $3,016 $754 $0 NHPP Project #: 0151-0273 Upgrade Expressway – Phase 3: Reconstruction of I-84 to provide a third lane in each direction from Washington Street to the vicinity of Pierpont Road in the City of Waterbury. Region: Route/System: Advanced Construction Phase: Year: Tot$(000): Fed$(000): Sta$(000): Loc$(000): FACode: Air Quality Code: Waterbury I-84 CC 05 AC Entry CON 2018 $0 $0 $0 $0 NFRP AC Conversion CON 2018 $17,875 $14,300 $3,575 $0 NFRP AC Entry CON 2018 $0 $0 $0 $0 NHPP AC Conversion CON 2018 $29,900 $23,920 $5,980 $0 NHPP AC Conversion CON 2019 $16,600 $13,280 $3,320 $0 NFRP AC Conversion CON 2019 $10,000 $8,000 $2,000 $0 NHPP Project #: 0151-0312 NHS – Rehab Bridge 03191A over I-84 westbound, Route 8 and the Naugatuck River Region: Route/System: Advanced Construction Phase: Year: Tot$(000): Fed$(000): Sta$(000): Loc$(000): FACode: Air Quality Code: Waterbury I-84 EB X6 05 AC Entry CON 2018 $0 $0 $0 $0 NHPP-BRX AC Conversion CON 2018 $13,333 $12,000 $1,333 $0 NHPP-BRX AC Conversion CON 2019 $16,667 $15,000 $1,667 $0 NHPP-BRX AC Conversion CON 2020 $5,556 $5,000 $556 $0 NHPP-BRX AC Conversion CON 2021 $3,644 $3,280 $364 $0 NHPP-BRX Page 2 of 10 Central Naugatuck Valley Region MPO 2018-2021 Transportation Improvement Program DRAFT Project #: 0151-0313 NHS – Rehab Bridge 03191A over I-84 westbound, Route 8 and the Naugatuck River Region: Route/System: Advanced Construction Phase: Year: Tot$(000): Fed$(000): Sta$(000): Loc$(000): FACode: Air Quality Code: Waterbury I-84 WB X6 05 AC Entry CON 2018 $0 $0 $0 $0 NHPP-BRX AC Conversion CON 2018 $4,444 $4,000 $444 $0 NHPP-BRX AC Conversion CON 2019 $7,778 $7,000 $778 $0 NHPP-BRX AC Conversion CON 2020 $12,222 $11,000 $1,222 $0 NHPP-BRX AC Conversion CON 2021 $2,556 $2,300 $256 $0 NHPP-BRX Project #: 0151-0321 Design and construct a section of the Naugatuck River Greenway in Waterbury along South Main Street from the Naugatuck town line at Platts Mill Road — Phase 1 Region: Route/System: Advanced Construction Phase: Year: Tot$(000): Fed$(000): Sta$(000): Loc$(000): FACode: Air Quality Code: Waterbury NRG X6 05 CON 2019 $4,147 $3,512 $0 $635 HPPS CON 2019 $3,082 $2,564 $0 $519 REP CON 2019 $631 $505 $0 $126 TAPO Project #: 0151-0324 Implement and construct various pedestrian safety improvements in the vicinity of Gilmartin School in the City of Waterbury Region: Route/System: Advanced Construction Phase: Year: Tot$(000): Fed$(000): Sta$(000): Loc$(000): FACode: Air Quality Code: Waterbury Various X6 05 CON 2018 $500 $500 $0 $0 SRSI Project #: 0151-0325 Traffic signal upgrade at 15 location in downtown Waterbury Region: Route/System: Advanced Construction Phase: Year: Tot$(000): Fed$(000): Sta$(000): Loc$(000): FACode: Air Quality Code: Waterbury Various X8 05 FD 2018 $88 $88 $0 $0 CMAQ CON 2018 $2,780 $2,780 $0 $0 CMAQ Page 3 of 10 Central Naugatuck Valley Region MPO 2018-2021 Transportation Improvement Program DRAFT Project #: 0151-0326 I-84 & Rte. 8: Rehabilitate eight bridges on Route 8 at the interchange with I-84 – Bridge No. 03190 A, B, C, D, E & F; and Bridge No. 03191 D & E Region: Route/System: Advanced Construction Phase: Year: Tot$(000): Fed$(000): Sta$(000): Loc$(000): FACode: Air Quality Code: Waterbury I-84/CT 8 X6 05 AC Entry CON 2018 $0 $0 $0 $0 NHPP-BRX AC Conversion CON 2018 $25,000 $20,000 $5,000 $0 NHPP-BRX AC Conversion CON 2019 $31,250 $25,000 $6,250 $0 NHPP-BRX AC Conversion CON 2020 $31,250 $25,000 $6,250 $0 NHPP-BRX AC Conversion CON 2021 $34,450 $27,560 $6,890 $0 NHPP-BRX Project #: 0151-0332 NHS – Rehab Bridge # 03191F Ramp 197 over Ramp 202 Meadow Street Region: Route/System: Advanced Construction Phase: Year: Tot$(000): Fed$(000): Sta$(000): Loc$(000): FACode: Air Quality Code: Waterbury I-84 X6 05 CON 2019 $5,000 $4,500 $500 $0 NHPP-BRX Project #: 0151-0333 Rehab of bridge 03176 over the Naugatuck River and adjacent local roads. Located 1/4 mile north of town line. Region: Route/System: Advanced Construction Phase: Year: Tot$(000): Fed$(000): Sta$(000): Loc$(000): FACode: Air Quality Code: Waterbury CT 8 X6 05 FD 2018 $500 $400 $100 $0 NHPP-BRX ROW 2018 $50 $40 $10 $0 NHPP-BRX CON FYI $7,100 $5,680 $1,420 $0 NHPP-BRX Project #: 0151-0334 National Highway System – Rehabilitate Bridge numbers 03178 (Route 8 Southbound) and 03179 (Route 8 northbound) over Waterbury Branch Line Region: Route/System: Advanced Construction Phase: Year: Tot$(000): Fed$(000): Sta$(000): Loc$(000): FACode: Air Quality Code: Waterbury CT 8 X6 05 ROW 2018 $50 $40 $10 $0 NHPP-BRX FD 2018 $510 $408 $102 $0 NHPP-BRX CON FYI $10,200 $8,160 $2,040 $0 NHPP-BRX Page 4 of 10 Central Naugatuck Valley Region MPO 2018-2021 Transportation Improvement Program DRAFT Project #: 0170-0BRX On/Off-Systems bridge improvements, BRX and BRZ (Bridge Report) Region: Route/System: Advanced Construction Phase: Year: Tot$(000): Fed$(000): Sta$(000): Loc$(000): FACode: Air Quality Code: Statewide Various X6 70 ALL 2018 $50,000 $40,000 $10,000 $0 NHPP-BRX ALL 2019 $50,000 $40,000 $10,000 $0 NHPP-BRX ALL 2020 $50,000 $40,000 $10,000 $0 NHPP-BRX ALL 2021 $50,000 $40,000 $10,000 $0 NHPP-BRX ALL FYI $50,000 $40,000 $10,000 $0 NHPP-BRX Project #: 0170-3382 Provide funds to conduct load ratings for bridges on National Highway System roads (1/1/16-12/31/20) Region: Route/System: Advanced Construction Phase: Year: Tot$(000): Fed$(000): Sta$(000): Loc$(000): FACode: Air Quality Code: Statewide Various X6 70 AC Entry OTH 2018 $0 $0 $0 $0 NHPP-BRX AC Conversion OTH 2018 $2,000 $1,600 $400 $0 NHPP-BRX AC Conversion OTH 2019 $2,000 $1,600 $400 $0 NHPP-BRX AC Conversion OTH 2020 $2,000 $1,600 $400 $0 NHPP-BRX Project #: 0170-3383 Provide funds to conduct load ratings for bridges on non-National Highway System roads (1/1/16-12/31/20) Region: Route/System: Advanced Construction Phase: Year: Tot$(000): Fed$(000): Sta$(000): Loc$(000): FACode: Air Quality Code: Statewide Various X6 70 AC Entry OTH 2018 $0 $0 $0 $0 STPA-BRX AC Conversion OTH 2018 $1,000 $800 $200 $0 STPA-BRX AC Conversion OTH 2019 $1,000 $800 $200 $0 STPA-BRX AC Conversion OTH 2020 $1,000 $800 $200 $0 STPA-BRX Page 5 of 10 Central Naugatuck Valley Region MPO 2018-2021 Transportation Improvement Program DRAFT Project #: 0170-3411 Provide funds for state forces to conduct inspections on bridges that are located on the National Highway System (9/1/2016 to 8/31/2021) Region: Route/System: Advanced Construction Phase: Year: Tot$(000): Fed$(000): Sta$(000): Loc$(000): FACode: Air Quality Code: Statewide Various X6 70 AC Entry OTH 2018 $0 $0 $0 $0 NHPP-BRX AC Conversion OTH 2018 $3,703 $2,962 $741 $0 NHPP-BRX AC Conversion OTH 2019 $3,926 $3,141 $785 $0 NHPP-BRX AC Conversion OTH 2020 $4,162 $3,330 $832 $0 NHPP-BRX Project #: 0170-3412 Provide funds for state forces to conduct bridge inspections on non-National Highway System roads (9/1/16 – 8/31/21) Region: Route/System: Advanced Construction Phase: Year: Tot$(000): Fed$(000): Sta$(000): Loc$(000): FACode: Air Quality Code: Statewide Various X6 70 AC Entry OTH 2018 $0 $0 $0 $0 STPA-BRX AC Conversion OTH 2018 $2,860 $2,288 $572 $0 STPA-BRX AC Conversion OTH 2019 $3,032 $2,426 $606 $0 STPA-BRX AC Conversion OTH 2020 $3,214 $2,571 $643 $0 STPA-BRX Project #: 0170-3413 Provide funds for consulting engineering services to conduct inspections on bridges that are located on the National Highway System (9/1/2016 to 8/31/2021) Region: Route/System: Advanced Construction Phase: Year: Tot$(000): Fed$(000): Sta$(000): Loc$(000): FACode: Air Quality Code: Statewide Various X6 70 AC Entry OTH 2018 $0 $0 $0 $0 NHPP-BRX AC Conversion OTH 2018 $19,010 $15,208 $3,802 $0 NHPP-BRX AC Conversion OTH 2019 $20,150 $16,120 $4,030 $0 NHPP-BRX AC Conversion OTH 2020 $21,360 $17,088 $4,272 $0 NHPP-BRX Page 6 of 10 Central Naugatuck Valley Region MPO 2018-2021 Transportation Improvement Program DRAFT Project #: 0170-3414 Provide funds for bridge inspections using consulting engineering services on non-National Highway System roads (9/1/16 – 8/31/21) Region: Route/System: Advanced Construction Phase: Year: Tot$(000): Fed$(000): Sta$(000): Loc$(000): FACode: Air Quality Code: Statewide Various X6 70 AC Entry OTH 2018 $0 $0 $0 $0 STPA-BRX AC Conversion OTH 2018 $8,340 $6,672 $1,668 $0 STPA-BRX AC Conversion OTH 2019 $8,840 $7,072 $1,768 $0 STPA-BRX AC Conversion OTH 2020 $9,370 $7,496 $1,874 $0 STPA-BRX Project #: 0170-3415 Provide funds for sign support inspections using consulting engineering services on National Highway System roads (9/1/16 – 8/31/21) Region: Route/System: Advanced Construction Phase: Year: Tot$(000): Fed$(000): Sta$(000): Loc$(000): FACode: Air Quality Code: Statewide Various X6 70 AC Entry OTH 2018 $0 $0 $0 $0 NHPP AC Conversion OTH 2018 $1,168 $934 $234 $0 NHPP AC Conversion OTH 2019 $1,168 $934 $234 $0 NHPP AC Conversion OTH 2020 $2,920 $2,336 $584 $0 NHPP Project #: 0170-3416 Provide funds for sign support inspections using consulting engineering services on non-National Highway System roads (9/1/16 – 8/31/21) Region: Route/System: Advanced Construction Phase: Year: Tot$(000): Fed$(000): Sta$(000): Loc$(000): FACode: Air Quality Code: Statewide Various X6 70 AC Entry OTH 2018 $0 $0 $0 $0 STPA AC Conversion OTH 2018 $250 $200 $50 $0 STPA AC Conversion OTH 2019 $250 $200 $50 $0 STPA AC Conversion OTH 2020 $750 $600 $150 $0 STPA Page 7 of 10 Central Naugatuck Valley Region MPO 2018-2021 Transportation Improvement Program DRAFT Project #: 0170-3417 Provide funds to conduct mast arm and span pole inspections statewide (9/1/17- 8/31/21) Region: Route/System: Advanced Construction Phase: Year: Tot$(000): Fed$(000): Sta$(000): Loc$(000): FACode: Air Quality Code: Statewide Various X6 70 AC Entry OTH 2018 $0 $0 $0 $0 STPA AC Conversion OTH 2018 $1,000 $800 $200 $0 STPA AC Conversion OTH 2019 $500 $400 $100 $0 STPA AC Conversion OTH 2020 $500 $400 $100 $0 STPA Project #: 0170-3439 Federal eligible preliminary engineeringfor the Transportation Alternatives set-aside program Region: Route/System: Advanced Construction Phase: Year: Tot$(000): Fed$(000): Sta$(000): Loc$(000): FACode: Air Quality Code: Statewide 70 AC Entry PE 2018 $0 $0 $0 $0 STPA AC Conversion PE 2018 $660 $528 $132 $0 STPA AC Conversion PE 2019 $660 $528 $132 $0 STPA AC Conversion PE 2020 $660 $528 $132 $0 STPA AC Conversion PE 2021 $660 $528 $132 $0 STPA Project #: 0170-3444 Pavement management analysis and data collection (4/1/17 – 3/31/20) Region: Route/System: Advanced Construction Phase: Year: Tot$(000): Fed$(000): Sta$(000): Loc$(000): FACode: Air Quality Code: Statewide X6 70 AC Entry PL 2018 $0 $0 $0 $0 STPA AC Conversion PL 2018 $668 $534 $134 $0 STPA AC Conversion PL 2019 $443 $354 $89 $0 STPA Page 8 of 10 Central Naugatuck Valley Region MPO 2018-2021 Transportation Improvement Program DRAFT Project #: 0170-3455 Connecticut Highway Assistance Motorist Patrol (CHAMP) safety service patrol (7/1/17-6/30/20) Region: Route/System: Advanced Construction Phase: Year: Tot$(000): Fed$(000): Sta$(000): Loc$(000): FACode: Air Quality Code: Statewide Various 70 AC Entry OTH 2018 $0 $0 $0 $0 SIPH AC Conversion OTH 2018 $4,537 $4,083 $0 $454 SIPH AC Conversion OTH 2019 $4,537 $4,083 $0 $454 SIPH Project #: 0170-SFTY Safety Program, HSIP – Rural and Other(Safety Report) Region: Route/System: Advanced Construction Phase: Year: Tot$(000): Fed$(000): Sta$(000): Loc$(000): FACode: Air Quality Code: Statewide Various X6 70 ALL 2018 $26,608 $23,948 $2,661 $0 HSIP(SIPH) ALL 2019 $26,608 $23,948 $2,661 $0 HSIP(SIPH) ALL 2020 $26,608 $23,948 $2,661 $0 HSIP(SIPH) ALL 2021 $26,608 $23,948 $2,661 $0 HSIP(SIPH) ALL FYI $26,608 $23,948 $2,661 $0 HSIP(SIPH) Project #: 0171-0402 Traffic Control Signals in District 1 Region: Route/System: Advanced Construction Phase: Year: Tot$(000): Fed$(000): Sta$(000): Loc$(000): FACode: Air Quality Code: District 1 Various X7 71 CON 2018 $3,570 $3,570 $0 $0 STPA Project #: 0171-0417 Add funding to install/replace Office of State Traffic Administration (OSTA) approved signals in District 1 Region: Route/System: Advanced Construction Phase: Year: Tot$(000): Fed$(000): Sta$(000): Loc$(000): FACode: Air Quality Code: District 1 Various X7 71 ROW 2018 $110 $110 $0 $0 STPA FD 2018 $187 $187 $0 $0 STPA CON 2019 $3,350 $3,350 $0 $0 STPA Page 9 of 10 Central Naugatuck Valley Region MPO 2018-2021 Transportation Improvement Program DRAFT Project #: 0174-0400 Traffic Control Signals in District 4 Region: Route/System: Advanced Construction Phase: Year: Tot$(000): Fed$(000): Sta$(000): Loc$(000): FACode: Air Quality Code: District 4 Various X7 74 CON 2018 $3,000 $3,000 $0 $0 STPA Project #: 0174-0418 Replace traffic control signals at 12 locations Region: Route/System: Advanced Construction Phase: Year: Tot$(000): Fed$(000): Sta$(000): Loc$(000): FACode: Air Quality Code: District 4 Various X7 74 ROW 2019 $120 $120 $0 $0 STPA FD 2019 $282 $282 $0 $0 STPA CON 2020 $3,859 $3,859 $0 $0 STPA Page 10 of 10

Pathway to Revitalization: Economic Impacts of Phased Completion of the Naugatuck River Greenway

Pathway to Revitalization: Economic Impacts of Phased Completion of the Naugatuck River Greenway

Pathway to Revitalization Economic Impacts of Phased Completion of the Naugatuck River Greenway March 2017 ii iii Research Team ► Fred V. Carstensen, Director, Connecticut Center for Economic Analysis ► Peter E. Gunther, Senior Research Fellow, Connecticut Center for Economic Analysis ► Aaron Budris, Senior Regional Planner, Naugatuck Valley Council of Governments ► Mark Nielsen, Director of Planning & Assistant Director, Naugatuck Valley Council of Governments ► Laura E. Brown, Community & Economic Development Educator, UConn-Extension ► Danielle Jensen, Research Assistant, Connecticut Center for Economic Analysis ► Jessica Powell, Research Intern, UConn-Extension Acknowledgments The research team would like to extend special thanks to members of the Naugatuck River Greenway Steering Committee and the Connecticut Greenways Council for ongoing feedback and support. Thank you to the following organizations who contributed to the funding and development of this project: Grants from the U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration, and the Federal Transit Administration, and by contributions from member municipalities of the Naugatuck Valley Council of Governments (NVCOG) financed this analysis by NVCOG in partnership with the University of Connecticut College of Agriculture, Health and Natural Resources Department of Extension and The Connecticut Center of Economic Analysis. The study has been graciously further funded through grants by the Connecticut Community Foundation, Valley Community Foundation, Katharine Matthies Foundation, and the Community Foundation of Northwest Connecticut with support from the Northwest Hills Councils of Governments. k a t h a r i n e m a t t h i e s f o u n d a t i o n ii iii Executive Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Key recommendations/findings from impact study ……………………………………… 1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Project Overview ……………………………………………………………..ffl……. 5 Research Team and Study Approach …………………………………………………… 6 The Naugatuck River Greenway ………………………………………………………. 8 Other Trails Referenced in this Study …………………………………………………… 9 Literature Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Alternative Trail Studies with REMI ……………………………………………………. 18 Research Methods & Preliminary Findings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Trail Count Data ………………………………………………………………ffl……. 21 Trail User Intercept Survey …………………………………………………………… 24 Stakeholder Focus Groups …………………………………………………………… 26 Economic Impacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Direct Economic Impacts ……………………………………………………………. 33 Benefits & Strategies for Businesses along Trails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ffl . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Indirect and Induced Economic Impacts ………………………………………………. 54 Brownfields Opportunities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Background ……………………………………………………………..ffl……….. 71 Environmental Regulation Governing Brownfields ……………………………………… 71 Reimagining Brownfields through the RBP …………………………………………….. 73 Data into Action ……………………………………………………………..ffl……. 74 Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Promotion ………………………………………………………………ffl………… 77 Amenities ……………………………………………………………..ffl…………. 78 Demonstrating Value ……………………………………………………………..ffl.. 78 Trail Maintenance ………………………………………………………………ffl….. 78 Community & Business Engagement …………………………………………………. 79 Trail Planning and Routing …………………………………………………………. 80 Funding Opportunities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 State Programs ……………………………………………………………..ffl…….. 83 Federal Programs ……………………………………………………………..ffl…… 86 Innovative Financing ………………………………………………………………ffl.. 87 Funding Open Trail Sections …………………………………………………………. 88 A Path to Revitalization Table of Contents Table of Contents iv 1 Naugatuck River, Beacon Falls iv 1 This study assesses the potential economic impacts of the development of the Naugatuck River Greenway ( NRG ) Trail, a proposed 44-mile multi-use trail that will run through 11 Connecticut communities historically linked by the Naugatuck River from Torrington in the north down river to Harwinton, Litchfield, Thomaston, Watertown, Waterbury, Naugatuck, Beacon Falls, Seymour, Ansonia, and Derby. As of this writing, five unconnected sections of the Greenway have been completed: the Derby Greenway (about 2.2 miles), the Ansonia Riverwalk (about a half mile), Beacon Falls, (half mile), and Naugatuck (1.1 miles). The study addresses the primary question: “How will communities and residents along the Naugatuck River benefit from their investment in building the proposed trail?” The study involved a literature review, collection of new quantitative and qualitative primary data through trail counts, a trail user intercept survey, three focus groups, and deployment of the Regional Economic Impact Model ( REMI ) to estimate total economic impacts of the proposed trail. Considerations included in the impact analysis are construction costs, operating expenditures, user amenity benefits, user expenditures, as well as potential impacts on population, employment, income, and fiscal impacts. Key recommendations/findings from impact study Currently, unconnected trail segments of the NRG are already yielding benefits to citizens within the Naugatuck River valley region. Residents within closest proximity to trailheads and those nearby realize a combined annual consumer surplus (the value they derive from being near the trail but for which they may not be paying) of about $13.8 million. It is important to note that, based on the findings presented here, residents of the region derive significant consumer surplus from the NRG, even if they do not reside in an area that has a nearby trail head or easy trail access point. In addition, many trail users visit the trails often enough to realize health benefits and to reduce risks of obesity, diabetes, cardiovascular diseases and many types of cancer, specifically breast cancer. Such benefits will grow with expansion and completion of the NRG. Recent studies underline the significance and array of health benefits that flow from green spaces and trails; for example, just walking in a pocket park measurably reduces blood pressure. Such studies reinforce the analysis offered here of the health benefits the NRG will deliver. 1 Expeditiously completing the NRG will yield additional and growing benefits to the residents of the Naugatuck Valley region. This document reports three potential growth scenarios. The first, a “slow growth” scenario, is based on the current usage of the open sections of the NRG, that is, the sections in Derby, Beacon Falls and Naugatuck and their current average expenditure levels. These rates are applied to new sections of the trail as the mileage is completed. This forms the Baseline scenario. Under the second "moderate growth" or Current Trend scenario, usage and spending rates are based on all completed sections in the region and includes trail counts from the Middlebury Greenway and the Sue Grossman Trail in Torrington. Both sections are not a component of the 1 Ellard, C. Places of the Heart: the pscyhogeography of everyday life . Bellevue Liberty Press, New York, 2015. Ellard summarizes a broad array of sophisticated studies that analyzed how the environment within which we move impacts our basic physiology and psychology, from levels of stress and anxiety to blood pleasure. The beneficial impact of green space is striking. A Path to Revitalization Executive Summary Executive Summary 2 3 NRG, but were included in the current trend scenario to assess the economic impacts from a more complete trail network. This second case was augmented by the potential impacts of bicyclists by including bicyclists' utilizing trails at national ratios of walkers to bicyclists. These first two scenarios are somewhat conservative as they do not take into account the potential increase in trail usage that may occur from creating linkages among trail segments. The final completion of the trail will increase its appeal to both walkers and bicyclists and accelerate the growth rates. For that reason the “high growth” case includes constant growth rates that will double trail use per mile by 2031. This is identified as the Accelerated Growth scenario. The normal direct impacts of constructing and operating the trail, annual expenditures to expand and maintain it, as well as increased consumer spending by users were the primary drivers of economic impacts of the NRG. ► The cumulative direct construction spending to complete the NRG is expected to reach $77.2 million by the year 2030. ► By 2031, annual direct consumer spending will rise to about $42.6 million under the Baseline scenario, up from the approximate $5.6 million spent today by trail users. These amenities are extremely beneficial to inhabitants and strong attractors to the Naugatuck Valley region. However, as the Surgeon General argues 2, improving consumer surpluses and health amenities also drives economic benefits. To some extent, the consumer surplus and health benefits may eventually be absorbed into property values and therefore distributed between landlords, tenants and recipients of property taxes. ► Using federally-determined values, the net present monetized value of health-related benefits will increase from about $5.2 million currently to $37.9 million in 2031 after the completion of the entire trail (baseline scenario) . ► For residents living close to the trail, the derived amenities benefits rise from a current value of $5.1 million to about $34.6 million (baseline scenario ). By 2031, as a result of increased attractiveness, accessibility, and health benefits, the completion of NRG will generate significant economic benefits. The CCEA’s impact analysis used the REMI to estimate anticipated changes in population, employment, real gross domestic product (RGDP ), personal income, disposable income and other generated public revenues, as measured by income taxes. These impacts were calculated for New Haven and Litchfield counties (the county is the smallest geography that REMI can analyze) . The results indicate that, on completion of the NRG in 2031, and based on the Baseline scenario, the two counties, as an aggregate, will experience: ► Population growth reaching over 9,000; ► Employment expanding by 1,400 jobs; ► RGDP would expand by $128 million (in 2009 dollars); and, ► Personal Income would grow by $206 million with disposable income increasing by $166 million in current dollars. In short, the construction of the NRG–despite its $77 million price tag–has the capacity and potential to improve the quality of life and economic well-being of the residents of the Naugatuck Valley region by increasing property values, reducing risks to various diseases, and stimulating economic growth. The investment in the trail will result in a substantial return on that investment 2 U.S. Department of Health and Human Services Set It Up! The Surgeon General’s Call to Action To Promote Walking and Walkable Communities , Washington, DC: U.S. Dept. of Health and Human Services, Office of the Surgeon General; 2015. Executive Summary A Path to Revitalization 2 3 and more than pay for itself over the time frame assumed for completing the NRG. Between now and 2031 when the trail is assumed to be fully operational, total cumulative economic benefits, in terms of user spending, consumer surplus, and monetized health benefits, are estimated at over $7.3 billion (mostly due to health benefits) , amounting to over 95 times the cost to construct the trail. As was emphasized through the focus group discussions, however, these impacts are not inevitable even if sections of trail are built. The assumptions made throughout this document emphasize the importance of trail use to realize its full economic potential. The effective implementation of a fully functional multi-use trail will involve significant investments in capacity building and community organization. In addition to the recommendations cited in this report in the areas of trail promotion, safety, amenities, demonstrating value, trail maintenance, community and business engagement, and trail planning and routing, data collection and documentation will be essential in promoting use of the trail. This study revealed that the current state of data collection regarding trail use in Connecticut is limited. The data collected for this study may serve as a baseline for which communities along the NRG can continue to gauge progress, involvement and impact. A Path to Revitalization Executive Summary 4 5 Derby-Shelton Bridge, Derby 4 5 Project Overview In 2014 the Naugatuck River Greenway Steering Committee realized the need for a comprehensive economic analysis that would estimate the potential impact of completion of the Naugatuck River Greenway ( NRG ) Trail, a proposed 44-mile multi-use trail, motorized vehicles aside, that will link eleven Connecticut communities from Torrington in the north to Harwinton, Litchfield, Thomaston, Watertown, Waterbury, Naugatuck, Beacon Falls, Seymour, Ansonia, and Derby, the southern extreme. Representatives of these communities comprise the Naugatuck River Greenway Steering Committee, and the Naugatuck Valley Council of Governments ( NVCOG ) provides the staff support and administers the on-going efforts of the NRG Steering Committee. NRG Steering Committee members expressed interest in better understanding how the Greenway would change trail usage and visitor spending, impact property value, create development and redevelopment possibilities, deliver health and quality of life enhancements, and generate possible connections to brownfield remediation projects. The NVCOG approached the University of Connecticut-Extension and University of Connecticut Center for Economic Analysis ( CCEA ) regarding the collaborating on the economic analysis. An agreement was executed between the NVCOG and CCEA for the CCEA to produce this analysis and determine the potential economic benefits that would accrue to region and municipalities from the construction of the entire planned NRG. This report covers the topics above, with the exception of brownfield remediation potential, which was outside the scope of work. In June 2015 UConn-Extension began this project by undertaking a literature review to better understand existing studies that estimated economic impacts of similar (and potential) greenways, the types of impacts captured through these studies, and the methods and data used. The literature review revealed that no existing studies of this kind had been performed on multi-use trails in Connecticut (though CCEA had performed a similar analysis of state parks). Further, there was little primary data from trails in the state of Connecticut that could be used to inform an appropriate economic model. While the literature uncovered a wide range of existing trail studies from across the country, comparisons between trails are difficult due to variations in methodologies used and nature of trail studied. The Literature Review section of this report 3 provides additional results. Given the relative absence of primary trail user data in Connecticut on which to base the economic impact analysis, the research team designed several methods for collecting this information from built sections of the NRG. This process presented an important challenge: only a few sections of the NRG have been built (at this time sections are open in Derby, Ansonia, Beacon Falls, and Naugatuck), and those that are built are relatively short in length, Derby Greenway is the longest at about two miles in length. Because it will not be constructed along an existing road or a former rail corridor and the proposed route includes property in federal, state, municipal, and private ownership, the process of constructing the 44-mile NRG is likely to occur over a period of many years. The status of the trail, as well as likely changes in users as the trail segments become 3 Full report may be accessed online at http://communities.extension.uconn.edu/trails . A Path to Revitalization Introduction Introduction 6 7 more integrated and longer, were weighed carefully in the economic analysis. After discussion of these limitations and conducting pilots using infrared counters to determine highest use points, the research team selected primary points of study on three sections of built trail in the communities of Beacon Falls, Derby, and Naugatuck, as well as two additional sections of similar, nearby trails, in Torrington (the Sue Grossman Still River Greenway) and Middlebury (the Middlebury Greenway). Data collection methods included trail counts (through the use of infrared counters calibrated through manual counts) and a trail user intercept survey. This study includes a short summary of results of these analyses which provided a basis for the economic impact model. 4 To best capture appropriate recommendations for communities to capitalize on the construction of the NRG, the research team turned to other similar existing trails in Connecticut. The Farmington Canal Heritage Greenway is a multi-use trail that runs along the route of a former canal for approximately 84 miles, from New Haven, Connecticut to Northampton, Massachusetts. About half of this trail has been developed as a paved trail for non-motorized transportation and recreation. The research team convened three focus groups of stakeholders along the Farmington Canal Heritage Greenway: business owners, public health professionals, and trail administrators. Again, this report summarizes the comments and opinions provided by focus group participants. A complete report of survey findings is attached as an Appendix of this document. Research Team and Study Approach The NVCOG, on behalf of the NRG Steering Committee, partnered with the CCEA at the University of Connecticut to develop a dynamic economic impact analysis of the benefits that would flow from the construction of the NRG. In addition, the research team would develop data from an intercept survey, convene focus groups to ascertain best practices, and conduct a nationwide literature review of similar studies of other greenways. The economic analysis investigated direct impacts from trail construction, maintenance and consumer spending by those using the trail, amenity benefits in terms of consumer surplus and accrued health savings, and indirect and induce economic benefits. For the indirect and induced impacts to the region’s economy, the team deployed a general dynamic, equilibrium model ( REMI ). Since its founding in 1988, the CCEA has participated in the development of the REMI model and utilized it to complete over 150 impact studies. The approach for this analysis involved the unique approach of using the derived amenity benefits as inputs to the model. At the October, 2016 REMI meetings on the advanced use of the model, CCEA researchers presented this study’s methodologies for estimating amenity values to advanced REMI users. The response to the approach was very favorable, with 10-to-15 percent of attendees mentioning that they had been contemplating making similar estimates, but were unaware of many of the inputs used (specifically the data and methodologies presented in the US Surgeon General’s report to monetize improved health outcomes) . Many indicated that they would follow the same approach in similar studies. The products delivered by the research team during the course of this study include: ► Literature Review: The review involved a thorough search for relevant literature through standard academic search engines. It resulted in a summary report: The Economic Impact 4 Full report may be accessed in the Appendix . Introduction A Path to Revitalization 6 7 of Greenways and Multi-Use Trails: A review of literature prepared as part of the Naugatuck River Greenway Economic Impact Study , August, 2015. The report was prepared by the University of Connecticut-Extension. ► Multiuse Trail Counts: During the summer and fall of 2015, the NVCOG conducted trail use counts on five sections of multiuse trail assess the popularity and use patterns of trail facilities in and near the region. The trail counts were conducted using passive infrared counters. The report was prepared by the NVCOG. ► Intercept Survey: To obtain insights into trail users’ characteristics, including spending habits, a survey tool was developed and administered along open sections of the multiuse trail system in the region. The results and analysis of the intercept surveys were collated into a technical report: Analysis of User Survey Data on Extant Sections of the Naugatuck River Greenway Trail , February 2016. The report was prepared by the University of Connecticut-Extension. ► Focus Groups: The University of Connecticut-Extension convened three focus groups involving health professionals, trail administrators and business owners. The intent was to obtain statements from persons with experience and knowledge of the potential impacts of a mature trail, in this case the Farmington Canal Heritage Trail. A report, Naugatuck River Greenway Economic Impact Study Focus Group Report , May 2016, was prepared by the University of Connecicut-Extension. ► Economic Impact Analysis: A full narrative report was prepared by the research team that describes the methodology on which the analysis is based, the data on which the analysis is developed, and the range of potential economic benefits that will the proposed greenway will generate (this document) . The primary research was conducted by the CCEA. The CCEA is a semi-independent center located within the School of Business at the University of Connecticut. It specializes in economic impact and policy analysis studies, as well as advising clients regarding business strategy, market analysis, and related topics. CCEA focuses particular attention on the economic and business dynamics of Connecticut. CCEA’s studies of state issues are founded on data sets maintained by Amherst, Massachusetts-based REMI, which licenses dynamic models of the state’s economy. The CCEA was created at the request of Governor Weicker in 1992 to serve the state’s citizens by providing timely and reliable information regarding Connecticut’s economy and to evaluate the potential impacts of proposed policies and strategic investments. By mobilizing and directing the expertise available at the University of Connecticut, state agencies, and the private sector, CCEA aims to equip the public, decision makers, and stakeholders with transparent analyses to facilitate systematic, thoughtful debate of public policy issues. Additional information regarding CCEA, as well as copies of its studies and reports available to the general public, can be found at http://ccea.uconn.edu . Key personnel who worked on this study are: ► Peter Gunther: As Senior Fellow at CCEA, Peter Gunther has successfully applied normal economic criteria for development–Real Gross Domestic Product, increased employment– as well as amenity concepts in support of strategic economic development of the State. He has a long history of conducting studies, dynamic analyses, and evaluations of investment projects and other similar economic development initiatives. As a former Director of Economic Research for Canada’s Department of Regional Economic A Path to Revitalization Introduction 8 9 Expansion, Mr. Gunther is fully aware of importance of economic development to regions and municipalities as well as successful approaches to achieve development without destroying attractive features and assets. Mr. Gunther is an expert in using REMI to model different scenarios involving infrastructure development investments and capital project expenditures at the state and local government levels. ► Fred Carstensen: Dr. Carstensen is currently Professor of Finance and Economics at the University of Connecticut and is Executive Director of the CCEA, a post he has held since 1998. Professor Carstensen has directed more than 100 studies at CCEA, frequently testified in legislative hearings, handled media relations relating to CCEA studies, and made numerous presentations to stakeholders and interested organizations. ► Danielle Jensen: Ms. Jensen was a Research Assistant at CCEA during the conduct of the study and has recently graduated. ► Laura Brown: Laura Brown is an Associate Professor, Community & Economic Development Specialist at the University of Connecticut, Department of Extension and a Certified Economic Developer ( CEcD ). Ms. Brown conducts applied research and educational programs that address asset based community and economic development, regionalism, place-making and economic development readiness. Over the past fifteen years she has coordinated economic development, food systems and community development education programs throughout New England and the Mid-West. The Naugatuck River Greenway The NRG is a planned 44-mile multipurpose trail following the Naugatuck River from Torrington to Derby. When complete, the Greenway will link 11 municipalities, help reclaim the Naugatuck River for recreation, provide an alternate mode of transportation, support tourism and economic development in the region, and improve residents ’ quality of life. In 2010 the then Council of Governments of the Central Naugatuck Valley ( COGCNV , now NVCOG) commissioned a routing study to explore the potential and routing possibilities for a multi- use trail that would run adjacent to the Naugatuck River in Western Connecticut. The stated goals of the proposed NRG at that time were to: 1) develop a non-motorized transportation facility for walkers and cyclists and 2) provide public access to the Naugatuck River 5. This effort resulted in five studies for five municipalities along the proposed trail and included recommendations for the trail and related improvements such as trailheads, parking areas, canoe/kayak landings, river access for fishing, bike improvements, spur connections, cost estimates and phasing recommendations. The effort included significant community participation through workshops, site walks, and stakeholder meetings. The Regional Naugatuck River Greenway Committee ( RNRGC ) oversaw this initiative, which included municipal officials, representatives from state and federal agencies, and COGCNV staff to keep the public informed about the study and to solicit public comment. This study committee created the foundation for the current Naugatuck River Greenway Steering Committee (NRGSC ), which continues to oversee trail development. 5 Naugatuck River Regional Routing Study Overview . (2010) Accessed at http://www.nvcogct.org/sites/default/files/COGCNV-Naugatuck-River- Greenway-Routing-Study-Overview.pdf Introduction A Path to Revitalization 8 9 Other Trails Referenced in this Study The Middlebury Greenway The Middlebury Greenway follows the historic route of a Connecticut Company trolley line that once connected the residential towns of Woodbury and Middlebury and the Lake Quassapaug Amusement Park to the City of Waterbury. The Sue Grossman Still River Greenway The Sue Grossman Still River Greenway runs for nearly three miles through a wooded corridor between Lanson Drive in Winchester and Harris Drive in Torrington. The paved multi-use trail occupies the old right-of-way for the New York, New Haven, and Hartford Railroad’s Naugatuck division and parallels Winsted Road. There are plans to extend the trail south into downtown Torrington to connect to the NRG, and north to the Winsted section of Winchester. Farmington Canal Heritage Trail The Farmington Canal Heritage Trail runs approximately 84 miles, extending from New Haven into the neighboring state of Massachusetts to Northampton. In Connecticut, the trail is about 56 miles in length. The Farmington Canal was constructed in the 1820s and 30s as a means of bypassing Hartford, where the navigable portion of the Connecticut River ends, to transport goods from the harbor at New Haven into central Massachusetts. The canal ceased operations 12 years after its completion in 1835, but a railway was built within its right-of-way, portions of which remained active until the late 1990s (Central Connecticut Regional Planning Agency, Farmington Valley Greenway , 2009). In the 1990s, work began on the Farmington Canal Linear Trail in Cheshire and Hamden and on the Farmington River Trail in Burlington. The idea of creating the Farmington Canal Heritage Trail from New Haven to Massachusetts was borne of the nationwide greenway movement of the 2000s. The Connecticut portion of the East Coast Greenway will follow much of the Farmington Canal trail. 6 A 2013 Farmington River Trail user study extrapolated data gathered in Farmington, Canton, and Suffield from May to October of 2013 and arrived at an estimate of roughly 250,000 trail uses per year. This data was collected using infrared motion sensors. 7 In 2013, the Burlington portion of the trail was studied; that study predicted nearly 100,000 annual users. 8 Both studies used National Bicycle and Pedestrian Documentation Center methodology to arrive at these figures. The Farmington Canal Trail sees even heavier usage, with over 400,000 annual users estimated for its Southington section. The Burlington study determined that most trail users were locals, although some came from Massachusetts, and that the majority of people used the trail for walking. 9 These utilization and demographic characteristics are likely to be common for most Connecticut greenways; the study anticipates that this is the pattern along existing sections of the Naugatuck River Greenway. 6 East Coast Greenway. (2015). Farmington Canal Heritage Trail . Retrieved from http://www.greenway.org/ http://www.greenway.org/ 7 Farmington Valley Trails Council. (2013). Farmington Valley Trail usage study . Retrieved from http://fvgreenway.org/pdfs/FVTCTrail UsageStudyComplete.pdf http://fvgreenway.org/pdfs/FVTCTrailUsageStudyComplete.pdf http://fvgreenway.org/ pdfs/FVTC Trail Usage Study Complete.pdf 8 Central Connecticut Regional Planning Agency. (2013). User survey of the Farmington River Trail . Retrieved from http://www.ccrpa.org/projects/ trails/BurlingtonTrailUserSurvey2013Report.pdf 9 Central Connecticut Regional Planning Agency. (2009). Southington-Plainville Farmington Canal Greenway Study . Retrieved from http://www. fvgreenway.org/pdfs/Southington-Plainville-Farm-Canal-Greenway-Study.pdf A Path to Revitalization Introduction 10 11 Union City Gateway, Naugatuck 10 11 A literature review of existing trail studies that estimate economic impacts of similar (and potential) greenways was conducted to better understand and appreciate the types of impacts captured through these studies including the methods and data used. The literature review involved a thorough search for relevant literature through standard academic search engines including SCOPUS and Google Scholar. Additional documents reviewed included meeting minutes from the Naugatuck Greenway Steering Committee, reports, and studies related to the completion of the existing sections of the NRG. The trails literature pointed to the following types of impacts: impacts related to trail user spending, tourism impacts, amenity benefits (which include consumer surplus and increases in property values, tax revenue, public cost reductions, and quality of life and health impacts) , expenditures by agencies, and expenditures due to construction and development. Some trails or greenways also included impacts related to commercial uses such as rentals for events, impacts related to agency oversight, or fees charged for trail use, most of which are not anticipated for the NRG. Trail User Spending One of the most basic ways of considering economic impact is in the value of dollars spent by trail users. Spending by local residents typically refers to residents who reside within a given radius of a trail or greenway. While this spending generally doesn't include spending by tourists who live out of the area and tend to stay overnight, some studies do not explicitly differentiate between local and non-local visitors. Local resident spending may include clothing or footwear, equipment, gear or related outdoor recreational services, travel to and from the trail, food or concessions, as well as fees paid to use the trail. Data collected directly from users or from local businesses in communities along a trail provides a basis for projecting these impacts. The actual amount of local spending on a trail or greenway may vary significantly by state or region, demographic of trail users, proximity to a major metro area, or proximity to or availability of amenities. There is also significant variation in how “local visitors” or spending categories are defined when, and if, primary data is collected from a trail. These factors complicate the task of determining average or generalized spending figures from trail to trail. Collecting primary data on a trail over a period of time is probably the most effective way to estimate spending. A Path to Revitalization Literature Review Literature Review 12 13 ► A 2013 study of 3,133 national participants (distributed across regions) in non-motorized recreational activities found that participants spent an average of $60.26 per trip on trail- based recreational day trips and $43.81 on bicycle related recreational day trips. Overnight trips resulted in more than double the daily expenditures: $148.89 for trail based trips and $150.93 for bicycle related trips. (This study used “in state” or “out of state” to define local travelers.) 10 ► Participants in trail based recreation spent an average of $119.30 annually on equipment and accessories including, but excluding transportation costs. ► The same report estimates that Connecticut residents spend a total of $353,489 annually on trail-based recreation and $704,067 on bicycle based recreation. 10 Outdoor Industry Association. (2013). The Economic Contributions of Outdoor Recreation: Technical Report on Methods and Findings by Southwick Associates . Retrieved from https://outdoorindustry.org/images/ore_reports/oia-state-recreation-economy-technical-report-2013.pdf Table 2: Annual Average Expenditures for Equipment and Accessories Item Trail Based Bicycle Based Apparel $33.21 $31.25 Equipment $26.12 $55.78 Accessories $20.54 $19.98 Services $16.25 $11.27 For Children $23.18 $13.10 Total $119 .30 $131 .38 Source: Outdoor Industry Association, 2013 Table 1: Average Expenditures per Trip for Non-Motorized Recreation Day Trips Trail Based Bicycle Based Food and Drink $18.73 $14.91 Transportation $20.97 $15.05 Recreation & Miscellaneous $12.93 $8.61 Souvenirs $7.62 $5.24 Total $60 .26 $43 .81 Overnight Trips Trail Based Bicycle Based Food and Drink $32.66 $33.54 Transportation $37.17 $31.65 Recreation & Miscellaneous $20.47 $20.85 Souvenirs $5.40 $17.04 Lodging $43.91 $47.86 Total $148 .89 $150 .93 Source: Outdoor Industry Association, 2013 Literature Review A Path to Revitalization 12 13 ► Many impact studies have been conducted on greenways and trails around the United States using methods similar to those used for this study. The following selected studies were reviewed as comparable recent examples of east coast trails. ► A 2010 study of the 12.5-mile Burlington Waterfront Path in Vermont estimated that in-state day users spent an average of $60.20 per trip and out-of-state domestic day users spent $67.16. In-state overnight users spent $124.78 while overnight out of state domestic users spent $156.84. Out-of-state users had the highest expenditures per trip at $80.63 for day users and $193.31 for overnight users. 11 ► A 2004 survey of the 20-mile Northern Central Railroad Trail in Maryland found that users spent an average of $333.12 on “Hard goods” such as bikes, gear, shoes and supplies, $9.14 on “Soft goods” such as snacks, food, and rentals, and $61.09 on Accommodations. 12 ► The Georgia Silver Comet Trail Economic Impact Analysis conducted in 2013 found that most trail users spend about $50 on trail use (additional spending data was not collected and all other figures are extrapolated). 13 Tourism Impacts While tourism and travel represent an economic engine for many areas of the United States, tourism does not encompass one particular industry sector, product, or service making its impact difficult to quantify. 14,9 Industrial sector areas from the Census Bureau’s SIC or the NAICS often include hotel and other forms of lodging, restaurant or other eating establishments, travel, retail, and some services. In addition, “local” visitor spending is sometimes difficult to separate from “tourist” spending, unless there are overnight stays or the origin of the visitor or the purpose and intention of the visit is known. Natural amenities, trails, parks, greenways, open space and wildlife habitat play an important role in tourism, particularly for leisure travelers. Amenities with significant tourist drawing power might include national parks or established bike trails or walks. Not all of these amenities have significant tourist drawing power and the extent of the draw may help to determine what proportion of travel expenditures can be attributed to the amenity itself. 15 The Connecticut Department of Community & Economic Development ( DECD ) has contracted with Witan Intelligence to conduct Vision Intercept tourism intercept surveys throughout the state, including at casinos, beaches, parks, shopping destinations, arts venues, farms and markets, vineyards, and other tourist venues every year since 2001. These surveys include questions about spending, demographics, and satisfaction. ► According to the 2014 Vision Intercept Survey report, 35% of all parties included someone from out of state; visitors from New York and New Jersey accounted for 46% of all out of state visitors. 16 11 University of Vermont Transportation Research Center. (2010). Estimating Tourism Expenditures for the Burlington Waterfront Path and the Island Line Trail . Retrieved from http://www.uvm.edu/tourismresearch/ 12 Trail Facts. (2005). NCR Trail 2004 User Study and Economic Impact Analysis . Retrieved from http://www.railstotrails.org/resource-library/ resources/ncr-trail-2004-user-survey-and-economic-impact-analysis/?state=Maryland 13 Alta Econsult Solutions. (2013). http://nvcogct.org/sites/default/files/COGCNV-Naugatuck-River-Greenway-Routing-Study-Watertown.pdf Silver Comet Trail Economic Impact Analysis and Planning Study . Retrieved from http://www.bwnwga.org/wpcontent/uploads/Silver_Comet_ Combined.pdf 14 Smith, V. K. (1997). Pricing What is Priceless: A Status Report on Non-Market Valuation of Environmental Resources . Retrieved from http://doi. org/10.2139/ssrn.31974 15 Nadel, R. (2005). Economic impacts of parks, rivers, trails and greenways . University of Michigan. Retrieved from http://erb.umich.edu/Research/ Student-Research/Nadel.pdf 16 Witan Intelligence. (2015). 2014 Year Connecticut Visitor Intercept Study . Documents provided by Witan Intelligence. A Path to Revitalization Literature Review 14 15 ► Connecticut residents represent two-thirds of the state’s overall tourism market. Over the past four years the number of tourism trips by Connecticut residents has grown from 6.7 to 10 trips annually. 10 ► Visitor parties spent an average of $623 during each trip, a total of $4,859 each year. Local residents spent $369 per trip (mainly on shopping, meals and recreation), while out of state visitors spent $1,114 per trip (mainly on lodging, wagers and shopping). Two out of three parties stayed overnight. 10 ► The median household income of visitors was $76,300; 16% earned more than $150,000. Thirty-eight percent (38%) of parties included children and 33% included someone 55 or older. 10 ► While the percentage of parties with out of state residents declined slowly from 2002 (48%) to 2014 (37%), the average percent of all trips which were made to Connecticut increased from 47% in 2002 to 61% in 2014.10 The peak of 82% in 2006 (prior to the recession) followed by a significant drop to 42% in 2007 suggests that the recession had a significant impact on Connecticut tourism. The 2013 Traveler Research Profile compared Connecticut travelers to a set of travelers in other New England states. This study suggests that at the time of this study travelers to Connecticut (including business and leisure travelers) were not typically participating in activities related to trails and greenways compared to travelers to eight other New England area states. These were largely out of state travelers (81.5%) from the New York metro area with overnight stays (73.9%). ► Fewer travelers to Connecticut participate in hiking or other adventure sports (1.1%) than travelers to other New England States (3.0%). Fewer travelers to Connecticut participate in fishing (1.3%) compared to other states (2.0%), biking (0.8%) compared to other states (1.9%), or bird-watching (2.0%) compared to other states (2.5%). Primary activities included visiting relatives and friends, dining, gambling, and going to the beach. 17 Studies have shown that trails and greenways support local business development as a result of increased visitation to the area or to “gateway communities.” Following trail openings, communities have documented increases in businesses such as lodging and restaurant facilities, bike rental establishments, and bed and breakfasts. 18 Business output, or sales volume, includes the gross level of business revenue and net business income and is probably the most common measure of business activity. It is important to note, that the presence of a trail itself does not imply that business will naturally increase. Communities might facilitate business development efforts by providing adequate signage and access to the trail, supporting local businesses by helping them understand trail user demographics and spending preferences, and coordinating efforts for local businesses to reach trail users. Trail Construction and Maintenance For the purposes of this analysis, the study estimated annual construction and maintenance costs for each section of trail for timely integration into the dynamic REMI model. The task of estimating annual construction costs for sections of the NRG is complicated by the piecemeal 17 H2R Market Research. (2013). Connecticut 2013 Traveler Profile & Benchmark Comparison Study . Retrieved from http://www.cultureandtourism. org/cct/lib/cct/tourism/outreach2015/connecticut_-_tns_traveler_profile_2013-final_022615.pdf 18 Nadel, R. (2005). Economic impacts of parks, rivers, trails and greenways . University of Michigan. Retrieved from http://erb.umich.edu/Research/ Student-Research/Nadel.pdf Literature Review A Path to Revitalization 14 15 approach to construction, as each community undertakes development of its own section of trail separately and independently, and by fiscal constraints that limits how many sections can be funded in any given year. Despite federal transportation appropriations that set aside funds for transportation alternative projects, such as multi-use trails, only about $3.8 million in federal funds are likely to be available for trail construction in the Naugatuck Valley region over the next five years, an amount that is substantially less than the funds needed to construct priority sections of the NRG. Trail construction is further complicated by the unique conditions faced by each community in creating the trail around existing transportation, rail, and industrial infrastructure. For each trail segment, annual maintenance costs are incurred only upon completion of construction. Health- and Fitness-Related User Amenity Benefits Amenity benefits are non-pecuniary benefits arising from positive assets of the NGR, including health benefits derived from its use. This section generates a base for understanding and assessing future amenity benefits by estimating those derived from the present very limited number of trail segments. This knowledge enlightens researchers and readers on approaches to establishing amenity benefits and their current magnitudes. Clearly, extending and integrating disparate trail segments until the trail’s eventual completion has potential to expand benefits. As in the Field of Dreams , proponents argue, “Build it and they will come.” Why they may come requires not only an understanding of trail users’ amenity benefits but also empirical documentation. Because many trail and greenway walkers primarily use these facilities for exercise, 19 it is logical to consider how these amenities may improve physical and mental health and reduce the costs of healthcare. In the face of prevalent obesity and other chronic illnesses, planners, public health and medical professionals have begun to consider how changes in the built environment, such as parks and trails, might contribute to a solution. The literature search conducted for this study links walking, and walking communities, to health. The Surgeon General minces no words in describing the health of Americans. The following is a summary of his findings at the end of 2015 (original sources provided in the footnotes) : ► In 2012, almost 50% of U.S. adults (117 million people) were living with a chronic disease. 20 ► More than 15 million U.S. adults aged 20 years or older (6.4% of the population) had coronary heart disease in 2007–2010. 21 ► In 2010, more than 6 million adults aged 18 years or older (2.6% of the population) reported having had a stroke. 22 ► In 2012, more than 29 million people (9.3% of the population) had diabetes, a disease that can lead to other serious health complications, including heart disease, blindness, kidney failure, and lower extremity amputations. 23,24 ► More than 1.5 million people were diagnosed with cancer in 2011, and more than 13 million 19 U.S. Department of Health and Human Services Set It Up! The Surgeon General’s Call to Action To Promote Walking and Walkable Communities , Washington, DC: U.S. Dept. of Health and Human Services, Office of the Surgeon General; 2015. p 1. Further supported by UConn’s and NVCOG’s Trail Intercept Survey. 20 Ibid.21 Go AS, Mozaffarian D, Roger VL, et al. Heart disease and stroke statistics—2014 update: a report from the American Heart Association . Circulation. 2014;129(3):e28-e292. 22 Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Prevalence of stroke — United States, 2006-2010 . MMWR Morbid Mortal Wkly. Rep. 2012;61(20):379- 382. 23 Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. National Diabetes Statistics Report: Estimates of Diabetes and its Burden in the United States, 2014 . Atlanta, GA: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, U.S. Dept. of Health and Human Services; 2014. 24 CDC WONDER Database. United States Cancer Statistics: 1999-2011 Incidence Request . Atlanta, GA: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, U.S. Dept. of Health and Human Services; 2014. http://wonder.cdc.gov/cancer-v2011.html . Accessed April 7, 2015. A Path to Revitalization Literature Review 16 17 are living with the disease. 25 ► During 2011–2012, more than one-third of adults aged 20 years or older and one out of every six children and adolescents aged 2–19 years were obese. 26 ► Children with obesity have an increased risk of Type 2 diabetes, 27,28 high blood pressure, 29 and being obese as an adult. 30,31,32 ► Adults with obesity have an increased risk of: coronary heart disease, Type 2 diabetes, cancers – postmenopausal, breast, and colorectal – osteoarthritis, and stroke. 33 ► About 16 million adults aged 18 years or older and more than two million adolescents aged 12–17 years had a major depressive episode in 2012 34 that negatively affected their ability to work, sleep, study, eat, and enjoy life. 35 The Surgeon General views walking and having appealing places to walk, not as a panacea to all the above, but as a step to curbing such afflictions. In his words, walking will: “…significantly reduce their risk of chronic diseases and premature death and support positive mental health and healthy aging.” 36 Still cited in the Surgeon General’s Report, physically active people "…have about a 30% lower risk of early death than people who are inactive.” 37 “Conversely, physical inactivity accounts for about 11% of premature deaths in the United States” 38,39 25 Surveillance, Epidemiology, and End Results (SEER) Cancer Statistics Review 1975-2011 . Bethesda, MD: SEER Program, National Cancer Institute; 2014. http://seer.cancer.gov/csr/1975_2011 . Based on November 2013 SEER data submission. Accessed May 1, 2015. 26 Ogden CL, Carroll MD, Kit BK, Flegal KM. Prevalence of childhood and adult obesity in the United States, 2011-2012 . JAMA. 2014;311 (8):806-814. 27 Franks PW, Hanson RL, Knowler WC, et al. Childhood predictors of young-onset type 2 diabetes . Diabetes. 2007;56 (12):2964-2972. 28 May AL, Kuklina EV, Yoon PW. Prevalence of cardiovascular disease risk factors among US adolescents, 1999−2008 . Pediatrics. 2012;129(6):1035- 1041. 29 Freedman DS, Dietz WH, Srinivasan SR, Berenson GS. The relation of overweight to cardiovascular risk factors among children and adolescents: The Bogalusa Heart Study . Pediatrics. 1999;103(6):1175-1182. 30 Serdula MK, Ivery D, Coates RJ, Freedman DS, Williamson DF, Byers T. Do obese children become obese adults? A review of the literature . Prev. Med. 1993;22(2):167-177. 31 Biro FM, Wien M. Childhood obesity and adult morbidities . American Journal of Clinical Nutrition. 2010;91(5):1499S-1505S. 32 Whitaker RC, Wright JA, Pepe MS, Seidel KD, Dietz WH. Predicting obesity in young adulthood from childhood and parental obesity . N Engl J Med. 1997;337(13):869-873. 33 National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute. Managing Overweight and Obesity in Adults: Systematic Evidence Review from the Obesity Expert Panel, 2013 . Bethesda, MD: National Institutes of Health, U.S. Dept. of Health and Human Services; 2013. 34 Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration. Results from the 2012 National Survey on Drug Use and Health: Mental Health Findings . Rockville, MD: Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration; 2013. 35 National Institute of Mental Health. Depression website. http://www.nimh.nih.gov/health/topics/depression/index.shtml . Accessed October 29, 2014. 36 U.S. Department of Health and Human Services Set It Up! The Surgeon General’s Call to Action To Promote Walking and Walkable Communities , Washington, DC: U.S. Dept. of Health and Human Services, Office of the Surgeon General; 2015. p 1. 37 Physical Activity Guidelines Advisory Committee. Physical Activity Guidelines Advisory Committee Report, 2008 . Washington, DC: U.S. Dept of Health and Human Services; 2008. 38 Lee IM, Shiroma EJ, Lobelo F, et al. Effect of physical inactivity on major non-communicable diseases worldwide: an analysis of burden of disease and life expectancy . Lancet. 2012;380(9838):219-229 39 Yang Q, Cogswell ME, Flanders WD, et al. Trends in cardiovascular health metrics and associations with all-cause and CVD mortality among US adults . JAMA. 2012;307(12):1273-1283. Literature Review A Path to Revitalization 16 17 “Regular physical activity helps prevent risk factors for disease (such as high blood pressure) and protects against multiple chronic diseases (such as heart disease, stroke, some cancers, Type 2 diabetes, and depression).” 40,41 For additional data, see the section on Amenity Benefits . Other Amenity Benefits and Property Valuation Resources such as trails and greenways may have value even to those who do not use them. These may be considered passive-use values. One form of passive-use value is preservation. 42 Preservation values include option value, the knowledge of guaranteed future access to the greenway; existence value, the knowledge that the greenway will be preserved in perpetuity; and bequest value, the knowledge that future generations will have access to the greenway. Another form of passive-use value is property valuation. This process describes changes in property values as a result of proximity to trails or green spaces. Property values may increase due to proximity to open space; this seems to be most pronounced when the greenways highlight open space, prohibit vehicular access, and have regular maintenance and security. 43 It is important to note that while the effect of greenways on property values remains unclear, no negative effects have yet been determined. 44 ► A 2011 study by the Connecticut Center for Economic Analysis analyzed the value of properties overlooking state parks and/or forests and state trails. While the results varied by region, this study identified a green space bonus of $41,961 to $50,124 for properties overlooking Connecticut Department of Energy and Environmental Protection ( CTDEEP ) managed green spaces compared to those that did not. 45 40 U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. 2008 Physical Activity Guidelines for Americans . Washington, DC; 2008. 41 Physical Activity Guidelines Advisory Committee. Physical Activity Guidelines Advisory Committee Report, 2008 . Washington, DC: U.S. Dept of Health and Human Services; 2008. 42 Walsh, R., Sanders L., & Loomis, J. (1984). Measuring the economic benefits of proposed wild and scenic rivers . [as cited in Nadel, R. (2005). Economic impacts of parks, rivers, trails and greenways.] 43 United States Department of Interior, National Park Service (1995). Economic impacts of protecting rivers, trails, and greenway corridors . Rails, Trails, and Conservation = Assistance Program. Retrieved from https://www.nps.gov/pwro/rtca/econ_all.pdf 44 Nicholls, S., Crompton, J. L., & others. (2005). The impact of greenways on property values: Evidence from Austin, Texas . Journal of Leisure Research, 37(3), 321. 45 Gunther, P., Parr, K. E., Graziano, M., & Carstensen, F. V. (2011). The Economic Impact of State Parks, Forests and Natural Resources under the Management of (Connecticut) Department of Environmental Protection . Connecticut Center for Economic Analysis (CCEA) University of Connecticut. Retrieved from http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2195058 . A Path to Revitalization Literature Review 18 19 Alternative Trail Studies with REMI There are two other studies of the impacts of trails using REMI modeling: ► East Central Florida Regional Planning Council’s Economic Impact Analysis of Orange Lake County Trails ;46 and ► Vermont Agency of Transport, Economic Impact of Bicycling and Walking in Vermont , 07/12/2012. 47 (Prepared by Resource Systems Group, Inc., Economic and Policy Resources, Inc., and Local Motion.) Orange County Florida Economic Impact Analysis of Orange Lake County Trails mentions health benefits and amenities in passing but takes no account of them. It is a 2010–2011 study based strictly on expenditures by trail users on three relatively short multi-use trails–Cady Way (6.5 mi.), Little Econ (7.4 mi.) and West Orange (22 mi.). They are all heavily utilized by local residents with 57% of users being within a mile, 84% within five miles and 89% within 10 miles. 48 Noteworthy has been Orange Lake County’s role in upgrading Winter Garden’s downtown. The report claims: “By embracing the Trail as the spark to ignite redevelopment, the City has redefined their Downtown by investing in the area and downtown businesses. Five million dollars was spent by the City to extend the Trail through their Downtown and enhance infrastructure and streetscape to create a one of a kind destination. Improvements included brick streets, the clock tower and other enhancements. The dedication of the City to the quality of the Downtown is evident through the high standards of maintenance throughout, including City facilities. With 90%+ downtown occupancy rate, the City’s strategy to attract business development within its downtown area has succeeded.” 49 This claim may slightly exaggerate the current attribution following the complementary massive expansion of the Morse Museum, which should share credit for upgrading the Downtown core, but that has occurred subsequent to the evaluation based on 2010-2011 data. Community Redevelopment Area ( CRA ) was established, to 2010. The total 2010 CRA value was estimated at $69.39 million versus $22 million in 1993, a cumulative increase of 215% from base year, with an average annual increase of 11.32% for 19 years. While the Trail improvements were completed in 2002/2003, 2001 to 2008 marked the highest and fastest growth of the assessed value in the downtown area. Even with the CRA value reduced by 12.6%, due to the overall economic conditions of 2009 and 2010, the CRA area lost less value than the overall city reduction of 15%. 50 This report has the advantage of being retrospective and being based on extensive expenditure surveys sufficient to justify the expenditures on the trail and its association with rising downtown property values. The report falls short of the mark for not taking more account of the health amenity benefits it has generates among its frequent users. 46 https://www.dep.state.fl.us/gwt/economic/PDF/Orange_County_Trail_Report_final_May2011.pdf (April 28, 2016) 47 http://vtransengineering.vermont.gov/sites/aot_program_development/files/documents/ltf/BikePedFinalReportEconImpactWalkingandBiking2012.pdf (April 28, 2016) 48 Op. cit. East Central Regional Planning Council, p. 20.49 Ibid. p. 7.50 Ibid. p. 11. Literature Review A Path to Revitalization 18 19 Ve r m o n t This study also focused on 2009 expenditures directly on Vermont trails and by bicyclists and hikers. Direct expenditures on construction and repair amounted to $9.6 million. Sixteen thousand (16,000) people attending 40 major bicycling or hiking events spent another $6 million and bicyclist-pedestrian-oriented businesses in Vermont sold another $30.7 million during the year of which 40% was marketed outside the state for a total direct expenditure of $37.8 million. The resulting total economic impacts were $82.7 million in output, and over 1,400 jobs with $40.9 million in labor earnings (wages, salaries plus proprietors’ income). 51 Again the shortfall in this study is that it contains none of the amenity health values albeit it found transportation costs amounted to $42-$43 million for each of the public and private sectors. 52 Further, being located within walking distance of a trail adds $6,500 to the value of a home relative to a carfdependent home. This approach was based on relative values of home sales, not as in the CCEA’s study, justified by health amenities and consumer surplus estimates. 51 Op. Cit. Vermont Agency of Transport, p. 4.52 Ibid. p. 5. A Path to Revitalization Literature Review 20 21 Map 1 . Locations of Infrared Trail Counts & Intercept Survey 20 21 In addition to the data noted above from previous studies, data regarding trail usage is germane to the assessment of both health and economic impacts. Data collection for this study began with a survey of the literature but those results were found to lack specificity regarding likely use of the currently fragmented sections of the NRG. To address this point, the research team undertook trail counts on five trail segments three along the NRG and two on nearby or feeder sections of the NRG. A total of eight separate locations were counted. Counts involved manual calibration and installation of two TRAFx passive infrared (pyroelectric) trail counters. UConn and NVCOG also conducted intercept surveys of trail users on the same five trail segments at five separate locations. Additional data collection included three stakeholder focus groups involving stakeholders along the Farmington Canal Trail. These instruments yielded expenditure data including travel costs of residences of origin, estimates of consumer surplus (value consumers attach to trail activities over and above the costs they actually pay). CCEA has added health amenities accruing to trail users, based on national and local health indicators and estimated a dynamic economic model to the year 2031. Methods and preliminary findings are discussed below. Trail Count Data During the summer and fall of 2015, staff from the NVCOG conducted trail use counts on five sections of multi-use trail to assess the popularity and use patterns of trail facilities in and near the region. Two passive infrared counters were temporarily installed with the intent of collecting four weeks of un-interrupted counts at predetermined locations along open sections of NRG in Derby, Beacon Falls, and Naugatuck, as well as on the Middlebury Greenway in Middlebury and on the Sue Grossman Still River Trail in Torrington. Locations were chosen based on pretests to determine which would be most suitable for the infrared counters (to avoid circular paths, for instance) as well as areas that would be appropriate for the intercept survey as well. Map 1 shows survey locations. Count Data Collection Methods Equipment Two TRAFx passive infrared (pyroelectric) trail counters were used to conduct the trail user counts. The counters work by detecting the heat difference between passing trail users and the ambient air or background temperature. The counters were affixed to signs or fence posts on one side of the trail facing trail traffic. The counters record warm objects passing by the count site 24 hours per day, compiling data into one-hour time blocks. Text files were downloaded from the counters and imported into Microsoft Excel where the hourly count information was converted into more illustrative tables and graphs. Limitations There are some limitations to passive infrared counter technology. For instance, the counters are not capable of determining the type of use: pedestrians, bicyclists, and any other user are indistinguishable in the count data. From limited in person manual counts, mode share was A Path to Revitalization Research Methods & Preliminary Findings Research Methods & Preliminary Findings 22 23 observed to be mainly pedestrian (84%), with approximately 11% bicyclists and 5% other (stroller, wheelchair, roller-blade, etc.). Further study would be necessary to compare mode share between trail sections, but given the relatively short lengths of the open trails, it is reasonable to expect that currently the majority of users are walkers. Undercounts The TRAFx trail counters used are considered “screenline” counters: they detect trail users passing the line of “sight” of the sensor. Two individuals walking or riding side by side would be counted only once because the counter would only “see” one heat signature. This type of undercount is typical and is referred to as occlusion. The same problem occurs when users pass the counter at the same time in opposite directions, and the undercount can be even greater for larger groups. High ambient air or background temperatures can also cause undercounts. As the temperature approaches human body temperature, the differences between the two may become difficult for the counter to distinguish and may result in undercounting. In a similar fashion, during very cold weather, highly insulated clothing may prevent counters from registering the difference between the background and clothing surface temperature resulting in undercounts. Whenever possible, counters were placed in shaded areas as per the manufacturer’s recommendation to reduce the likelihood of overheating. Over counts There are also conditions that may cause passive infrared ( IR ) counters to over-count users. For instance, if trail users stop or congregate in front of a counter they may be counted several times. Pets or wildlife may be inadvertently counted. Heated background vegetation moving in the wind may cause false counts. Understanding these possibilities, the counters were placed in a manner to minimize the risk of over counts. The counters were placed away from areas where trail users typically congregate, at a height so that most pets or wildlife would not be counted, and to avoid background vegetation in the counter’s field of vision. The counter records trail users every time they pass, meaning that a trail user who takes an “out and back” route will be counted twice. Because the NRG is not yet a through trail, all of the trail sections counted likely have a high percentage of these types of users, but it is difficult to calculate the percentage to be used in corrections. Therefore, the figures presented in this report do not correct for out and back users. The number of trail trips or uses are presented in this report, not trail users. Tampering and Malfunction Because trail counters are often in remote areas, and thus cannot be constantly monitored, there is risk of tampering or the possibility that a counter malfunction might not be caught for an extended period of time. Both scenarios played out during this study. A regular check of counters in Naugatuck determined that a sunflower seed had been placed in a manner to block the sensor, resulting in just under a week of no data collected for that counter. Because the goal was to obtain four weeks of uninterrupted data, counts were extended to remedy the situation. A counter malfunction occurred in Torrington, when, upon downloading the data at the end of the four weeks, it was found that a battery had come loose and the counter had stopped working after nine days. A check of the counter in the first week found it to be working, and limited staff availability prevented additional checks. Because Torrington was the last site to be counted, and winter conditions were starting, it was not feasible to extend the count survey and data in this report reflects only nine days. Research Methods & Preliminary Findings A Path to Revitalization 22 23 Adjustments To account for potential differences between the actual number of trail uses and what the IR counters registered, an adjustment factor was used to extrapolate the raw counts to better reflect total number of uses. The adjustment factor was determined by conducting manual counts several times at each location. At each count location, NVCOG staff manually counted the number of people walking or riding a bicycle past the counter while it was recording. In all, manual counts from 28 one-hour time periods were compared with the IR counts from the same time period to determine that there was an overall 24% undercount. This factor falls within the typical range of IR counter error. A correction factor of 1.24 was applied to account for these inherent discrepancies. Extrapolation Staff used the National Bicycle Pedestrian Documentation ( NBPD ) Project extrapolation methods to estimate annual uses based on limited duration collection periods. The NBPD Project is a joint effort of Alta Planning & Design and the Institute of Transportation Engineers ( ITE ) Pedestrian and Bicycle Council. Using previous counts from across the country, the NBPD provides extrapolation factors to estimate daily, monthly, and annual figures based on counts done during any period of a day, month or year. The NBPD provides different monthly-to-annual extrapolation factors based on regional variation due to climate. This report uses the factors for “Long Winter Short Summer”. This assumes that more trail users will be using multiuse trails in the warm months (April through September) than in colder winter months. In Middlebury, for instance, for purposes of estimating annual uses, the analysis assumes that 6% of total annual uses would occur in October, the month that users were counted. In Naugatuck, the count was completed in July; therefore, it is assumed that the recorded data represent 13% of the total annual uses. Count Data Findings The Derby North count location was by far the most popular trail section analyzed in this study with over 30,000 adjusted uses recorded over the four-week count period, and an annual extrapolated total of over 300,000 uses. Beacon Falls South was the least used trail studied, likely due to the fact that it is minimally developed as a trail. A summary of findings follow for each trail count location; the full report for each location can be found in the Appendix of this document. The table below shows the adjusted average uses and total extrapolated uses per year. As discussed above, the count data from the IR counters were extrapolated to provide an estimate of annual uses. These results need to be used with caution as a certain amount of double or multiple counting is likely. This is possible because one person may be recorded at multiple points along the trail or multiple times by the same counter, that is, someone who started walking along the Derby Greenway from Bridge Street and ended at Division Street would have been recorded by each IR counter installed at both locations and by the same counter multiple times if the same person reverse their trip. Since it is not practical to determine the extent of overlapping counts, it is important to reiterate that these counts estimate uses , and not users. Based on the infrared trail counts and the NBPD methods, the current total number of uses on the surveyed trails is estimated at 747,886. The number is reduced to 385,791 uses when the second count point in Derby, Beacon Falls and Naugatuck is subtracted and the counts attributable to the Middlebury Greenway and Sue Grossman Trail are not included. This is the baseline total for just the sections of the Naugatuck River Greenway. A Path to Revitalization Research Methods & Preliminary Findings 24 25 Trail User Intercept Survey An Intercept Survey was completed in October 2015. The data offer insights into trail use on the short, completed sections of the NRG. Intercept data was collected at trailheads in the communities of Naugatuck, Middlebury, Derby, Beacon Falls and Torrington, at five of the eight locations as shown in Map 1 . It was decided not to conduct intercept surveys at all locations due to the likelihood for repeat users at the beginning and end of these trail sections. While the trail sections in Middlebury and Torrington are currently not proposed sections of the Naugatuck Greenway, they represent nearby trails with similar characteristics and there are proposals to make these sections contiguous with the NRG. Intercept Survey Methods UConn and NVCOG staff developed the survey protocols. The survey tool is attached in the Appendix and included questions completed by the interceptor, including time of day, apparent gender, group size, and activity, and questions completed by trail users. These questions included trail use times and seasons, trail related expenditures, transportation methods, age, income, and suggested trail improvements. Users were intercepted in 2-hour windows on 12 separate days throughout the month of October. These times included both weekday and weekend dates in the morning and afternoon to best represent accurate trail usage. Days and times for data collected were selected based on best practices developed by the National Bicycle and Pedestrian Documentation Project as well as preliminary infrared counts at points on the trail conducted in August 2015. The surveys were conducted by NVCOG staff and by active volunteers recruited from local trail organizations. To ensure consistency in survey protocols, training occurred when NVCOG staff and volunteers were on the trail. One question regarding group gender was not included in this analysis due to unexpected inconsistencies in data collection. A total of 383 intercept surveys were completed. Response rates varied by question and complete reports of the data can be found in the survey report in the Appendix . Table 3: Multi-use Trail Counts Count Location 4–Week Adjusted Total 1–Week Adjusted Average 1–Month Adjusted Extrapolated Month Collected Annual Extrapolation Factor Annual Trips* Adjusted Extrapolated Beacon Falls North 2,572 643 2,784 September 0.11 25,311 Beacon Falls South 702 176 762 September 0.11 6,928 Derby North 30,730 7,682 33,263 May 0.11 302,391 Derby South 15,281 3,820 16,541 May 0.11 150,369 Middlebury [1] 5,276 1,319 5,711 October 0.06 95,188 Naugatuck North 6,977 1,744 7,552 July 0.13 58,089 Naugatuck South 5,477 1,369 5,928 July 0.13 45,598 Torrington [2] NA 887 3,841 October 0.06 64,012 Source: Naugatuck Valley Council of Governments, Multiuse Trail Counts, Summer/Fall 2015 [1] Middlebury Greenway; [2] Sue Grossman Trail Research Methods & Preliminary Findings A Path to Revitalization 24 25 Intercept Survey Findings Below is a summary of highlights from the Trail User Intercept Survey. Full results can be found in the Appendix . ► Trails are used on a very regular basis. Across all communities, 74% of all users stated they used the trail at least one or more times per week. ► Trail users reflect the general age and income demographics of the region. Of the 374 individuals who responded to the survey question regarding age, the majority were over the age of 45 years old and 66% indicated their household income was $50,000 or more. Over half of the users were female. ► The majority of trail users (53%) traveled by car or motorcycle alone to access the trail followed by walking to the trail (21%). Naugatuck and Beacon Falls were the only two survey sites where the majority of users walked to the trail, while only of 4% of the users walked to access the trail in Torrington. ► Overall respondents made use of these trail sections fairly consistently through the spring, fall, and summer. Fifty-three percent of users indicated they used the trail in the fall, 44% in the spring, and 48% in summer. Only 1.3 % of users indicated use in winter. ► Exercise was by far the primary activity for the majority of trail users (88%), followed by recreational uses (25%). The Naugatuck and Derby sections were the only areas where any users indicated use for travel to school or work. ► The average amount spent by users annually on trail-related items is $155, with the lowest amount reported in Derby with expenses of $124, the highest from Torrington reporting $268. ► Thirty-eight percent of users reported spending any money during their visit. The average spending per visit was $14.03, adjusted to account for travel-related expenses. This expenditure is consistent with other trails in the region with a high number of local users. About 56% of users who reported spending money spent it on beverages. ► Ninety-seven percent (97%) of respondents considered the trail an asset to their community. Seventy four percent (74%) felt the trail had increased property values, 5% said it had not, and 21% were not sure. ► Suggested improvements to the trail included lengthening, reviewing dog use policies on the trail, lighting, and restroom facilities improvements. ► The manual count of users conducted at the same times as the intercept surveys resulted in a higher annual estimate than determined based on the IR counters. This is likely because the surveys were conducted during peak times and when the weather was pleasant. The higher usage rate resulted in an annual total of about 968,647 uses. Estimate of Annual Users based on Intercept Survey Findings In an attempt to estimate the number of individual persons that use the trail each year and differentiate “uses” from “users,” the extrapolated number of Annual Uses was discounted based on the responses from the intercept survey. The intercept survey asked respondents how often they used the trail. The results indicate the following breakdowns: ► 18.1% use the trail every day; ► 35.3% use the trail 3-to-5 times per week; A Path to Revitalization Research Methods & Preliminary Findings 26 27 ► 20.7% use the trail 1-to-2 times per week; ► 16.0% use the trail 2-to-4 times per month; and ► 9.9% use the trail 1-to-2 times per year. The percentage breakdowns were then multiplied by total uses and then divided by the frequency of use over the course of a year, that is, by 365 for those who use the trail every day, 208 for those who use it 3-to-5 times a week, 52 for those using it once or twice a week, 24 for those using it 2-to-4 times per month, and two for those who use it once or twice per year. This method results in baseline number of users of about 24,375 and abfflout 47,261 users based on all IR counts. If the higher count from the intercept survey is applied, about 60,386 persons use the trail each year. Stakeholder Focus Groups Focus Group Methods In addition to the count and intercept survey data collection, UConn-Extension convened three focus groups as part of the Study. The primary purpose of the focus groups was to learn best practices for trail development and maintenance from stakeholders’ experience along a similar existing trail. The trail chosen for this purpose was The Farmington Canal Heritage Greenway. As described above, it is a multi-use trail that runs along the historic canal route for approximately 84 miles between New Haven, Connecticut and Northampton, Massachusetts. Similar to the planned NRG, about half of this trail has been developed as a paved trail for non-motorized recreation. The three focus groups represented: business owners, public health professionals, and trail administrators. Participants were asked about their opinions regarding the use and the impacts of this trail. The focus groups were conducted on: ► March 30, 2016 for public health professionals; ► March 31, 2016 for trail administrators; and ► April 5, 2016 for nearby business owners. In total, fifteen stakeholders participated in the focus groups. They were recruited through local trail organization networks, chambers of commerce, and a “snowball” type referral process. Participants received information about the purpose of the study, the agenda for the focus group, and consent forms (permitting UConn’s use of the information) in advance of the meetings. Questions for each stakeholder group were developed in advance with feedback from the research team and NVCOG staff, and based on best practices developed by Richard A. Krueger. 53 The focus groups were conducted in adherence to UConn protocols and procedures, and were recorded and transcribed to ensure the discussions were accurately and properly coded. All focus group statements were coded into four main areas: ► Statements about uses and users of the trails; ► Statements about the impacts of trails; ► Statements about challenges; and 53 Krueger, Richard A. (1994). Focus Groups: A Practical Guide for Applied Research . SAGE Publications, Inc. 2nd edition Research Methods & Preliminary Findings A Path to Revitalization 26 27 ► Statements about recommendations. Coding was reviewed and verified by two coders. Where statements may have reflected multiple meanings they are duplicated in the data reported below. Two additional sections were created, one to specifically address comments related to data collection and impact assessment on the trails, and the other on successes and case studies that were mentioned throughout the discussions. Focus Group Findings A summary of key findings from the focus groups after coding is provided below; the complete report is attached in the Appendix of this report and is also available online at www.nvcogct.org . A limited number of quotes are provided here as examples. Trail Uses and Users Statements about trail use during the focus groups reflected the wide range of uses, and potential uses, for multi-use trails as well as a diverse range of existing users. Discussions emphasized the potential for increasing use by overcoming winter maintenance challenges and promoting and supporting trail use among millennials, young families, and those who use it for shopping, transit, to access local amenities, and for commuting. Summary of perceptions of current trail uses: ► Organizations use trails as a venue for providing public health education “Chamber of Commerce Health and Wellness committee had been working on and partnering with relevant local agencies to take a part of the trail and doing different things along the trail. My nurse will be sitting doing blood pressures, we’re having a staff member set up public information sessions on Lyme disease. All of the issues that we see creeping up in the health department. But also the Y will be doing exercising along the trail. It’s a day dedicated to educating, using the trail as an educational tool. Maybe people using the trails are great at rollerblading, but not informed about Lyme disease, an easily avoided risk.” ► Schools use trails as part of curricular activities and for fundraisers ► Communities use trails for family events and fundraisers ► Trails are used in winter, whether they are maintained or not “People are riding their bikes to work in snowstorms and in the pouring rain. You can’t believe how people are out riding bikes. Conditions in which the hardest core of my friends would not ride bikes. It’s just the reality of the situation. “ “We have a lot of lower income people using it as a commuting resource, not just a recreational resource. And that’s why I’m always arguing with the parks and rec department about whether we should plow or not, the snow in the winter. People use this resource to go to work and to go shopping, and when it doesn’t get plowed until April that’s a transportation, justice, social justice issue.” ► Women and young people use trails when they are perceived as safe ► While there is a vocal contingent of bicyclists, pedestrian users likely comprise a significant percentage of total users A Path to Revitalization Research Methods & Preliminary Findings 28 29 ► Due to present remote access points and difficult terrain, some extant trails may not be easily accessed by or promoted to people with disabilities ► Perception that users are primarily suburbanites and out of residential towns ► Perception that most users are families and light recreational users who value safety ► Employers use trails to promote employee wellness ► Trails serve an important role as transportation routes, connecting communities, and connecting local residents to amenities “… these trails are transportation…for a segment of the population that is easily overlooked. And those are people who can’t afford cars. And they can only get to work by bike. They need a way to get down …to the food service establishments. So they close at 9 (pm), maybe they get done at 11 and they’re on their way back home. There is a whole class of people will use these and its against all of the rules of the trail… because the trail says were open from dawn to dusk. We close at dusk. You can’t use it after that. People will use it. It’s a fact of life. And I’m glad it’s going to be there for them because otherwise they’re getting further underprivileged than they already are.” Impacts of Trail Use Statements about the impacts of trail use included the trails function as an educational tool (for health and environmental education) , community development and planning purposes (to increase community ownership, as an amenity to promote for economic development, and to slow traffic) as well as fiscal impacts such as spending at local businesses and potential for increasing property values. The statements here are perceived benefits and should be viewed in light of the discussions regarding challenges associated with collecting trail impact data reported above. Summary of statements about the impacts of trail use ► Trails promote general health, well-being, and public health education “I think the major impact is to get the people out and walking….” “I don’t think the parks and recs people understand. They know exercise, but they might not understand that the trails are important public health assets. It was a teachable moment.” ► Trails create community ownership and spark other community development initiatives “Once you have a trail, there’s more opportunities for other parts of town to become walk-able and also for developing youth programs to get kids on bikes. We have two such programs now. We have children in fourth grade that now have bicycling as part of their PE. So once you become more of a bicycle friendly community.” ► Trails may serve as tools to educate and promote coordination among trail stakeholders ► Trails help to increase environmental awareness ► Trails add value to and encourage maintenance of nearby properties “There was a big concern that my property values were going to go down or crime would increase, and I’m sure we have stats that show that that isn’t the case. And property values have increased as a result. As it turns around, the trail has added value to your property as opposed to be a derelict rail. But after seeing the value of the trail, a new neighborhood nearby is clamoring for the trail to come to provide that vital link. Research Methods & Preliminary Findings A Path to Revitalization 28 29 ► Direct impacts of trails on businesses can be both positive and negative ► By facilitating bicycle commuting, trails may reduce congestion and greenhouse gases (GHGs) and speed traffic but slow it at trail crossings. ► Trails generate amenities that can be marketed to attract young families and millennials both for fitness and commuting “But there’s a growing number of young people who want to get their fitness in in the morning and at night, they want to be able to commute to work, they want to be able to commute without having to go over the mountain and to compete with cars. So that link to … again, it’s a huge draw for business for recruiting young talent.” Challenges Statements about challenges focused primarily on development issues, routing and construction, maintenance, and safety issues. Specific challenges are listed below. ► Actual or perceived safety and security issues ► ADA Compliance/ access for people who are differently abled “A couple of weeks ago we had a mom and a son in a wheelchair who couldn’t use our…trail because it’s a soft trail and not paved…this poor kid in a wheelchair didn’t have a place to go outside and enjoy the river, since it was not paved. You know it has to be considered that it’s for them too. These trails are for people of all ability levels.” ► Lack of public awareness ► Routing issues “There is a long term goal of connecting the NRG to the FCT [Farmington Canal Trail] through Cheshire and Waterbury but we’re not finding a real good path for it but that’s why it’s a long term.” ► Liability concerns “Liability is really a touchy issue with a lot of communities. But the real key to reducing liability is maintenance and good planning prevents liability issues best. Fencing design, proper standards followed then that reduces liability. It’s a big budget issue.” ► Lack of organizational capacity “Some trails have very active community groups that will be willing to take this up, but when community groups are not strong they aren’t able to maintain very well. Then it’s up to city and towns and that becomes problematic.” ► Competition or lack of cooperation with neighboring towns ► Poor planning or lack of budget for maintenance ► Lack of support from community leaders/businesses “We tell our town leaders we need to keep pushing the envelope because we want to make [the community] a destination for cyclists…some businesses will say I’m in the jewelry business I don’t get anything out of this. Well you do. All boats rise when money comes into town, and that’s part of the story we’ve been trying to communicate to people.” A Path to Revitalization Research Methods & Preliminary Findings 30 31 ► Unsafe connections from neighborhoods to the trail “The problem is getting there safely if you are a family with kids. And I think if we were to have done something differently we would’ve done a lot more forward thinking on good safe arterial connections down from neighborhoods down to the trail to get people to those businesses safely. I hear students… when they are coming down- the first thing parents want to know is there a safe route? Do I have to worry about my kids on bikes really congested road?” ► Lack of consistency/state policy or standardization of regulations “Our state has not created any policies to dictate what municipalities have to do. So you’ll see differences as you go from one town to another. So it’s important that you get started with some sort of standardization.” ► Difficulty working with state agencies “It was an immense hassle to get, for instance pedestrian activated flashers up. It would take years. Literally years of studies and people saying oh I lost the study. No really!” ► Too much signage ► Costs of aging trail infrastructure and funding issues in general ► Trees, foliage maintenance issues- poor site planning “We cannot maintain all of the plantings we put in, and we put in fences that the mower wouldn’t fit under so they have to use a weed whacker…which takes more time and costs.” ► Too much fencing ► Water safety in areas near a river ► Poor mile marking ► Graffiti ► Few existing businesses along the trail ► Conflicting uses “We learned of new uses, like fishing…something that we didn’t think about or plan for. And the fishing people for example used the trail in different directions to cross into the river to fish.” “…we also had a problem with snowmobiles and motorcycles which really tear the stone dust trails up. And bollards are useless against them because they’re coming in from the farms.” Recommendations The focus groups provided suggestions, based on their experiences, that they felt would be of most interest to other trail developers to effectuate greater public use and awareness of multiuse trails. The recommendations were organized into the following general categories: promotion , safety , amenities , demonstrating value , trail maintenance , community and business engagement , and trail planning and routing . Detailed recommendations are on page 25 . Research Methods & Preliminary Findings A Path to Revitalization 30 31 Promotion ► Use environmental education to increase appreciation for the outdoors ► Develop events to promote trail use ► Consider using social media ► Create a consistent brand Safety ► Get more people using the trail to increase safety ► Develop citizen/volunteer patrol programs ► Engage public safety officials in using trails ► Be attentive to traffic safety issues ► Provide a way for users to locate themselves in case of emergency ► Consider emergency access points Amenities ► The three B’s: bike racks, benches and bathrooms ► Develop good traffic signage and cross walks ► Maps and consistent way finding signage are essential Demonstrating Value ► Collect data about trail use ► Educate leaders, planners, economic developers and citizens about how the trail impacts your community ► Look for low-cost, high visibility projects Trail Maintenance ► Use technology like SeeClickFix to get the right information to the right people ► Create a plan and budget for maintenance from the start ► Know who your users are and plan for winter maintenance ► Engage volunteers in maintaining the trail ► Choose materials that are graffiti resistant Community and Business Engagement ► Find champions, involve community groups and get them to take ownership ► Engage a diverse range of businesses and create ways to connect them to the trail ► Involve schools and young people ► Integrate the trail into other community planning efforts from the beginning ► Collaborate with neighbor communities on cost sharing and to create consistency in signage ► Build a culture of support for the trail in your community ► Be patient and go slow ► Look to other communities and trails as examples ► Build a culture of support for the trail in your community ► Use the trail to stimulate innovative ideas Trail Planning and Routing ► Create a destination and an enjoyable experience for users ► Create safe routes for local users from the trail to neighborhoods, transit points and community amenities ► Make accommodations for trees ► Mitigate user conflicts ► Consider costs and benefits of paved or stone dust trails and consistency of surface A Path to Revitalization Research Methods & Preliminary Findings 32 33 Fish Bypass & Park, Seymour 32 33 Direct Economic Impacts Introduction The direct dynamic economic impacts of completing the NRG flow from the timing of completion of construction of its major elements and future uses. Direct inputs include remaining trail construction costs net of any land acquisitions, expenditures by current and future users of the greenway and its component parts, health or amenity benefits enjoyed by users, inclusive of any consumer surplus that users and onlookers enjoy. By definition, these direct elements are dynamic because they increase as portions of the trail are completed. Because trails take time to plan, design and secure funding, construction of the entire trail is not expected to be completed until 2030, at the earliest. Given a year’s lag in expected usage, the number of people utilizing the greenway related to completion of trail segments can be expected to continue to grow through 2031. Combined, these direct expenditures generate direct impacts that form the basis for estimating additional indirect 54 and induced 55 economic impacts. Collectively, these expenditures constitute economic impacts measured by population augmentation, employment, personal income, personal disposable income, and various fiscal impacts. This report first estimates direct economic impacts by utilizing currently available data. The Connecticut Center for Economic Analysis ( CCEA ) then deployed the Regional Economic Model Inc.’s ( REMI ) model to estimate annual impacts to 2050. The particular model on which the CCEA relied in this analysis is REMI IP+ v1.7 at the Connecticut county level for impacts on New Haven County and Litchfield County. In doing so it identifies opportunities for expansion by industry for the Naugatuck River Valley. This section concentrates on establishing all direct impacts. Included are likely annual construction costs and associated timing, amenity benefits including consumer surplus, and operating costs borne by users and governments. Construction Costs The NVCOG, based on its earlier engineering studies, provided estimates of the cost to construct the remaining sections of the NRG and the anticipated timing for that construction. The construction estimates are in 2016 dollars and represent annual capital costs between 2016 and 2020, and in five-year increments from 2021 to 2025 and 2026 to 2030. The trail is expected to be completed in 2030, again in annual average expenditures. Table 4 illustrates annual construction costs based on NVCOG data. Cost estimates were extracted from a previous route alignment study and are illustrative and considered preliminary. 54 Indirect impacts include those in the counties back up the supply chain for each direct purchase. For example, if a locally produced Power Bar is purchased for sustenance while walking, the direct employment would cover its selling and production costs whereas the indirect employment would capture all local employment in inputs into the Power Bar, such as honey and grains plus the production of all the parts going into those raw materials. 55 Induced impacts are above and beyond the direct and indirect impacts because they take account of consumption arising from the wages and salaries generated in both the assembly and throughout all the rest of the supply lines as well as expenditures from wages and salaries earned in the production of induced impacts themselves. A Path to Revitalization Economic Impacts Economic Impacts 34 35 The timeframe reflects current status of the trail projects and whether or not advanced planning has been completed. These data exclude coincident downtown improvements in Derby, a major road widening project that includes the installation of a bi-directional cycle-track with direct connections to the Derby Greenway. For trail sections to be built after 2020, the average construction cost was assumed to be $1.5 million per mile, as an order of magnitude cost estimate. The table contains the resulting annual construction expenditures completed in 2030 and fully operational in 2031. (Note: the costs listed in the 2021-to-2025 and 2026-to-2030 columns represent annual average costs for the five-year time frame.) In total, the NRG is estimated to require an additional investment of about $77.2 million to fully implement. Over half of this total, about $53.2 million, would be allocated to sections to be constructed in New Haven County. Trail construction in Litchfield County communities would need about $24.0 million to complete. Table 4: Annual Estimated Construction Cost by Community and Trail Section (in $1,000s Constant 2016) Community 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 Annually (2021– 2025) Annually (2026– 2030) Total Litchfield County Total $0 $0 $2,347 $0 $6,029 $900 $2,190 $24,021 Torrington $0 $0 $500 $0 $0 $900 $0 $5,000 Litchfield/ Harwinton $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $2,190 $10,950 Thomaston $195 $0 $0 $0 $5,529 $0 $0 $5,724 Watertown $0 $0 $1,847 $0 $500 $0 $0 $2,347 New Haven County Total $2,220 $7,457 $6,210 $3,200 $14,580 $420 $3,490 $53,197 Waterbury $0 $5,500 $0 $0 $8,600 $0 $2,380 $26,000 Naugatuck $0 $0 $3,000 $0 $3,236 $420 $0 $8,336 Beacon Falls Trail $0 $1,357 $0 $3,200 $2,744 $0 $0 $7,301 Seymour $700 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $750 $4,450 Ansonia $1,500 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $360 $3,300 Derby [1] $0 $600 $3,210 $0 $0 $0 $0 $3,810 Total Construction Costs $2,395 $7,457 $8,557 $3,200 $20,609 $1,320 $5,680 $77,218 [1] Construction costs include a bi-directional cycle-track to be built as part of the reconstruction and major widening of Route 34/Main Street (2017), but exclude the cost to construct the major road widening. It should be noted that Winter Garden, Florida has found it very useful to remake its downtown core as an integral part of the Orange Lake County Trails system yielding appreciating land values in the downtown core of 11.3% over 19 years. (See Appendix 1 ) Economic Impacts A Path to Revitalization 34 35 Operating Expenditures Based on data from Derby, maintenance and repair costs by town are set at $4,000 annually per mile, with annual publicity and promotion costs assumed to match this level from 2018 onward. Both of these outlays are financed by local governments and modeled as reductions in other expenditures so that budgets balance at each level of government. In addition, amenity benefits are expected to increase with use of completed trail segments, contributing particularly to improved health of users. Projected Annual Trail Uses As sections of the NRG are built and it is actively promoted by the host communities, the amount of usage is expected to increase beyond current trends. The CCEA developed three growth scenarios: (1) a baseline case that uses the annual number of uses from just the open sections of the NRG (390,996 uses) as the basis; (2) a current trend case based on the total extrapolated number of uses from the IR counters; and (3) an accelerated growth scenario that assumes use will increase exponentially with trail development and at a rate that will double usage by full completion of the NRG. For the baseline and current cases, the assumed growth rate is related to current trail usage per mile and construction of trail sections. The growth in the number of annual uses shows variability because trail construction occurs at different rates over time, with completion expected in 2030. The accelerated growth scenario includes expansion factors that take into account the enhanced attractiveness of longer, more completed trails and assumes that, as the trail becomes more complete, usage will occur at a higher pace than the current rate calculated for the existing short, fragmented trail. Chart 1: Estimated Total Annual Trail Uses 0 2,500,000 5,000,000 7,500,000 10,000,000 12,500,000 15,000,000 17,500,000 20,000,000 22,500,000 25,000,000 2016201720182019202020212022202320242025202620272028202920302031 Estimated Number of Annual Uses Accelerated Growth Scenario Current Trend Scenario Baseline Scenario A Path to Revitalization Economic Impacts 36 37 Under these scenarios, the amount of usage on a fully completed NRG has the potential to be substantial. Under the baseline case, annual uses would increase to over 5 million in 2031, while the growth based on current per mile miles usage rates would result in annual uses to exceed 10 million. The trend lines are depicted in Chart 1 (previous page) . As discussed above, these projections represent uses and are a summation of the use on trail sections in each community; these number do not indicate the number of users. The use of these numbers to calculate economic benefits, however, has the potential of over- stating the effects because they represent the number of times the trail counter is actuated, as opposed to an estimate of individual visits. Because of where the counters were installed and the nature of a typical visit, it is very likely that each person on the trail was counted twice: once entering the trail and a second leaving. For this reason, subsequent analyses presented in this report were based on the annual number of uses divided by two, reflecting a ratio of two uses equal to one visit. User Amenity Benefits Associated with Current Trails Consumer Surplus Methodology and Benefits This report documents two types of amenity benefits: consumer surpluses and health benefits . Both of these types of benefits over time will increase property values and to that extent be transferred from participants to landowners and property taxing authorities, albeit the timing and share of those adjustments are far from certain. This section outlines and measures benefits initially accruing to residents through consumer surplus. Consumer surplus is the value that consumers are willing to pay over and above what they actually pay for consumption of a good or to participate in an activity. It is the monetary measure of net consumer benefit and is calculated by subtracting the amount spent on a good or service from the amount a person is willing to pay for that good or service. Because greenways usually do not have explicit fees for their use, it is often necessary to use surrogate measures to estimate. Two possibilities are the comparison of property values near and away from the greenway and estimating travel costs to the greenway. For the former method, after accounting for all pricing variables, the estimated willingness-to-pay more for properties located next to the greenway is determined. 56 The travel cost method works by estimating greenway users’ willingness-to-pay based on amount they spend traveling to and using the greenway. 57 The assessment of property values near and away from the greenway was beyond the scope of this study. As an alternative, the study team estimated net consumer surplus by using the travel cost method. 58 For example, under the currently segmented trails a resident of Waterbury might drive to Naugatuck to utilize that trail. In doing so that Waterbury user incurs return driving costs, recognized by the IRS at $0.55 per mile for roughly 11.6 miles 59 per round trip or $6.38. However, in the future that Waterbury resident could effectively save $6.38 by living close to a new section of the NRG that runs through the City and being able to access the trail directly by walking or riding a bicycle. In addition, the $6.38 savings would accrue each time the resident uses the trail. In essence, the Waterbury resident’s price for using the trail falls, and as is typically the case whenever prices decrease on any other good or service, consumption will increase. In this case, it is likely that the 56 Bunting & Briand, 200357 ibid.58 Refer to the companion report: The Economic Impact of Greenways and Multi-Use Trails: A review of literature prepared as part of the Naugatuck River Greenway Economic Impact Study , August, 2015 59 https://www.google.ca/?gws_rd=ssl#q=Waterburyct+to+Naugatuck+ct Economic Impacts A Path to Revitalization 36 37 frequency of using the new trail will increase; and as the frequency increases the odds of getting sufficient exercise to be beneficial to his or her health will improve. While $6.38 in this example does not sound like a large amount, the savings would accumulate every time the trail is used. Over the course of a year total savings could reach nearly $1,000 based on using the trail three times a week, walking sufficiently often to gain health benefits. In economic terms, this is referred to as consumer surpluses: that is, the Waterbury resident would no longer be incurring costs to use the trail, but instead would be realizing savings. Economists estimate such avoided transportation costs for all users of the expanded trail as the measure of consumer surplus. Consumer benefits can then be estimated as the costs which some people are willing to incur but no longer have to because of free or lower access cost access brought about from extensions to the NRG. The value of consumer surpluses can rise substantially as more residents are afforded direct access to the NRG. For every 1,000 residents that realize savings as in the above example, the expanded trail system would generate a million dollars in consumer surplus. Of course, not all current trail users will live in walking distance to the extended trail, but most will reside closer to the trail thereby attaining benefits of lower costs and the corresponding likelihood of increasing both consumer and consequential health impacts. Further, due to lower costs and closer proximity, other current non-walkers will increase their participation. The intercept survey asked respondents to provide their home ZIP Code. Travel distances and costs were then estimated between respondents' home ZIP Codes and the trailhead ZIP Codes. This calculation is based on the responses of those who were captured by the intercept survey. Consumer surpluses rise as the spreads between distances of driving to trailhead under the current disparate trail system and the expanded one shrink. In practice, the data required to make the above estimates are not readily available. Nevertheless, the CCEA approximated distances travelled to each current trailhead for users that responded to the survey based on individual ZIP Code information provided by respondents. Because most trailheads are very specific points and ZIP Codes cover larger areas, trail users who live in the same ZIP Code as the trailhead or live in an adjacent ZIP Code area will still incur a small transportation cost. For example, the trailhead for the Naugatuck NRG section is in ZIP Code 06770. Based on an assumed average travel distance from the centroid of the ZIP Code area to the trailhead, an average transportation cost for residents to and from the trail is estimated at $1.89. 60 Persons who live outside of the area but still use the Naugatuck trail section demonstrate a willingness to pay a higher cost because of the longer travel distance to the trail. This willingness is indicative that parties with sufficiently similar choices will pay the higher cost. The value they pay over and above the $1.89 paid by those who live closest to the trail generates an estimate of consumer surplus. The intercept survey results indicated that 86 users of the Naugatuck trail section lived in ZIP Code 06770 and 18 users were from more distant ZIP Code. These latter trail users were willing to incur higher transportation costs. The difference between the transportation cost incurred by these users and the users who live in ZIP Code 06770 is the measure of consumer surplus accrued to the 60 An approximation for the distances travelled within these home ZIP Codes was made by assuming that each of the home ZIP Code land masses were approximately square and the population evenly distributed within the square, travelling to a central point (trailhead) within the square, that is half the distance inside each. From known areas within each home ZIP Code several points exist within the square in which a circle containing half the area would capture half the residences. So as the crow flies the perimeter of the circle having half the area of the square is as far as the average resident needs to travel. In addition, as long as roads are designed in rectangular blocks, the shortest travel distance within any of these circles will approximate the radius of the circle and the longest the two sides of an equilateral triangle whose hypotenuse is at 45% to the foregoing radius. The average distances travelled within each home ZIP Code is taken as the average of those two extreme measures. Where trailheads are located within any circle described as above, these are reasonable measures to capture average users because participants from most approximate origins are apt to be higher than those more distant and outside the circle. A Path to Revitalization Economic Impacts 38 39 residents of ZIP Code 06770. Chart 2 illustrates how consumer surplus was calculated based on users who were interviewed on at the Naugatuck trailhead. While most of the respondents live in Naugatuck (ZIP Code 06770), there were 18 persons who were from outside of the immediate area of the trailhead. These users are shown in Chart 2 by those with the highest transportation costs (that is, farthest from the Naugatuck trailhead) to those with lowest cost. The chart depicts what participants from other ZIP Codes are willing to pay over and above the lower costs incurred by residents of ZIP Code 06770. The blue line depicts the assumed transportation costs for those living the closest to the trailhead, estimated at $1.89. The resulting consumer surplus estimates are illustrated by the solid orange line as the difference between travel costs from out-of-the-area ZIP Codes and the average transportation cost paid by residents of ZIP Code 06770. The consumer surplus derived by each trail user living close to the trailhead from those outside the trailhead ZIP Code was summed and an average value was calculated. This method results in an average per person consumer surplus per visit of about $12.66. Based on the number of respondents to the intercept survey, the consumer surplus for an average day amounts to $1,089 and over the course of the year it would total $65,304. The same method was used to calculate the consumer surplus realized by trail users from any ZIP Code. 61 For this example, trail users living within fifteen miles of the Naugatuck trail section trailhead accrue an annualized consumer surplus amounting to $184,272. Trail users from farther ZIP Codes realize an additional $21,243, increasing the total consumer surplus to $205,516. The estimates of consumer surplus by ZIP Code are listed in Table 5 . 61 For example, to establish consumer surplus for the 19th individual, rather than subtracting $1.89 subtract his or her costs of $4.45 from each of the remaining total travel costs and repeat the process. Chart 2: Consumer Surplus for Residents of Zip Code 06770 (Naugatuck) $0 $5 $10 $15 $20 $25 $30 $35 $40 $45 1 2345678910 111213141516171819 Average Consumer Surplus Trail Users Living Outside Zip Code of Trailhead Cost for most proximate Zip Codes Consumer surplus Economic Impacts A Path to Revitalization 38 39 Table 5: Estimated Annual Consumer Surplus Accruing from Extant Naugatuck Trail, by ZIP Code Trail-ZIP Codes 06770 06403 06708 06779 Within 15 Miles Total All ZIP Codes Naugatuck $65,304 $50,051 $40,074 $28,843 $184,272 $205,516 Based on respondents to the intercept survey and estimated travel costs from home ZIP Code to ZIP Code 06770. Table 6: Estimated Annual Consumer Surplus Accruing from Extant NRG Trails By ZIP Code ZIP Codes/ Trailhead Naugatuck Middlebury Derby To r r i n g to n Total 06770 Naugatuck $65,304 $52,804 $1,796,620 $1,914,728 06403 $50,051 $50,051 06708 $40,074 $64,024 $104,098 06779 $28,843 $30,826 $59,669 06762 Middlebury $2,468,749 $2,468,749 06706 $56,879 $56,879 06488 $42,938 $42,938 06478 $41,322 $41,322 06798 $42,704 $42,704 06795 $35,170 $35,170 06705 $31,022 $31,022 06704 $34,962 $34,962 06712 $6,529 $6,529 06418 Derby $2,466,232 $2,466,232 06401 $2,043,273 $2,043,273 06525 $2,002,117 $2,002,117 06484 $1,993,069 $1,993,069 06481 $1,973,225 $1,973,225 06463 $1,894,745 $1,894,745 06460 $1,863,875 $1,863,875 06614 $1,857,815 $1,857,815 06478 $1,844,532 $1,844,532 06611 $1,837,049 $1,837,049 06513 $1,825,446 $1,825,446 06606 $1,813,408 $1,813,408 06790 Torrington $61,687 $61,687 06791 $41,485 $41,485 06057 $13,961 $13,961 06778 $10,272 $10,272 06098 $13,554 $13,554 Total $184,272 $2,907,929 $25,211,406 $140,959 $28,444,566 Trailhead ZIP Codes $65,304 $2,468,749 $2,466,232 $61,687 $5,061,972 A Path to Revitalization Economic Impacts 40 41 This process was repeated for the other four trailheads at which intercept surveys were conducted and for which there were sufficient data. The results of the consumer benefits by ZIP Code within 15 miles driving one-way from residences to the trailheads are listed in Table 5 . Estimates of consumer surplus in Middlebury and Derby are influenced by the higher number of respondents that traveled farther to access the trails than occurred in Naugatuck or Torrington. Note: Consumer Surplus attributable to several respondents who indicated an out-of-state ZIP Code were excluded from the calculations. Data in Table 6 are unadjusted for non-responses and for trails not covered by the four towns. Summing the estimated consumer surpluses for the ZIP Codes containing trailheads yields a modest $5.1 million for the year. Extrapolating to cover both non-responses and other ZIP Codes containing trailheads, yields annual consumer surplus of $6.5 million for residents in ZIP Codes containing trailheads alone. When all ZIP Codes of visitors to the open sections of the NRG are summed, the consumer surplus totals about $28.5 million. The CCEA has taken this very conservative approach to utilizing benefit accruing only in the trailhead ZIP Codes as the starting point for consumer surpluses generated by the trail system. CCEA’s lower case assumes that trail usage will increase proportionately with the miles of trail completed, calculated using the number of annual uses exrapolated from one count location per open section and only for those sections on the NRG. As noted earlier, trail expansions and construction of additional trail sections will make the trail more accessible at lower costs to both current and new users. For that reason, trail usage is expected to increase and average usage rates per mile are expected to grow as the NRG becomes more accessible and attractive to use. For its upper case, the CCEA assumed that trail use will double at completion of the full trail. A constant growth rate rather than a linear extrapolation was also used in the calculation of future consumer surplus. This results in a more conservative process to avoid front loading impacts. Trail construction is likely to fluctuate annually with some years experiencing the opening of several miles of trail while other years may not see any new trail construction. Because of this, annual consumer surplus values also fluctuate year-to-year. Chart 3 illustrates the growth in consumer surplus as the entire NRG is constructed and opened. It is assumed that the consumer surplus associated with a new section of trail will accrue in the year following its construction. This dynamic explains why the contour of the lines in Chart 3 show substantial jumps in consumer surplus in some years and periods of slow growth in other years. Chart 3 represents the amount of consumer surplus accruing in each year. Because the portions of the trail driving consumer surplus from each previous year remain in place the following year, the points along the consumer surplus curves are cumulative. The annual increments along the curves represent the annual gains in consumer surplus derived from completion of trail segments in the previous year only. With consumer surplus expanding from NRG expansion at current usage rates only and under the baseline scenario, the estimated economic values would grow from $5.1 million in 2016 to $34.6 million by 2031. Based on the higher use counts for the current trend scenario, consumer surplus totals $6.4 million today and would increase to $43.6 million in 2031. With trail usage rates doubling, the rise would be to $87.1 million. The CCEA analysis calculated consumer surplus at the county level with the results showing that roughly 78% of the consumer surplus would accrue to New Haven County residents. Chart 3 also establishes that different assumptions about use clearly matter. The estimated consumer surplus is enhanced with increased access to the trail as well as higher usage rates. Economic Impacts A Path to Revitalization 40 41 Assessed Land Values The change in assessed property values as a result of proximity to a trail or greenway is difficult to quantify because of the number of factors that influence land values, such as age and condition of the home. Previous studies that have attempted to monetize increases in property values have found that proximity to trails and greenways either increase property values or have no negative impact. These studies have also concluded that increases are most pronounced near greenways that highlight open space, limit vehicular traffic and effectively maintain and provide security on the trails. Another key factor is minimizing trail-home owner conflicts. 62 Past studies have concluded that proximity to a trail increases the selling price of a home and typically reduces the time in which a house sells. A 2011 study by the CCEA analyzed the value of properties overlooking state parks and or forests and state trails. While the results varied by region, this study identified a green space bonus of $41,961 to $50,124 for properties overlooking managed green spaces compared that those that did not. 63 Relative to the latest assessed land values within walking distance of current and future trails, consumer benefits as a percent of the assessed values accruing within walking distance of currently available trails range from 0.14% in Derby to 0.08% in Naugatuck. 64 Both these results could be elevated by increased use of trails by more people for three days or more. Both estimates are conservative because they do not account for persons exercise on several trails contributing to frequency of use. For example, a person walking three different trails each of three days a week would slip through the cracks in the data. Nor do the numbers account for the increased access of the completed trail increasing frequency of use with which the NRG would be utilized. The 62 Economic Impacts of Protecting Rivers, Trails and Greenway Corridor , US Department of the Interior, National Park Service, 1995 63 Gunther, Parr, Graziano, Carstensen, 201164 The impacts on land values were assessed over 10 years discounted at 15% indicative of high risks associated with expected completions of the trail segments. Data were insufficient to make similar estimates for the other communities. Chart 3: Annual Cumulative Consumer Surplus $0 $10 $20 $30 $40 $50 $60 $70 $80 $90 $100 2016 201720182019202020212022202320242025202620272028202920302031 Consumer Surplus ($1,000,000s) Accelerated Growth Scenario Current Trend Scenario Baseline Scenario A Path to Revitalization Economic Impacts 42 43 estimates are also constrained by the databases to only benefits derived from walking and exclude those accruing to bicyclists. When amenity values are considered as part of the economic model, they generate incentives to live and reside in an area proximate to a trail section. The National Association of Home Builders and the National Association of Realtors conducted a survey on the importance of community amenities to homebuyers. Walking and biking trails came in second only to highway access. 65 Furthermore, trails are some of the cheapest amenities to build with the highest value. 66 These factors clearly demonstrate that proximity to trails as a positive impact on and increases property values. Health Benefits Methodology and Benefits Health benefits are expressed in terms of lives saved, that is, extended life years, and improvements in the quality of patients’ and caregivers’ health, and, in this instance, trail users’ quality of life improvements and consequentially lives saved. The CCEA explores these concepts based on surveys of current trail users and on counts obtained along extant sections of the NRG, as well as, documents on various health concerns that are partially redressed by increased participation. Trails in Naugatuck, Middlebury, Derby, Beacon Falls and Torrington are all envisioned as becoming part of the NRG, integrating those and adjacent communities with multiple entry points, including trailheads and other less structured points of access and egress, to encourage local participation. While persons can exercise in a wide variety of places, trails provide excellent venues for people to exercise in a comfortable and non-threatening environment and achieve sufficient health benefits from frequent physical activity. By frequently using trails and greenways, users can curb and reduce obesity, diabetes, cardiovascular diseases ( CVD ) and various cancers, particularly breast cancer. 67 Trails have also been shown to provide excellent places for people to walk in groups and socialize, and thereby, reap psychological benefits derived from group activities. Based on a report from the Surgeon General: ► Physically-active people have about 30% lower risk of early death than the inactive. ► Physically-inactive people account for about 11% of premature deaths in the United States. ► Physical activity helps prevent risk factors and protects against multiple chronic diseases. While the CCEA does not have medical information for trail users, 68 it does have incidences for these afflictions by type of Connecticut community 69. Based largely on relative incomes and their impacts on incidence rates, Table 7 shows likely incidences of the three major diseases within each type of community. The CCEA used these incidences to estimate how many people could potentially benefit from health improvements related to trail use. The trail user intercept survey identified how frequently users utilized these trails more than three times per week. Inclusive of walking to and from trailheads for those residing within a half a mile, the CCEA assumed that these uses extended for 30 minutes or more, which is enough effort and duration to improve health and extend longevity 65 Trails Are Important to Homebuyers, Survey Shows http://www.americantrails.org/resources/benefits/homebuyers02.html 66 Trails Add Values to New Homes http://www.americantrails.org/resources/devel/Trail-system-community-developer-investment-return- Martin.html 67 Harvard Health Publications Harvard Medical School, Walking your way to Health , http://www.health.harvard.edu/newsletter_article/Walking- Your-steps-to-health . 68 Doing so would clearly be invasive and is beyond CCEA’s expertise.69 2015 DataHaven Community Wellbeing Survey , DataHaven and Siena College Research, February 2, 2016. Economic Impacts A Path to Revitalization 42 43 (based on a recent Surgeon General’s report and other general health recommendation) . The expected incidences of different diseases ( Table 7 ) were applied to the current trail usage along open sections. This calculation results in the number of people who could potentially realize health improvements from using the trail ( Table 8 ). Because the health literature pertains to walking, this assessment relates only to walkers. Bicyclists were treated separately. Obesity is a precursor to other inflictions, though not all obese persons become diabetic or experience CVDs. In redressing diabetes alone, the current trail system is expected to facilitate the saving of 2.5 lives per year, based on the information in the Surgeon General’s Report. Throughout their lifetime this value is modestly set at $7.3 million for each life 70 saved or $18.2 million. 71 Had these patients been walking all their lives, 27 would have avoided having the first incident with diabetes. 72 Walking regularly reduces the risk of Type 2 diabetes by 60% and even reduces the risks of other types of diseases, such as colon cancer. 73 A case study involving male graduates at Harvard University walking at least nine miles a week showed a 22% lower death rate. Not only does walking have many of the same benefits as more vigorous exercise, like running, but it also has fewer negative impacts on a body; running is a high impact activity and therefore has more risk of injury–20% to 70%–while the risk of injury to walkers is only 1% to 5%. 74 Two major studies provide indications of the extent that walking reduces CVD: ► Among 44,452 male health professionals, walking at least 30 minutes a day led to an 18% lower risk of coronary artery disease; ► Among 72,488 female nurses, walking at least three hours a week led to a 35% lower risk of heart attack and cardiac death and 34% lower risk of stroke; 70 Lisa A. Robinson, How US Agencies Value Mortality Risk Reductions , Policy Monitor 2009 p. 283. http://opim.wharton.upenn.edu/risk/downloads/ RiskSeminar_2008-09-23_Robinson.pdf (June28, 2916) Review of agency practices suggests … the central tendency of the range of twenty-six estimates used in many EPA analyses is $7.2 million (2005 dollars), while the mean EPA estimate based on recent meta-analyses is $5.5 million (1999 dollars) 71 These calculations are based on the values of Statistical life (VOSL) for each life saved. 72 An alternative approach, based on the American Heart Association, Walking can lower risks of heart related conditions as much as running . http:// newsroom.heart.org/news/walking-can-lower-risk-of-heart-related-conditions-as-much-as-running . 73 8 Reasons why walking is great for your health. https://www.tescoliving.com/articles/8-reasons-why-walking-is-great-for-your-health . 74 Harvard Health Publications Harvard Medical School, Walking your Way to Health , http://www.health.harvard.edu/newsletter_article/Walking- Your-steps-to-health . Table 7: Expected Adult Incidences of Disease by Community Disease Naugatuck Middlebury Derby Beacon Falls To r r i n g to n Obesity 25% 12% 25% 21% 25% Diabetes 9% 4% 9% 7% 9% CVD 6% 5% 6% 7% 6% Source: CCEA application of the 2015 DataHaven Wellbeing Survey Table 8: Potential Number of People Avoiding Health Issues by Using Existing Trail Sections Disease Naugatuck Middlebury Derby Beacon Falls To r r i n g to n Total Obesity 100 21 426 26 27 600 Diabetes 36 7 153 9 10 215 CVD 24 9 102 9 7 150 Calculated by multiplying percentages in Table 7 by the number of trail users. A Path to Revitalization Economic Impacts 44 45 ► A 10-year study of 229 post-menopausal women randomly assigned the volunteers to walk at least one mile a day or to continue normal activities. At the end of the trial, the walkers enjoyed an 82% lower risk of heart disease. 75 In contrast with Harvard’s meta-data article, the National Heart Foundation relies on a major study by Paul T. Williams at Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory, Life Science Division. It concluded that walking reduced heart disease by 9.2%. 76 These data suggest that had the people with cardiovascular disease been walking prior to their problems, 14%-to-50% would have avoided the disease, resulting in considerable savings in medical costs and lost employment for both patients and their professional and home caregivers. In its 38-year longitudinal study starting with 18,863 male British civil servants, Whitehall found that those with cardiovascular disease at age 50 died 10 years earlier than those with no baseline risk factors at age 50. 77 In short, every group of eight was expected to avoid an entire life of 80 years of premature death. Walking has also been connected to a decreased risk of cancer. More specifically, exercise has been linked to decreasing the risk of breast cancer. Physical activity decreases the level of estrogen in women’s bodies, which in turn reduces the risk of contracting breast cancer, as well as boosting the body’s immune system. 78 Walking as little as 75 minutes-to-2 hours per week reduces a woman’s risk of breast cancer by 18%. 79 Breast Cancer Risk in American Women estimate that 12.4% of women will develop breast cancer at some point during their lives; therefore 2.2 of every 100 women could avoid breast cancer by increasing exercise. 80 During the intercept survey conducted as a part of this study, 185 women were interviewed. This level of participation rate combined with the avoidance rate for breast cancer infers that 4.2 women among those surveyed are expected to avoid breast cancer as a result of trail related exercise (assuming this was their only form of exercise). The incidence of breast cancer currently in Connecticut is relatively high at 137/100,000. In the short-term expansion of the trail by 2020, there are expected to be 427,000 trail uses. To gain sufficient exercise by using the trail without any other exercise, an individual would need to exercise about 160 times a year, meaning that a maximum of 2,500 people and 1,250 females could be getting enough exercise to reduce their risk of breast cancer. With 12.4% of the female population likely to contract breast cancer at some juncture over their lifetime that would reduce breast cancer incidence by 155 cases over 80 years or about two per year. By age 68, half the women who have or will get breast cancer have died. 81 That is at least 10 years prematurely relative to U.S. female life expectancy. Avoiding those premature deaths amounts to at least another half a life a year saved carrying with it an amenity value of at least another $3.6 million annually at a VOSL of $7.3 million. Based on the limited sample from the four trails included in the intercept survey and the health benefit factors described above, about 7.25 premature deaths could be avoided: 1.25 deaths from obesity, 3 deaths from diabetes, 2.5 deaths from CVD, and 0.5 deaths from breast cancer. These 75 Ibid.76 American Heart Association, Walking can lower risks of heart related conditions as much as running . http://newsroom.heart.org/news/walking- can-lower-risk-of-heart-related-conditions-as-much-as-running . 77 http://www.bmj.com/content/339/bmj.b3513 . 78 How Can Physical Activity Affect Breast Cancer Risk http://ww5.komen.org/Breastcancer/Lackofexercise.html . 79 Get Moving to Help Reduce Your Risk of Breast Cancer http://www.cancer.org/cancer/news/features/get-moving-to-help-reduce-your-risk-of- breast-cancer . 80 Breast Cancer Risk In American Women http://www.cancer.gov/types/breast/risk-fact-sheet . 81 SEER, Cancer Statistics Review 1975-2912 Table 1.13. Without further medical progress in avoidance and treatments, only 31% of women who have or will contract breast cancer live beyond the normal life expectancy of American females. Economic Impacts A Path to Revitalization 44 45 numbers do not include possible avoidance of premature deaths from other cancers. Monetizing the lives saved at federal guidelines of $7.3 million yields a total annual value of $52.9 million in health benefits. Extrapolating that value to cover all of the currently open trails increases the monetized health benefit to an estimated $73.5 million. These values are based on the results from the intercept survey and include sections not on the NRG. An adjustment for the baseline scenario reduces current health benefits to about $37.9 million, lower value but still substantial. As sections of the trail are built and opened, the health benefits from active and frequent use will increase proportionally under the baseline and current trend scenarios and exponentially for the accelerated growth scenario. The relationship between moderate exercise and reduced incidence of various diseases is well established. The expansion of the NRG will greatly increase access to an attractive and convenient venue for exercise, resulting in health benefits accruing to frequent users. The estimated monetized value of health benefits over time is staggering. By the project completion year of the trail of 2031, the accumulated value of deaths avoided amounts to $259.6 million under the baseline scenario and just over a half-billion dollars under the current trends case, with about 138 people enjoying healthier lives because they lived close enough to the trail to reduce their risk of experiencing diabetes, cardiovascular disease and various forms of cancer. Based on current use and length of open trail, 14 people will avoid a premature death. With the completion of the trail, an additional 70 lives may be saved. These results are based on the current trend scenario and a constant increase in trail usage. If usage increases at a higher rate, the expected health benefits will also increase. Under the accelerated growth scenario, the cumulated monetized health benefits would reach just over $1 billion with a total of 138 premature deaths avoided. Other medical research has noted that physical activity can reduce the risk of colon, Chart 4: Cumulative Monetized Health Benefits Accruing from Expanded Trail $0 $125 $250 $375 $500 $625 $750 $875 $1,000 $1,125 2016 201720182019202020212022202320242025202620272028202920302031 Monetized Health Benefits ($1,000s) Accelerated Growth Scenario Current Trend Scenario Baseline Scenario A Path to Revitalization Economic Impacts 46 47 endometrial and advanced prostate cancer. 82 Women who are active have a 20% to 40% decreased risk of endometrial cancer, with risk decreasing as physical activity increases. Studies have also been done to examine the effect an increase of physical activity has on lung cancer; however, these studies found it difficult to control for the effects of smoking and other respiratory diseases. The CCEA’s health benefit estimates described above are conservative in that the use of future trail section is based on the users of currently open and relatively short trail segments. Where individuals get additional exercise by using a variety of trails the extent of the workouts are being underestimated. This approach underestimates health benefits. The NRG will also assist in avoidance of many cancers in addition to breast cancer and the economic values from reducing other forms of cancer have not been estimated. Further, no account has been taken of the social costs of actually being ill. In addition, the analysis of health benefits did not estimate the effects trail usage by walkers and bicyclists may have on reducing greenhouse gas ( GHG ) emissions. These reductions could further enhance the health benefits over and above those included in the study. It is useful to note the impact that advertising could have on the use of trails. A telephone survey conducted in a southeastern county of the United States found that awareness of trails was low, and advertising should be directed at older and irregularly active adults for best results. 83 A number of campaigns have been undertaken across the United States to increase physical activity among inactive adults. In Wheeling, West Virginia, a program was developed which encouraged insufficiently active adults to walk for 30 minutes a day. The Wheeling Walks program resulted in a 14% net increase in self-reported walking among the target group, showing that encouragement through print, media, and television advertisement can lead to increased physical activity. 84 Advertising dollars were not considered in the REMI analysis of potential impacts. User Spending Spending by users on the day they visit the trail is a form of direct economic impact. Direct effects are impacts as a result of direct spending by consumers on goods and services related to activities utilizing the trails or amenities accruing from the trails, e.g. consumer surplus and health benefits identified above. In the case of the NRG or any other multi-use trail, direct effects can be defined as purchases made by users including spending on food, beverages, gasoline, gear, clothing and equipment (such as bicycles), or services. This also includes tourism expenditures such as lodging for trail-based recreational activities, although at its current composition, it is not likely that the NRG generates any overnight stays. The construction of the trail also has a direct economic effect, in labor hired and material used by construction firms to build the trail. The CCEA estimated direct user spending based on the answers to the intercept surveys conducted along open sections of the trail. Transportation expenses to and from the trail access points, however, were calculated based on approximate travel distances from the center of the home ZIP Code to the trailhead and federal mileage rates. Survey data collected user spending for snacks, food, beverages and meals on the day walkers and bicyclists were interviewed, as well as, the amounts spent over the past year on specific items, such as equipment, gear, active wear, and any other retail expenditures in general that the user made specifically because of the trail. It is difficult to attribute all of these latter expenditures to the trail, as consumers can use these items anywhere. For example, the person who purchases a new bicycle can ride it on the trail or may use it mostly on a road. Despite this, the survey attempted to gauge whether or not users were making 82 Physical Activity and Cancer. http://www.cancer.gov/about-cancer/causes-prevention/risk/obesity/physical-activity-fact-sheet#q7 . 83 Awareness and Use of Community Walking Trails http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0091743504001707 84 The CDC Guide to Strategies to Increase Physical Activity in the Community http://www.cdc.gov/obesity/downloads/PA_2011_WEB.pdf Economic Impacts A Path to Revitalization 46 47 new purchases because they frequently visited an open section of the trail. Average single visit spending patterns among respondents to the survey are listed in Table 9 . It also contains CCEA’s extrapolations from spending on gasoline to mileage charges on vehicles. Respondents were asked about their spending on gasoline because they are not apt to think in terms of total costs of driving. To establish what impact consumer spending would have in 2016, the above average single visit spending was multiplied by the annual number of trail uses based on data collected from the infrared trail counters. The estimated total annual uses is 747,886. (As discussed above, the trail count data were extrapolated based on factors from the National Bicycle and Pedestrian Documentation Project and reflect counts collected at all points, including two not on the NRG.) This results in a total direct spending of about $5.6 million over the course of an entire year. If the second NRG data points and the counts along the trails in Middlebury and Torrington are subtracted from the total, the annual uses drop to 385,791, reducing direct user spending to about $2.9 million. These costs cover those going to and returning from the trail, food consumed on and off the trail, incidental other retail and activities associated with trail usage. During the intercept survey, only 13 respondents were bicyclists with 8 respondents fully completing the survey. This represents only 3.4% of the total number of people that stopped and were willing to complete the survey. The low percentage of bicyclists is likely due in part by the short lengths of the open sections and a preference of bicyclists to remain on a parallel road. The currently open trails are more conducive to walking than riding a bicycle. Because of the small sample size, it is difficult to extrapolate bicyclist expenditure data with any confidence to represent Table 9: Single Visit Spending per Intercept Survey Responses by User Category – Walker or Bicyclist Single Visit Spending | Average Costs Walkers Bicyclists Beverages $2.07 $0.31 Snacks $0.58 $0.23 Meals $2.37 $0.77 Gas $1.54 $4.23 Retail $2.81 $17.69 Equipment $0.05 $30.77 Lodging $0.03 $0.00 Activities $0.05 $7.69 Other $0.58 $0.00 Total (Unadjusted) $10.08 $61.69 Total Vehicle Costs [1] $5.49 $15.07 Total Adjusted Costs $14 .03 $72 .53 [1] Total vehicle costs are based on vehicle mileage rate allowed by the IRS (at the time of the survey, it was 57.5¢ per mile and an approximate average travel distance. Gasoline expenditures indicated by respondents were subtracted from the vehicle costs to avoid double counting. A Path to Revitalization Economic Impacts 48 49 the entire trail. However, the data suggest that the spending pattern of bicyclists is somewhat different than walkers. Based on the survey data, bicyclists spend more annually than other users of the trail. The average annual spending by bicyclists is about $351, compared to the average annual expenditure of about $114 made by walkers. The difference is likely attributable to the more specialized equipment and gear used by bicyclists, and may include big ticket items, such as new bike purchases. In addition, these estimates are likely high because they assume that all the bicycle equipment expenditures were made for use of the NRG. The average amount spent by bicyclists on the day using the trail was also substantially higher, amounting to $61.69 as compared to $10.08 for all users. The difference is primarily attributable to the amount spent on meals. Bicyclists spent, on average, $22.73 on meals while the average for all other users was only $1.60. Transportation costs were also higher. Bicyclists travel costs averaged $15.07 based on distance times the standard mileage rate, suggesting bicyclists were willing to drive longer distances to use the trail. This cost increases the daily average direct expenditure by bicyclists to about $72.53, about five times as much as spent by walkers and other users. It is also interesting to note that more than half of the bicyclist-respondents indicated that they rode their bike to access the trail and therefore spent no money on gas. The total number of bicyclists that use the open trail sections each was estimated using the same aggregation methods described above for all other users. This method indicates that total annual bicycle use is in the range of 2,600–6,500 uses. Based on this, direct expenditures of bicyclists amounted to between $191,000 and $473,000 in 2 016. While this comes from a smaller sample than those on walkers, the results are illustrative of the potential spending of bicyclists that use the trail and can be used to inform future expenditures. To estimate future direct spending, current total uses of the open trail sections was converted to a per mile rate. This rate was then held constant over time with new trails considered to only come into use the year after their construction, no matter the month when construction is actually completed. Per walker expenditures per mile was also assumed to remain constant in real terms, rising only by inflation. The counts of trail users conducted on the days of the intercept surveys suggest a higher annual number of uses than calculated based on the infrared counts. Direct expenditures were determined based on this higher count as a way of representing a high use scenario. This scenario also includes an accelerated capture growth rate that expects trail use per mile to double by 2031 relative to the result without the accelerator. The doubling is reflective of both expectations that the trail usage will increase in-line with activities on longer trail segments and success from Table 10: Bicycling Spending Shares Type of Spending Shares Ground transportation 14.1% Full service restaurants 2.6% Limited service restaurants 2.6% Accommodations 0.1% New bicycles 48.4% Bicycle Accessories 22.2% Repair & Maintenance 10.1% Source: The Economic Impact of Bicycling in Colorado and CCEA Economic Impacts A Path to Revitalization 48 49 augmented publicity for the NRG. As evidenced by the survey, the present short segments do not attract many bicyclists relative to walkers. Those relatives will change, particularly as the NGR nears completion. For that reason and in-line with national averages for longer trails, CCEA expects the number usages by bicyclists to rise to 18.2% of the number of walker usages by 2031. These increases start from the current low bicyclist user rate and rise at a constant rate through time. This methodology delays the major impacts of bicyclists to the late 2020s and early 2030s. See Chart 5 . The points of inflection, where the slope of the spending curves change, are caused by differing rates of trail completion out to and including 2030. By 2031, total estimated direct spending by walkers, bicyclists and all other trail users are expected to reach about $42.6 million under the baseline scenario to about $201.7 million based on an accelerated growth rate. The actual spending that occur will depend on the quality and safety of the trail and the capacity of NRG merchants to service an increasing community of users. Chart 5 shows the projected trends in direct spending over time. The data suggests that the Naugatuck River Greenway has the potential to generate substantial direct user spending each year. However, because of the very limited number of bicyclists included in the survey, the actual economic impact of bicycling is likely understated. Therefore, the CCEA also looked at other sources to determine contributions to the region’s economy by bicyclists. A 2006 study by the Outdoor Industry Foundation found that bicycling accounted for $133 billion of outdoors’ $730 billion total contribution to the U.S. economy. 85 This yields a ratio of about 18.2%. It should be noted that not all bicyclists will use or want to use multiuse trails, as many experienced ridings prefer riding on road. Included in this estimate are 85 Outdoor Industry Foundation, The Active Outdoor Recreation Economy: A $730 Billion Annual Contribution to the U.S. Economy , 2006 Chart 5: Total Annual Direct Spending by Trail Users $0 $25 $50 $75 $100 $125 $150 $175 $200 $225 2016 201720182019202020212022202320242025202620272028202920302031 Total Annual Spending ($1,000,000) Accelerated Growth Scenario Current Trend Scenario Baseline Scenario A Path to Revitalization Economic Impacts 50 51 the direct spending by bicyclists during a ride, ground transportations costs to travel to and from the starting and ending points of the trip, and purchases of new equipment and maintenance of existing equipment. Due to the paucity of responses by bicyclists to the intercept survey, bicyclists’ aggregate spending is broken out according to consumption shares noted in The Economic Impact of Bicycling in Colorado 86 with general spending being further disaggregated by shares within the survey of NRG users. CCEA broke out bicyclists' spending shares as noted in Table 10 . Due to the fragmented nature of the trail development, the CCEA assumed constant growth rates for bicycling of 36.0% and 45.2%, rather than a simple linear extrapolation. That methodology takes until 2029 to reach half the impacts with the completed trail finally being fully operational in 2031. The NRG, when completed, will have several advantages that will likely increase the attractiveness to bicyclists and generate use: ► The NRG will be short enough for bicyclists to undertake round trips in a single day, but long enough to offer a challenging experience; ► The NRG will provide access to the small, compact downtowns along the Naugatuck River and generate inter-city travel to and from work; ► The NRG will provide a very diverse and interesting riding experience with multiple urban, suburban and rural sections; ► The NRG will provide access to the Naugatuck River that is not currently available. While local resident bicyclists are likely to access the trail at the closest entrance to their home, riders from outside the region are more likely to start at an end point to take full advantage of a longer trip. This would encourage the establishment of bicycle shops and convenience stores, as well as significant parking in Torrington and Derby. It would also encourage other intermediate services at which bicyclists could take a break. Those staying overnight before and/or after riding will also bolster demand for accommodations and food services. Based on this alternate method for estimating future direct spending, total direct spending by 2031 amount to $51.3 million in the current rate case and $102.6 million for the high rate scenario. The year in which this spending commences will be determined by the actual completion of trail segments. If segments linking towns which encourage commuting by bicycle rather than car are completed earlier, bicycling impacts could be brought forward. Alternatively if those commuter- segments are delayed the reverse would be true. Key Direct Expenditures and Influences Based on the foregoing discussions, the completion of the entire length of the NRG has the potential to generate substantial direct economic benefits, from the investments in construction, the value accrued by those living close to the trail (consumer surplus), health benefits derived by those who take advantage of the trail for exercise, and expenditures made by users for goods and services. Chart 6 summarizes the results from the previous discussions and compares the monetized direct effects of building the NRG by growths scenario and county. Under the three trail use scenarios, the increased growth scenario that assumes an accelerated growth in users as the trail is built, the chart itemizes the key direct effects from spending by bicyclists and all other users, the amenities of consumer surpluses and health benefits for Litchfield and New Haven counties under each scenario. The total costs to construct and maintain the NRG are depicted as a trend line 86 http://atfiles.org/files/pdf/CObikeEcon.pdf . Accessed June 09, 2016. Economic Impacts A Path to Revitalization 50 51 Chart 7: Breakdown of Cumulative Economic Benefits in 2031 by County under the Baseline Scenario Direct User Spending: Litchfield County $9.5 Direct User Spending: New Haven County $33.1 Consumer Surplus: Litchfield County $7.70 Consumer Surplus: New Haven County $26.89 Cumulative Health Benefits: Litchfield County$57.77 Cumulative Health Benefits: New Haven County $201.78 Total Construction Cost: $77.2 million (2016 -2030) Total Economic Benefits: $336.8 million (2031) Note: Values in $1,000,000s Chart 6: Estimated Cumulative Economic Benefits in 2031 by Growth Scenario and County $0.0 $100.0 $200.0 $300.0 $400.0 $500.0 $600.0 $700.0 $800.0 Litchfield CountyCurrent Trend Litchfield County Accelerated Growth New Haven County Baseline New Haven County Current Trend New Haven County Accelerated Growth Cumulative Economic Benefits ($1,000,000s) Direct User Spending Consumer Surplus Monetized Health Benefits Direct Construction A Path to Revitalization Economic Impacts 52 53 and shows that the investment to construct the trail is significantly returned and exceeded by the monetized benefits. These are the drivers of the subsequent impact analysis. Direct spending is the combined amount for all users, but as noted above the spending by bicyclists is expected to be particularly strong in later years. However, because no account is taken of the health benefits and consumer surpluses attributable to bicyclists, their economic contributions augment direct spending only. In 2031, the total economic benefits are estimated at between $336.8 million under the Baseline scenario and about $629 million under the current trend scenario. The majority of the benefits would be attributable to monetized improvements to health. The value of improved health for those who frequently use the trail is estimated at $259.6 million, with residents of New Haven County realizing about $201.8 million in health benefits and abfflout $57.8 million attained by Litchfield County residents. These values would be attained under the more conservative Baseline scenario. For the Current Trend scenario, monetized health benefits are expected to reach $503.3 million in 2031. However, direct spending by trail users on consumables on the day of their visit also yields substantial economic benefits. In 2031 alone direct spending by users is estimated at $42.6 million in the Baseline scenario and $82.6 million under the Current Trend case. Over the time frame (2016–2031) used in the study, trail users will spend a total of about $626.1 million. The total cost to construct the entirety of the NRG as plannd is estimated at just $77.2 million. Comparing this investment to just direct spending yields a benefit-cost ( B:C ) ratio of 4.18 for the very conservative Baseline scenario. If trail usage approaches the numbers estimated under the Current Trend scenario, direct spending would rise to $1.2 billion over the 2016–2031 time period, resulting in a B:C ratio of 8.11. These B:C ratios suggest a highly cost effective project and an extremely valuable investment. And these ratios do not account for the cumulative health benefits that would accrue to trail users nor the economic benefits (consumer surplus) realized by those living in proximity to the trails. When these monetized benefits are considered, the economic returns on that investment far exceed the cost to build and maintain the NRG. Under the Accelerated Growth scenario, usage of the NRG is expected rise exponentially based on the assumption that a longer and more connected trail will attract higher usage and generate significantly high economic benefits. In 2031, based on the projection that trail usage will double over current trends, the total economic benefits are estimated to exceed $1.2 billion, again the primary contributor to this amount is monetized health benefits (estimated at slightly more than $1 billion in 2031) . Clearly, from these data the key contributors to the economic value of the NRG are health benefits, consumer surplus, and direct expenditures by users for goods and services. Health benefits and consumer surplus are amenity values augmenting life and its quality. Even though the health benefits are monetized, the full value of avoiding death also encompasses avoided costs from becoming prematurely ill and hospitalization. Lost time at work and burdens borne by family and other caregivers are also health benefits not directly included in the calculations. Attaining and maximizing the economic benefits described above will depend greatly on fully investing in trail construction. Increasing the population’s awareness of access points to the NRG is also critical to encouraging participation in its safe use and upkeep. The actual distribution of the direct effects among the host communities will differ with the extent to which people utilize the trail with sufficient frequency to avoid health issues and in generating new business to serve those utilizing the NRG. Once it is built citizens will have those opportunities, and as part of this assessment, the CCEA added 10% of the value of annual construction costs for publicity and Economic Impacts A Path to Revitalization 52 53 promotion of the NRG to facilitate and encourage use of the trail. Benefits & Strategies for Businesses along Trails The construction of multiuse trails can provide economic benefits to local businesses through an increased customer base resulting from improving pedestrian and bicycle access, and by drawing customers from outside the immediate area. Trails can also offer new business opportunities by catering to the needs and desires of trail users, for example, the sale of bicycles and accessories, repair services, and refreshments. These benefits have been reported along trails across the country. A 2015 study by the Indiana University Public Policy Institute stated that more than half of businesses near the Indianapolis Cultural Trail saw an increase in customers and 48% reported increased revenues since the trail was built. 87 The report also reported numerous new businesses locating near the trail and increased hiring due to increased business attributed to the trail. In Greenville, South Carolina, most businesses along the Swamp Rabbit Trail reported a 30- to-50 percent increase in sales after the trail opened in 2011, and five businesses that relocated to be closer to the trail reported 30-to-90 percent increases in sales. 88 Similar benefits were noted in a 2015 report about the Great Allegheny Passage Trail, where businesses saw a 41% increase in trail user traffic, and attributed 67% of business expansion to positive impacts from the trail. 89 These benefits, while conceivable, are not guaranteed. It will not always be the case that “if you build it, they will come”. Current and potential business owners along trails need to think strategically about how they can best benefit from trail traffic. The Rails to Trails Conservancy (RTC )90 offers tips taken from discussions with business owners regarding trail user impacts on business. Most recommendations are related to business visibility and accessibility, as well as catering to trail users’ needs. Proper signage is crucial to notify those on the trail that businesses are nearby, requiring coordination with trail managers to provide proper wayfinding signage and maps along the trail. RTC also suggests that businesses cater to trail users by offering refreshments, healthy food, bike racks and relevant information available for visitors. They also recommended coordinating with trails groups on special events and advertising, and generally being involved with the trail user community. 91 Communities that embrace trails and provide amenities and safe connections for trail users can maximize the benefit that local businesses can realize. In order to accentuate business benefits along the Great Allegheny Passage ( GAP ) Trail in Pennsylvania, the Allegheny Trail Alliance authored Trail Towns: Capturing Trail-Based Tourism, a Guide for Communities in Pennsylvania in 2005. The guide provides a roadmap for trail communities and businesses to benefit from trail traffic by organizing efforts, developing partnerships, identifying deficiencies and provides tools to help towns evaluate and improve existing amenities and facilities. To date, 13 communities along the 87 Indiana University Public Policy Institute. (2015). Assessment of the Impact of the Indianapolis Cultural Trail: A Legacy of Gene and Marilyn Glick . Indianapolis: Indiana University. Retrieved from http://policyinstitute.iu.edu/Uploads/PublicationFiles/15-C02CulturalTrailAssessment. pdf 88 Reed, J. (2014). Greenville Health System Swamp Rabbit Trail Year 3 Findings . Greenville, NC: Furman University. Retrieved from http:// greenvillerec.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/12/SRT-Impact-Study-Year-3-Final.pdf 89 Trail Town Program. (2015). Trail User Survey and Business Survey Report: Great Allegheny Passage March 2015 . Greensburg, PA: Trail Town Program. Retrieved from https://gaptrail.org/system/resources/…/2015-GAP-Report.pdf 90 www.railstotrails.org 91 Lynch, J. (2012, September 27). How To: Attract Trail Traffic to Your Business. Building Trails . Retrieved January 25, 2017, from http://www. railstotrails.org/trailblog/2012/september/27/how-to-attract-trail-traffic-to-your-business/ A Path to Revitalization Economic Impacts 54 55 GAP trail have been identified as Trail Towns .92 Focus groups conducted with stakeholders along the Farmington Canal Heritage Trail as part of this study supported the idea that the trail has had economic benefit, but also reported that there could be drawbacks as well. A focus group that centered on business owners near the FCHT was held on April 5, 2016 in Simsbury, CT. The benefits reported include increased business for bike shops and some businesses that cater to trail users. Participants also reported that realtors were using the trail as a selling point and some businesses might be using the trail to help recruit talent from outside the area. Some drawbacks include drawing business away from other parts of town, especially when there are special events, and the potential for increased taxes to build and maintain the trail. Overall, the focus groups recommended similar approaches to draw trail users that have been suggested for other trails. Several main themes included proper signage, promotion, and connectivity. Participants also recommended improving downtown streetscapes to accommodate trail users, providing public restrooms and other trail user amenities, and engaging with a diverse range of businesses near the trail. More details can be found in the Appendix . Indirect and Induced Economic Impacts Direct economic impacts require inputs to identify the supply chain in the production of any good or service being consumed or used as an input. As an example, money spent by walkers and bicyclists on meals form part of the direct economic impact. The restaurant preparing those meals must purchase food, consume energy, hire and pay personnel, and expend time, etc. to prepare and serve it, and pay for the facility in which it is served. Additionally, the food may require processing or preservation before it gets to the restaurant. Production of all those goods and services forms the indirect economic impacts. In addition, those producing goods and services for trail use, such as restaurant owners and servers, spend their own incomes. All that additional spending represents the induced impacts. 93 Sequential iterations of those impacts also capture consumption from earnings from previous iterations of induced incomes. Each direct impact has its own supply chain within the economy. The total economic impact is the sum of the direct, indirect, and induced impact. 94 The CCEA utilizes the REMI model to aggregate the direct, indirect, and induced impacts in order to estimate total economic impacts of the NRG. The analysis determines total impacts for Litchfield and New Haven Counties and for the entire state. (Note: The smallest geographical unit that REMI can model is the county; therefore, town-level impacts cannot be calculated by REMI.) State impact estimates generally exceed those for the counties because some economic activity will occur in other parts of the state. Alternatively, locating the NRG with all is amenity values in New Haven and Litchfield Counties may retain some population there that otherwise might have left as well attracted others from elsewhere in the state. These changes to migratory patterns can erode population impacts elsewhere in the state thereby reducing total state impacts relative to the sum of those in New Haven and Litchfield. 92 Allegheny Trail Alliance. (2005). Trail Towns: Capturing Trail-Based Tourism – A guide for communities in Pennsylvania . Pittsburgh, PA: Schiff Printing. Retrieved 2 1, 2017, from https://gaptrail.org/assets/TrailTownManual-c7ef7d3de9ff523f6118e3f0868cf946.pdf 93 To avoid double counting, only the value added by each stage of production is additive in the sense of generating economic activity at that point in the production process of inputs into any final good or service. 94 On a technical note, because amenity values are accumulated within the REMI model through lagged variables only the annual increments to amenities enter the model. Economic Impacts A Path to Revitalization 54 55 The REMI model measures economic activity via the following economic indicators: ► Population; ► Employment; ► Personal income; ► Disposable Personal income; ► Personal income taxes; and, ► Fiscal impacts. Over the years, annual direct impacts rise in both counties to meet these heights as noted for the low case by way of example. The values are shown in 2015 dollars after converting expenditures to REMI categories. For all but amenities in the last line for each county, Table 11 describes the amounts by which various direct impacts are incremental to the base case annually, albeit each of the last two five-year periods are stated as annual averages for each quinquennial. The amenities are increment to the year in which they begin to avoid double counting because they are accumulated within the model. These amenities are used as inputs to REMI. REMI REMI is a general dynamic equilibrium economic model developed by Regional Economic Models Inc. in Amherst, Massachusetts. It estimates and calculates economic activity at the county level; it is not designed to model economic activity at the local level. Working in tandem with the national economic model from the Regional Seminar of Quantitative Economics and the University of Michigan 95, REMI simulates the county and state economies out to 2050. In doing so it establishes differential rates of growth in income and employment among counties and utilizes them to establish population shifts in response to economic opportunities. Capturing the migratory impacts allows the model to take further account of the changing demands that migrants generate over time for housing and private and public goods and services as part of establishing total economic impacts. (A more detail description of the REMI model is included in the Appendix .) Outputs generated by REMI are all incremental to a base case of what would happen without the additional stimulus. Only in flat base cases are incremental impacts additional to the previous year. Thus, if an economy is shrinking or growing, annual incremental impacts are only incremental to the base in the given year. They may exceed or wholly or partially offset year-over-year declines in the base case. In this sense readers need to be clear on the meaning and context of incremental as not being from the previous year but from the base case of what would have been the state of the economy without the construction and use of the NRG. Therefore, the economic impacts described and depicted in the following sections and accompanying charts do not represent additive or cumulative effects, but rather the incremental changes in the state and county economies due to the construction of the NRG. To simplify the assessment, the report focuses on the impacts predicted for 2031–the year after the target year for the complete construction of the NRG–and when the corridor would be fully operational and open to the public. Again, the results denote the incremental change over the base case without any investments in and use of the NRG. 95 CCEA remains an active participant in RSQE’s annual deliberations. See RSQE, The Economic Outlook for 2015 , University of Michigan at Ann Arbor, 2016. A Path to Revitalization Economic Impacts 56 57 Table 11: Annual and Five-Year Average Direct Impacts by County, 2016 through 2031 ($1,000s) Litchfield County 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 Average 2022-26 Average 2027-31 Snack food manufacturing 256 292 292 955 955 2,163 2,163 2,163 Food manufacturing 4,358 4,976 4,976 16,263 16,263 36,839 36,839 36,839 Beverage and tobacco product manufacturing 4,358 4,976 4,976 16,263 16,263 36,839 36,839 36,839 Retail trade 813 928 928 3,034 3,034 6,874 6,874 6,874 Transit and ground passenger transportation 2,905 3,322 3,335 10,809 10,832 24,458 24,670 24,953 Full-service restaurants 527 602 605 1,960 1,964 4,435 4,473 4,525 Limited-service restaurants 527 602 605 1,960 1,964 4,435 4,473 4,525 Motorcycle, bicycle, and parts manufacturing 119 155 199 337 418 672 1,398 2,367 Sporting and athletic goods manufacturing 915 1,053 1,073 3,365 3,401 7,580 7,913 8,357 Civic, social, professional, and similar organizations 18 20 20 67 67 152 152 152 Recreational items 15 17 17 55 55 124 124 124 Highways and streets 195 – 2,347 – 6,029 900 1,158 1,674 Accommodation 15 18 18 57 57 129 130 131 Advertising, public relations, and related services 20 – 235 – 603 90 116 167 Nonresidential maintenance and repair 23 30 39 62 79 121 272 474 Amenities* 31,313 4,440 – 81,103 – 147,854 – – Economic Impacts A Path to Revitalization 56 57 New Haven County 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 Average 2022-26 Average 2027-31 Snack food manufacturing 1,164 1,495 2,293 3,218 3,848 5,473 5,634 5,926 Food manufacturing 19,826 25,460 39,052 54,821 65,544 93,223 95,964 100,948 Beverage and tobacco product manufacturing 19,826 25,460 39,052 54,821 65,544 93,223 95,964 100,948 Retail trade 3,699 4,750 7,287 10,229 12,230 17,394 17,906 18,835 Transit and ground passenger transportation 13,216 16,980 26,017 36,513 43,704 62,134 64,912 69,494 Full-service restaurants 2,396 3,079 4,718 6,621 7,925 11,267 11,770 12,601 Limited-service restaurants 2,396 3,079 4,718 6,621 7,925 11,267 11,770 12,601 Motorcycle, bicycle, and parts manufacturing 542 727 1,020 1,400 1,840 2,532 5,858 10,302 Sporting and athletic goods manufacturing 3,978 5,122 7,813 10,952 13,171 18,694 20,734 23,708 Civic, social, professional, and similar organizations 82 105 161 226 270 384 395 415 Recreational items 67 86 131 185 221 314 323 340 Highways and streets 2,200 7,457 6,210 3,200 14,580 420 1,034 2,262 Accommodation 70 89 137 192 230 327 342 366 Advertising, public relations, and related services 220 746 621 320 1,458 42 103 226 Nonresidential maintenance and repair 103 138 192 263 349 479 1,171 2,094 Amenities* 142,464 40,482 97,666 113,306 77,055 198,886 6,567 21,685 * All variables but amenities are incremental to the base year. Amenities are for the year in which they initially occur because they are additive within the model. The closest industry to paved trail construction was highway construction so it is used in the simulation. Similarly for “Motorcycle, bicycle and parts manufacturers," albeit the NRG is for strictly non- motorized traffic. A Path to Revitalization Economic Impacts 58 59 The following sections are based on three scenarios: 1 . Baseline Scenario: Current use of the trail is based on trail counts collected by the IR counters installed at the north end of the Derby Greenway at Division Street, the north end of the Beacon Falls trail at South Main Street, and the north end of the Naugatuck trail at Bridge Street; future use of the NRG is assumed to be proportional to miles of trail completed at the outset of each year. Trail use count data was adjusted to better represent the number of individual trips. Because trail counters likely record one person twice: once entering the trail and a second time leaving; the annual use estimates were discounted by 0.5, resulting in two uses equaling one trip. To reach national shares of activities on trails, bicyclists’ participation grows exponentially to 2031, at which time both groups usage flattens out. This scenario is conservative because rates of use are expected to expand as sections of the trail are linked. Further, the health and environmental benefits from walking those derived from bicycling are excluded because of lack of sufficient data. 2 . Current Trend Scenario: This scenario projects future use based on the proportional use per miles of trail completed at the outset of each year, as described for the Baseline Scenario. The difference is the number of trail uses for 2016. In this scenario, annual trail uses are derived by summing the counts from all IR counter installations, including the counts collected by the counters in Torrington and Middlebury. This is considered a moderate approach because use rates are expected to increase as the NRG becomes more complete and interconnected but the use of the trail is based on a less constrained starting point. 3 . Accelerated Growth Scenario: Building on economic theory, this scenario is more in keeping with experience with other trails. Per mile use rates for walking and jogging activities are expanded exponentially and double by completion of the NRG in 2031. Bicycling would rise even higher as the NRG nears completion in 2031 because the interconnected trail would be more attractive to bicyclists and provide better connections to downtown areas along the trail. This scenario is considered a much more hypothetical and uncertain approach, but it is informative in providing an understanding of what is possible if the entire NRG were built. Economic Impacts A Path to Revitalization 58 59 Population The construction of the NRG is expected to retain and attract new residents to Litchfield and New Haven counties and to Connecticut as a whole because of the extent of the amenities accruing to users and increased incomes from usage of the Greenway. Chart 8 illustrates the net migration attracted by the construction of the NRG out to 2031. The model relies on the rate of trail construction as the determinant of net population changes. Under the Baseline and Current Trend scenarios, the construction of trail segments and the subsequent use of those segments reflects the anticipated construction schedule and current usage rates. This results in lines depicting net population increases being more variable. The Accelerated Growth scenario assumes increasing usage rates in response to a more connect and longer trail and explains the peaks in the shape of those trend lines. Based on current use of the NRG and constant rates of use, Connecticut population impacts peak twice at about 4,800 people in 2021 and a second time in 2031. The first reflects the earlier construction and completion of segments of the NRG in Litchfield County, while the second occurs because of trail construction in New Haven County. At these peaks, the Connecticut impacts are less than the sum of the two counties because of migration within Connecticut. Under the Accelerated Growth scenario that assumes usage rates double by 2031, 9,500 people would be retained or attracted to Connecticut. New Haven County population impacts peak at 7,700 people in 2031, while in Litchfield County the peak impact is 2,000 people. Without any further trail construction but with increasing productivity, the initiative’s impacts drop off to about two-thirds of their peak population impacts by 2050. Chart 8: Net Population Impacts in New Haven and Litchfield Counties from NRG Completion by Scenario 0 1,000 2,000 3,000 4,000 5,000 6,000 7,000 8,000 9,000 2016 201720182019202020212022202320242025202620272028202920302031 Net Increase in Population New Haven Accelerated Growth Litchfield Accelerated Growth New Haven Current Trend Scenario Litchfield Current Trend Scenario New Haven Baseline Scenario Litchfield Baseline Scenario A Path to Revitalization Economic Impacts 60 61 Employment The expected employment impacts follow the same basic patterns as the population trends shown above. Employment growth peaks in 2031 for the Baseline scenario with the creation of 1,157 jobs in New Haven County and 258 jobs in Litchfield County. Under the Accelerated Growth assumptions, job growth due to the construction of the NRG is projected at 4,586 jobs and 972 jobs in New Haven and Litchfield counties, respectively. The vast majority of the employment impacts are in the private sector. Job growth in the private sector accounts for about 92.5% of the total estimate of new employment. Minor public sector employment increases occur to maintain the trail and deliver public services to the increased population. The REMI model ensures that public sector revenues rise sufficiently to meet these expenditures with balanced budgets. Real Gross Domestic Product Additional employment generates increased incomes in both real and current dollars. Real Gross Domestic Product ( RGDP ) is measured in real or constant 2009 dollars net of any impacts from price changes, in order to eliminate any inflationary influences. Its pattern is similar to that of the previous two charts; however, the trend becomes less regressive after 2031 due to rising productivity through time. The impacts under the Baseline and Current Trend cases peak in 2031 at $106.2 million and $206 million in New Haven County and $21.7 million and $42 million in Litchfield County. The Accelerated Growth scenario increases the RGDP to $421.1 million in New Haven County and $85.8 million in Litchfield County. These results are illustrated in Chart 10 . To put these high growth rate scenario figures in perspective, at their peak in 2031, increases in RGDP amount to 0.7% of base levels for New Haven County, 0.9% for Litchfield County, and 0.17% for the state. Economic Impacts A Path to Revitalization 60 61 Chart 9: Net Employment Impacts in New Haven and Litchfield Counties from NRG Completion by Scenario 0 500 1,000 1,500 2,000 2,500 3,000 3,500 4,000 4,500 5,000 2016 201720182019202020212022202320242025202620272028202920302031 Net Increase in Employment New Haven Accelerated Growth Litchfield Accelerated Growth New Haven Current Trend Scenario Litchfield Current Trend Scenario New Haven Baseline Scenario Litchfield Baseline Scenario Chart 10: Net Real Gross Domestic Product Impacts in New Haven and Litchfield Counties from Construction of the NRG by Scenario $0 $50 $100 $150 $200 $250 $300 $350 $400 $450 2016 201720182019202020212022202320242025202620272028202920302031 Millions of Dollars –2009 Constant New Haven Accelerated Growth Litchfield Accelerated Growth New Haven Current Trend Scenario Litchfield Current Trend Scenario New Haven Baseline Scenario Litchfield Baseline Scenario A Path to Revitalization Economic Impacts 62 63 Personal Income Personal income is measured in current dollars inclusive of inflation. For that reason, personal income impacts continue to increase after 2031. In 2031, personal income impacts hit $160.4 million in New Haven County and $45.4 million in Litchfield County under the Baseline scenario. Under the Accelerated Growth scenario, the impacts on personal income for the individual counties reach almost $633.9 million for New Haven County and $168.2 million for Litchfield County. For the Current Trend scenario, the county results are more modest at $311 million and $88 million, respectively. In percentage terms, these gains are small. Even under the Accelerated Growth rate scenario, personal income impacts in 2031 add only 0.6% to total New Haven County personal income and 0.7% million for Litchfield County. For the Baseline and Current Trend scenarios, the county results are more modest at between 0.15% and 0.3% of personal income in New Haven County and between 0.2% and 0.35% for Litchfield County. Disposable Personal Income Disposable personal income is calculated by deducting personal income taxes and other minor adjustments from personal income. It is an important performance measure because it captures the additional freedom of choice that consumers gain and the essence of economic growth accruing to citizens. Other than the personal tax rate, which is assumed not to change, growth in disposable personal income is driven by the same forces underpinning personal income covered above. By 2031, annual personal disposable income impacts, depending on growth scenario, range between $128.9 million and $509.4 million in Nfflew Haven County. For Litchfield County, the incremental increases in disposable personal income would amount to $36.9 million in the Baseline case, $71.5 million under the Current Trend scenario and $134.8 for the Accelerated Growth scenario. For Connecticut, the incremental increase climbs to $570.2 million in the Accelerated Growth scenario suggesting that the NRG will draw some population from other Connecticut counties into New Haven and Litchfield. These results also demonstrate that the construction and operation of the NRG will substantially increase and empower consumers’ choice. Economic Impacts A Path to Revitalization 62 63 Chart 12: Disposable Personal Income Impacts in New Haven and Litchfield Counties from Construction of the NRG by Scenario $0 $100 $200 $300 $400 $500 $600 2016 201720182019202020212022202320242025202620272028202920302031 Millions of Dollars –Nominal New Haven Accelerated Growth Litchfield Accelerated Growth New Haven Current Trend Scenario Litchfield Current Trend Scenario New Haven Baseline Scenario Litchfield Baseline Scenario Chart 11: Personal Income Impacts in New Haven and Litchfield Counties from Construction of the NRG by Scenario $0 $100 $200 $300 $400 $500 $600 $700 2016 201720182019202020212022202320242025202620272028202920302031 Millions of Dollars –Nominal New Haven Accelerated Growth Litchfield Accelerated Growth New Haven Current Trend Scenario Litchfield Current Trend Scenario New Haven Baseline Scenario Litchfield Baseline Scenario A Path to Revitalization Economic Impacts 64 65 Fiscal Impacts The REMI model measures aspects of fiscal impacts on all three government levels: local, state, and federal. The projected increases in population, employment and income from constructing the NRG will generate additional personal income tax revenues, as depicted in Chart 13 . These taxes are shared between the federal and state governments, with the latter receiving about 23% of the total. The REMI model calculates the personal taxes paid by residents from their home jurisdiction: New Haven County, Litchfield County and Connecticut. The tax data are for the jurisdiction for which they were paid, and do not reflect additional public revenues accrued by the counties. Instead, New Haven and Litchfield counties receive additional revenues from personal income taxes only via transfer payments from the state or the federal governments, not directly. For New Haven County, the incremental personal taxes that flow out of the county in 2031 would be worth about $31.5 million under the Baseline scenario and increase to a value of $61 million in the Current Trend case. Based on the Accelerated Growth rate scenario, the additional tax generation would amount to $124.5 million. The tax values from Litchfield County would total about $8.5 million, $16.5 million and $33.4 mfflillion under the three scenarios. Due to migration within the state, personal income taxes paid throughout the state rise less. The bottom line is that the federal government, without even accounting for its avoided health care costs of Medicare and Medicaid, is sufficiently remunerated through increases in personal income taxes to cover its contribution to construction of the NRG. Chart 13: Fiscal Impacts in New Haven and Litchfield Counties from Construction of the NRG by Scenario $0 $20 $40 $60 $80 $100 $120 $140 2016 201720182019202020212022202320242025202620272028202920302031 Millions of Dollars -Nominal New Haven Accelerated Growth New Haven Current Trend Scenario New Haven Baseline Scenario Litchfield Accelerated Growth Litchfield Current Trend Scenario Litchfield Baseline Scenario Economic Impacts A Path to Revitalization 64 65 Community Impacts A limitation of the REMI model is that it simulates the economy only at the county level. The communities along the NRG are located in either New Haven County or Litchfield County, with the southern portion of the trail south of Watertown in New Haven County and those north of Waterbury located in Litchfield County. The REMI model was run simultaneously for both counties with each of the counties containing the NRG being impacted. While the model estimates fiscal expenditure it also balances budgets of both local and state governments so that local governments have sufficient funds to meet any incremental expenditures arising from the larger population base attracted by construction and completion of the NRG. The actual local impacts realized in each community will depend critically on the extent to which residents and outsiders use the host community’s trail and whether local businesses cater to the needs of trail users. Approaching and after NRG completion, the share of trail users, particularly bicyclists, many of whom will be tourists, 96 is likely to rise so that accommodations will expand in importance. The extent to which communities will support their sections of the NRG is unknown. However, it is likely the largest local impacts will accrue to the population residing within a half a mile of the trail Currently, about 40,950 people reside within a half mile of the open and planned route of the NRG. This is a distance that is easily accessible to both walkers and bicyclists. The farther residents 96 The UNWTO deploys three criteria simultaneously in order to characterize a trip as belonging to tourism: "The displacement must be such that it involves a displacement outside the usual environment; Type of purpose: the travel must occur for any purpose different from being remunerated from within the place visited: the previous limits, where tourism was restricted to recreation and visiting family and friends are now expanded to include a vast array of purposes; Duration: only a maximal duration is mentioned, not a minimal. Tourism displacement can be with or without an overnight stay." http://www.tugberkugurlu.com/archive/definintion-of-tourism-unwto-definition-of-tourism-what-is- tourism Chart 14: Breakdown of Total Indirect or Induced Benefits in 2031 by County under the Baseline Scenario Real Gross Domestic Product: Litchfield County $21.7 Real Gross Domestic Product: New Haven County $106.2 Personal Income: Litchfield County $45.39 Personal Income: New Haven County$160.40 Disposable Personal Income: Litchfield County$36.88 Disposable Personal Income: New Haven County $128.94 Total Construction Cost: $77.2million (2016- 2030) Total Indirect/Induced Benefits*: $333.7 million (2031) Note: Values in $1,000,000s *Includes RGDP & Personal Income A Path to Revitalization Economic Impacts 66 67 live from the trail, the less likely they would be to use the trail as frequently as those who live closer to the trail. And, usage rates would further decline if users need to drive to access the trail. As the trail is completed, settlement patterns may adjust and the number of people in close proximity of the trail can be expected to rise. Therefore, the beneficial impacts are likely to be broadly and increasingly distributed. Beneficiaries will include those who frequently use the trail, and, therefore, derive direct health benefits, and residents with easy access to the trail, who are more likely to realize consumer surpluses. The value of consumer surplus will be reflected in rising land and home values. Increases in residential land values may be fairly broadly spread among those owning land within about a half a mile of the NRG. Beyond the impacts modelled by REMI, the increase land values will add to the local property tax base and generate incremental increases in municipal revenues. Commercial land values will also be positively impacted due to the increased appeal of locales in the immediate vicinity of the NRG for health clubs, restaurants and accommodations with active scenic vistas. Due to the omission of these improved tax bases from REMI, the results will be more favorable to community financing than covered by REMI. Currently, the population of the eleven communities through which the NRG passes is about 278,102 people (2010 Census) . However, the number of people living within 10 miles of the planned route of the trail increases to about 831,149 people, nearly a quarter of the state’s population. About 57% of participants live within one mile of the trail, 27% from between one and five miles, and 5% from between five and ten miles. Since it is reasonable to assume that the closer someone lives to the trail, the more likely they would be to use it and the more often they will use it. The percentage breakdown of persons living within five miles of an open and planned trailhead by municipality is shown in Chart 15 . Waterbury has the highest proportion of people living within five miles of a trailhead at 22.7%. This is reasonable because it is the largest community along the NRG and, once completed, will be the home to 8.2 miles of the entire trail or roughly 18.6%. Chart 15: Percent of Population Living within 5 Miles of Open and Future Trailheads Litchfield/Harwinton Derby Beacon Falls Ansonia Watertown Waterbury Torrington Thomaston Seymour Naugatuck 9.7% 8.3% 10.2% 6.1% 16.0% 9.1% 3.5% 5.2% 22.7% 9.1% Economic Impacts A Path to Revitalization 66 67 While using the population percentages shown above would provide a rough approximation of the benefits accruing to host communities, the study team assessed which factors were the better predictors of trail use. The method applied multiple regression techniques to develop a trend line to predict trail uses. Interestingly, trail length within a municipality was determined not to be a good predictor of trail use. Instead, the best fit line was based on the population density of the host community and the number of people living within five miles of current trailheads. Because this method used a non-liner approach, population density was raised to a power of two (that is, squared) . Although this approach is based on participation by the present residents it does not take into account different mixes of industries among the towns. It does, however, rest on the very important amenity benefits identified earlier in this report. As noted throughout, the distribution of the magnitude of the benefits will depend critically on each town’s ability to serve participants–initially primarily walkers–but with growing numbers of bicyclists as the NRG nears completion. The disaggregation of the county-level data into town-based estimates involved a two- step approach. First the trail use by town was estimated using the regression equation; then a proportional distribution was calculated. These percentages were applied the county-level results to estimate town-by-town estimates. A second step was added to adjust the disaggregated estimates to the county total. That is, the county totals were assumed to be the control value. The percentage breakdowns are shown in Chart 16 . The disaggregated economic benefits by town are included in the Appendix . Chart 16: Percentage Breakdowns of Trail Use Based on Regression Analysis Waterbury Naugatuck Beacon Falls Seymour Ansonia Derby Torrington Litchfield/Harwinton Thomaston Watertown 29.9% 9.5% 3.4% 4.7% 21.0% 15.1% 5.0% 3.3% 4.5% 3.6% A Path to Revitalization Economic Impacts 68 69 Conclusions The economic impacts from the completion of the Naugatuck River Greenway, as derived from REMI, surveys, personal accounts and health documents are substantial and far exceed the investment in constructing and maintaining the NRG. The results illustrate how the economies of both Litchfield County and New Haven County would be affected between now (2016) when only a few sections are open, and in 2031, when the trail is projected to be completed. Through the use of REMI, the CCEA derived annual economic impacts the completion of the NRG will have on local, state, and federal economies. These are listed and summarized in Table 12 . The CCEA found that the initial construction costs and annual operating costs would be offset by the positive economic impacts the completed NRG will deliver. The NRG will offer numerous amenities and health benefits, including an increase of home values, and decrease the risk of obesity, diabetes, cardiovascular disease, and some cancers. Furthermore, visiting users will support local businesses and increase revenues for goods and services including: food, snacks, meals, equipment, gear, and possibly in the future accommodations. These direct expenditures will lead to a number of indirect economic impacts. The construction of the NRG will retain and attract people to the area and create new jobs. This dynamic will in turn positively affect numerous economic factors, such as real GDP. With an increase in employment and personal income, there will be a corresponding increase in personal income taxes paid to the state and federal governments. The federal government will realize a substantial return on its contributions to building the trail, even without accounting for avoided Medicare and Medicaid costs from improved health outcomes. In addition, the completion of the NRG will have an overall positive economic impact on the local, state, and federal economies. Table 12: Summary Total Economic Impacts in 2031 by County and Growth Scenario Baseline Scenario Current Trend Scenario Accelerated Growth Scenario Economic Indicator Litchfield New Haven Litchfield New Haven Litchfield New Haven Population 590 1,933 1,143 3,747 2,017 7,668 Percent Increase 0.30% 0.20% 0.60% 0.40% 1.05% 0.85% Employment 258 1,157 500 2,244 972 4,568 Percent Increase 0.25% 0.20% 0.50% 0.45% 0.95% 0.85% RGDP ($1,000,000 2009 Constant) $21.66 $106.24 $42.00 $311.00 $85.77 $633.88 Percent Increase 0.25% 0.20% 0.45% 0.35% 0.90% 0.70% Personal Income ($1,000,000 Nominal) $45.39 $160.40 $88.00 $311.00 $168.20 $633.88 Percent Increase 0.20% 0.15% 0.35% 0.30% 0.70% 0.65% DPI ($1,000,000 Nominal) $36.88 $128.94 $71.50 $250.00 $134.81 $509.42 Percent Increase 0.20% 0.15% 0.35% 0.30% 0.70% 0.65% Economic Impacts A Path to Revitalization 68 69 This page intentionally left balnk. 70 71 South End Buildings, Waterbury 70 71 Background Brownfields are properties with known or suspected environmental contamination, the presence of which has hindered investment on site. Some brownfield sites require remediation activities that far exceed the value of the property. In accordance with historic development patterns, many brownfields are located in areas with robust existing infrastructure in close proximity to train stations and densely settled residential neighborhoods. Although more difficult to develop than clean sites, brownfields offer abundant opportunities for infill development and neighborhood revitalization. Throughout the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, land adjacent to the Naugatuck River was fertile for industry due to its relatively flat topography, opportunities for hydroelectric power and, later, access to freight train service. These same characteristics have left a legacy of environmental contamination in and around the river. Due to the legal and financial obstacles that brownfields present to any type of development, constructing a greenway from Torrington to Derby will require proactive collaboration between brownfields officials and the Naugatuck River Greenway Steering Committee. Reimagining these sites by integrating the Naugatuck River Greenway into future developments along the river will continue to improve water quality and will encourage economic vibrancy in our communities. Environmental Regulation Governing Brownfields Environmental regulation that affects brownfield properties in Connecticut is shaped by legislation at both the state and federal levels. Most federal environmental statutes are monitored by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency ( E PA ) and its compliance monitoring programs. These programs were enabled by many pieces of legislation, including those listed below: ► Clean Air Act ( CAA ) ► Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act ( CERCLA ). ► Clean Water Act ( C WA ) ► Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act ( FIFRA ) ► Resource Conservation and Recovery Act ( RCRA ) ► Safe Drinking Water Act ( S DWA ) ► Toxic Substances Control Act ( TSCA ) In brownfields, TSCA and RCRA are familiar acronyms. The 1976 RCRA is the primary law governing the disposal of solid and hazardous wastes in the United States. According to the EPA, RCRA established programs for managing solid waste, hazardous waste, and underground storage tanks. These programs set criteria for waste disposal, prohibited open dumping of solid waste, established a system of controlling hazardous waste through EPA, and regulated underground storage tanks containing hazardous substances and petroleum. The contemporaneous TSCA A Path to Revitalization Brownfields Opportunities Brownfields Opportunities 72 73 provided EPA authority to regulate chemical substances and mixtures from production through use and disposal (with the exception of pesticides addressed under FIFRA) . Common contaminants like PCBs, asbestos, and lead based paint are regulated under TSCA and are subject to the act’s compliant remediation practices. These landmark federal acts completely changed the role the federal government plays in the health of the environment. Through decades of iterating, these acts have been shaped into what is known today to be one of the most important bodies of legislation implemented in the twentieth century. While many good outcomes were witnessed at the national level, the processes and procedures that these laws created did not solve all issues at the local level. Recognizing the financial and legal burden that contaminated sites present to all levels of government and the private sector alike, the EPA began piloting a brownfields funding program in the mid-1990s. The pilot programs were intended to direct funding to high priority sites identified by municipalities. With community support and input, the funding began a now-twenty-year history of federal investment executed by local governments on sites challenged by known or suspected contamination. In contrast to the superfund site programs conducted under CERCLA, largely led by EPA staff on vast sites with extensive contamination, these programs encouraged ground up collaboration to realize good outcomes on more manageable properties. One such pilot was the Naugatuck Valley Pilot program established in 1996. While the EPA has the primary role of regulating hazardous substances and chemical contaminants in soils, structures, and water resources, states have enacted their own legislation to fulfill requirements of federal environmental laws and to address environmental concerns specific to their respective regions. As in all U.S. states and territories, Connecticut in 1971 established the Connecticut Department of Environmental Protection ( CT DEP ) to oversee and aid in the implementation of environmental law. The CT DEP was consolidated with the Department of Public Utility Control in 2011 to create the current Connecticut Department of Energy and Environmental Protection ( CT DEEP ). In addition to federal environmental laws, Connecticut has its own set of regulations governing brownfields. The Remediation Standards Regulations ( RSRs ) set guidelines and standards that may be used at any site to determine if remediation is necessary. While the RSRs alone do not trigger any required actions, Connecticut has enacted legislation surrounding the sale and transfer of contaminated sites that does set mandatory assessment and remediation milestones. Connecticut’s property transfer law, commonly known as the Transfer Act , applies to sites that qualify as an establishment. An establishment is defined as any site meeting the following criteria stipulated by Connecticut General Statute 22a-134 Section 3): "Establishment" means any real property at which or any business operation from which (A) on or after November 19, 1980, there was generated, except as the result of (i) remediation of polluted soil, groundwater or sediment, or (ii) the removal or abatement of building materials, more than one hundred kilograms of hazardous waste in any one month, (B) hazardous waste generated at a different location was recycled, reclaimed, reused, stored, handled, treated, transported or disposed of, (C) the process of dry cleaning was conducted on or after May 1, 1967, (D) furniture stripping was conducted on or after May 1, 1967, or (E) a vehicle body repair facility was located on or after May 1, 1967; More than any other state level brownfield regulation, the Transfer Act has had perhaps the most profound effect on brownfield redevelopment in Connecticut. Since it was signed into law in 1985, the Transfer Act has been modified to address the ground level needs of developers Brownfields Opportunities A Path to Revitalization 72 73 and municipalities to realize successful remediation and redevelopment projects. CT DEEP and the Connecticut Department of Economic and Community Development ( CT DECD ) work collaboratively to oversee and implement brownfields grants and loans, voluntary remediation programs, and liability relief programs enabled by the legislature. The Abandoned Brownfield Cleanup ( ABC ) program, for example, provides liability relief and allows Transfer Act sites with limited existing environmental conditions to enter into an expedited environmental closure process. This program ensures environmental remedial management and safety while providing banks and developers more certainty and fewer administrative requirements stipulated in the original Transfer Act. In the past, many brownfield sites subject to the Transfer Act required massive investments in time and resources from the public and private sectors. Programs like the ABC make brownfields more feasible sites for all types of redevelopment projects, small and large. Despite these programs, contaminated properties often remain expensive to remediate. Many sites cost more to remediate than their worth, presenting very real financial obstacles to development. Currently, funding for brownfield sites is limited and highly competitive both at the state and federal level. Additionally, the legal complications related to ownership of these sites and the liability that ownership precipitates has led to continued abandonment and negligence. Reimagining Brownfields through the RBP In order to meet the challenges present on brownfield sites, the NVCOG hosts the Regional Brownfields Partnership ( RBP ). The RBP grew out of the Naugatuck Valley Brownfields Pilot program established by the EPA pilot funding round in 1996. Since then, the RBP has expanded to encompass 27 eligible cities and towns in west central Connecticut. The RBP is geographically diverse, representing a collection of historic downtowns, neighborhood centers, and surrounding suburban and rural communities from Torrington to Shelton north to south and Newtown to Southington west to east. Technical Assistance Available through the RBP At the request of a dues paying municipal member of the RBP, the NVCOG brownfields team may conduct initial site investigations for any given property address at no additional cost. Such work may include researching past assessments conducted on the site, reviewing any files available through CT DEEP, and meeting with local chief elected officials and staff. The process is guided by a context specific approach to each site. There are a number of physical, legal, and historical characteristics that affect how a brownfield property might move through the assessment, cleanup, and redevelopment process. These include site ownership, location, historical use, current use, past assessment history, history of transfer, water resources on or adjacent to the site, and more. If a site appears to be a good candidate for further assistance, NVCOG staff will discuss a strategy for bringing the site through the brownfields process. Additional assistance may be completed through a negotiated maximum fee to the municipality attached to a scope of services, billed on an as needed basis. Services include but are not limited to preparation of grant applications, preparation of liability relief applications, project management, and strategy development. Over the last two decades, NVCOG staff have been involved in hundreds of brownfield site inquiries. A Path to Revitalization Brownfields Opportunities 74 75 Funding Opportunities Available through the RBP As a service to members of the RBP, NVCOG has secured federal funding to assess and cleanup brownfield sites in our region. Over the past decade, NVCOG has managed more than $2.6 million in federal brownfields funding awarded and administered by EPA. Through redevelopment projects led by chief elected officials and aided by state and federal partners, this funding has leveraged more than $76 million in additional federal, state, municipal, and private investment. There are three federal resources available through NVCOG and directly to municipalities: ► EPA Revolving Loan Fund : The EPA’s Revolving Loan Fund ( RLF ) program allows NVCOG to issue grants and loans to municipalities, economic development agencies, and developers. These funds may be used for cleanup activities on eligible sites. The NVCOG was awarded $427,000 in supplemental RLF Funding FY 2016. All funding is committed at this time, however, additional funding may be made available as previous private borrowers make loan payments. ► EPA Assessment Grants : This funding may be used to develop environmental information for a site in order to better understand existing conditions. Data is leveraged to develop cleanup strategies with the ultimate goal of remediation and reuse. Most recently (FY 2016) , NVCOG was awarded a highly competitive $400,000 assessment grant. An RFQ process will be conducted in October 2016 to select a shortlist of firms that will conduct environmental assessment activities. Municipalities will be solicited for additional assessment project proposals in the coming months. ► EPA Cleanup Grants : Municipalities may request up to $200,000 in cleanup funding per parcel. Funding rounds are highly competitive and generally released on an annual basis. Cleanup funding must target sites with well-defined and immediately actionable remediation and redevelopment goals. NVCOG may assist a municipal application to EPA cleanup funding. In addition to grants offered by EPA, Connecticut offers brownfield funding assistance through the DECD’s Office of Brownfield Remediation and Development, described below: ► CT DECD Office of Brownfield Remediation and Redevelopment Municipal Grant Program : DECD grants provide funding for a range of cleanup activities and associated costs, including but not limited to abatement, assessment, demolition, and remediation. NVCOG may apply to DECD grant funding rounds on behalf of a municipality or assist in the development of a grant. Data into Action In July 2015, NVCOG brownfields staff began assembling a comprehensive brownfields inventory. Announced and released as part of the 2016 NVCOG Annual Report, the NVCOG Brownfields Inventory is a collection of data on brownfield properties located within the 27 municipality region of the RBP. Properties included in the inventory are those with existing environmental information in the NVCOG brownfields library in addition to those that have received state and federal brownfields funding through CT DEEP, CT DECD, and EPA. As of October 2016, there are 157 parcels in the NVCOG Brownfields Inventory. Staff identified brownfield sites that may be considered for future development of the Naugatuck River Greenway. Twenty-two of the 157 total parcels in the inventory have boundaries within 250 feet Brownfields Opportunities A Path to Revitalization 74 75 of the Naugatuck River. In addition to these parcels, NVCOG may review sites listed within the CT DEEP List of Contaminated or Potentially Contaminated Sites. The criteria for this list is broader. Understanding the potential risks and opportunities for each of these parcels if not already listed within NVCOG’s Brownfields Inventory will require more research. The PDF provided by CT DEEP is easily searched for specific property addresses. 97 The NVCOG brownfields team may be of assistance to municipalities as Naugatuck River Greenway projects move forward. Routing studies should leverage the information available from the NVCOG to inform feasible routing alternatives. Knowing what it will take to remediate a site is critically important. NVCOG works with environmental professionals to identify appropriate remediation strategies and to estimate these costs. This information is critical to developing working plans for remediation and redevelopment for all projects. The NVCOG brownfields team understands greenway projects improve quality of life and catalyze development. Constructing remaining portions of the Naugatuck River Greenway will add value to current brownfield sites and spur further investment nearby. In the effort to reimagine and revitalize land along the Naugatuck River, redeveloping brownfields and constructing the greenway should be made a symbiotic process with each step reinforcing the other. The NVCOG brownfields team will work with the Naugatuck River Greenway Steering Committee to realize the Naugatuck River Greenway as a network of gathering places throughout the cities and towns of the Naugatuck River Valley. The economic benefits presented in this report depend critically on the assumed increase in trail uses by walkers and bicyclists, and are based on the trail being completed and well publicized. Under the current rate scenario, use of the NRG will be at a constant level based on the number of uses recorded today. The high growth rate scenario is based on the expectation that, as the trail expands and offers an enhanced experience, use of the trail will not remain at a constant rate, but will increase exponentially and double by the time the NRG is fully constructed. However, critical to capturing the amenity benefits will be enhancing and increasing participation and use on the NRG. Trail counts show that the longer the trail and the better the access, the more people use the trail. Therefore, the most important factor in increasing use is construction of the entire planned trail. While it is being built, increased participation can be achieved through expanded health awareness, signage, and advertising, including public-private hosting of community oriented events on it. Similar trail expansions nearby would normally reduce the relative attractiveness of the NRG and the Naugatuck Valley as a place reside thereby eroding some of the benefits captured above. That threat could be offset if the combined trails expansions were complementary in the sense being able to jointly attract more tourists than they could separately. The following recommendations are based on the comments and suggestions received from the focus group portion of this study which involved stakeholders from along a similar nearby trail, the Farmington Canal Heritage Trail. Recommendation statements derived from that study are organized into the following general categories: promotion, safety, amenities, demonstrating value, trail maintenance, community and business engagement, and trail planning and routing. A limited number of quotes are provided here as examples. Full data is available in the full report in the Appendix . 97 http://www.ct.gov/deep/cwp/view.asp?a=2715&q=325018&depNav_GID=1626 A Path to Revitalization Brownfields Opportunities 76 77 Naugatuck River Wildlife, Naugatuck 76 77 Promotion ► Use environmental education to increase appreciation for the outdoors ► Develop events to promote trail use “It’s about promoting [the trail] and doing events that would get people out there using it.” “I’m sure there are youth groups of some kinds in the neighborhoods, if you build youth events around use of the trail and environmental projects, those people will keep using the trails and make users feel safer. You get the youth involved early on I’m sure there’s a way we can make the whole trail feel good for people…” ► Consider using social media ► Create a consistent brand including frequent and standardized signage ► Get more people using the trail to increase safety “As you get more and more and more people on the trail it becomes self-policing. So not only do you have much less crime or no crime, in the case of the vast majority of the trail system that I know of, you get less graffiti, you get less kids kicking in fence rails, all of the stuff that traditionally we used to have in abundance 15 years ago is almost all gone because there’s so many people using the trail that it is in fact self-policing” “Again the best solution is getting more people on the trail and more eyes on the trail.” ► Develop citizen/volunteer patrol programs ► Engage public safety officials in using trails ► Be attentive to traffic safety issues ► Provide a way for users to locate themselves in case of emergency “We painted mile markers into the trail, so that if you’re reporting to the police department or maintenance you can locate it.” “The medallion either gives you the exact mileage from a specific point, or in some cases it’s a color, but whatever it is that’s important” ► Consider emergency access points ► Ensure cell phone access A Path to Revitalization Recommendations Recommendations 78 79 Amenities ► The three B’s: bike racks, benches and bathrooms ► Develop good traffic signage and crosswalks ► Maps and consistent way finding signage are essential “We have kiosks, information kiosks, along the trail that not only, we contribute particularly to the installation of those but we also keep them up. The advocacy groups keep those the information those up to date- maps notices and so forth. “ “We started with way finding signage. Eventually we’ll get municipal signage, library this way, town hall that way. Eventually we will move into commercial signage. But you have to be really careful doing that. We don’t want to make your trail to look like Las Vegas.” ► Ensure adequate parking at trail access points ► Adjust downtown streetscapes to accommodate Greenway participants Demonstrating Value ► Collect data about trail use (all statements related to this topic can be found separately in the section on collecting data and measuring impact). ► Educate leaders, planners, economic developers and citizens about how the trail impacts your community “And that’s a big part of becoming a bicycle-friendly community …not only attracting residents to town but attracting businesses. Quality of life is important to the younger generation coming in. They want places where they can walk and bike and maybe commute to work three or four miles. That’s an enormous part of that whole initiative- it isn’t just about kids in school now, its about the businesses.” ► Look for low-cost, high visibility projects Trail Maintenance ► Use technology like SeeClickFix to get the right information to the right people ► Create a plan and budget for maintenance from the start “Definitely have the maintenance people at the table while the design is going through, so you can fix these maintenance issues beforehand.” “Have the public safety at the table at the beginning for all of the natural resources or conditions involved, and then they can plan for their budgets.” “Involve the police early. They need sightlines so they can see into certain parts of the trail, and they need appropriate access to the trail. Most of that isn’t necessary during the day, but at night.” ► Know who your users are and plan for winter maintenance ► Engage volunteers in maintaining the trail ► Choose materials that are graffiti resistant Recommendations A Path to Revitalization 78 79 Community & Business Engagement ► Find champions, involve community groups and get them to take ownership “One is that you have mavens in the community that will stir the pot a lot and keep everything moving. You have to have those dedicated volunteers to make everything work. If you don’t it won’t.” “And if all of the communities that abut that trail start their bicycle-friendly community activity now, set up a committee, start learning what it really takes to become a bike friendly community, and start assembling a collection of people who have very diverse skill sets or instance. For instance, real estate, public works engineer, someone in marketing, someone that’s tied into the economic development commission so that you start getting all of these brains working in the same direction. The police, the board of education, businesses…” ► Engage a diverse range of businesses and create ways to connect them to the trail “The businesses have to be supportive and be supported. You can’t keep coming to the business and asking for donations if you’re not getting, like putting up a little sign that says “restaurants this way.” “But the trail wouldn’t be successful if the businesses weren’t supporting the people to get repeat customers. So the businesses have to rally around it and so forth. Because the repeat businesses …and over the past three years over the summer time a lot of it is repeat business.” “But getting business on board earlier, we didn’t do that, because we were just learning ourselves about how to build a bicycle friendly community. We were focusing on the low hanging fruit. And I think that in hindsight if we were to start all over again knowing what we know now, we would. I hate to use the word propaganda, but a lot of times people need to hear things two or three times before they connect the dots.” Involve schools and young people “… we now have bicycles in the PE programs in the school. We’ve also trained 100 high school kids last year and 85 the year before for programs in the summer. So it takes off …The growth has been phenomenal.” ► Integrate the trail into other community planning efforts from the beginning “Finally our public works people are they are so connected to complete streets no they have bought into the concept…every new project they are looking at through complete streets policy eyes. And we should have done that so much longer ago.” ► Collaborate with neighboring communities on cost sharing and to create consistency in signage ► Build a culture of support for the trail in your community “At the end of the day, it’s part of the network in this community that’s just critical. It’s not just the trail. And that’s I think what’s coming through here. I’m a big picture guy. It’s the river. It’s the quality of the community which is critical.” ► Be patient and go slow A Path to Revitalization Recommendations 80 81 ► Look to other communities and trails as examples ► Use the trail to stimulate innovative ideas Trail Planning and Routing ► Create a destination and an enjoyable experience for users ► Create safe routes for local users from the trail to neighborhoods, transit points and community amenities “Finding safe routes for people to the town center is the key.” “The connectivity between bike and transit is becoming more and more important.” “It isn’t just the old school concept of the linear park, but it’s an alternative transportation corridor. You can actually get from one place to another, to the store, on your bike or by walking. And that’s the other huge issue here is that if you’re talking about multimodal connectivity this would be part of it.” ► Make accommodations for trees ► Mitigate user conflicts ► Make accommodations for water and drainage issues ► Integrate the trail with parks and playgrounds to increase use “The other thing I’ve seen that helps with young families is the Rotary Park here. So as you think about the greenway …are there plans for parks and playscapes along the way as another family attraction? “ “It’s the integration of playgrounds, the integration of the town maintenance staff, …. It’s the integration of businesses…” ► Consider costs and benefits of paved or stone dust trails and consistency of surface ► Look to other communities and trails as example ► Use the trail to stimulate innovative ideas Recommendations A Path to Revitalization 80 81 Many of the recommendations provided in this section are reinforced by the Surgeon General’s Report which establishes five goals promoting health, of which three are related to generating positive publicity: ► Design communities that make it safe and easy to walk for people of all ages and abilities: ► Design and maintain streets and sidewalks so that walking is safe and easy; ► Design communities that support safe and easy places for people to walk; ► Promote programs and policies to support walking where people live, learn, work, and play: ► Promote programs and policies that make it easy for students to walk before, during, and after school; ► Promote worksite programs and policies that support walking and walkability; ► Promote community programs and policies that make it safe and easy for residents to walk; ► Provide information to encourage walking and improve walkability: ► Educate people about the benefits of safe walking and places to walk; ► Develop effective and consistent messages and engage the media to promote walking and walkability; and, ► Educate relevant professionals on how to promote walking and walkability through their profession. 98 98 Op cit. Surgeon General pp. 33-42. A Path to Revitalization Recommendations 82 83 Naugatuck River Wildlife 82 83 To realize the economic benefits presented in this analysis, the host communities will have to make a substantial investment in the construction of planned sections. In total, the NRG is estimated to cost an additional $77.2 million to complete. Funding trails locally can work in some communities and local funding does offer some advantages: less stringent design standards and regulatory requirements of local funds, as compared to state or federal funds. Local control of the design and construction are usually reflected in lower costs and shorter project completion times. However, with high projected construction costs, municipalities may not be able to commit 100% local funds to building NRG sections; often communities are hard pressed to obtain the 20% match of federal funds for these projects. Therefore, funding is likely to come from a variety of sources. The following summarizes the current funding programs that may be used to implement multi-use trail projects. Funds need to be accumulated for all aspects of trail development, from concept planning, design, property acquisition (if needed) and construction. While the state and federal government have greatly increased the funding levels for non-traditional transportation projects, the amount of funds available to construct multi-use trails remains very limited, highly competitive and insufficient to meet all of the needs of communities wanting to build trail systems. However, as presented throughout this assessment, the investment in trails returns substantial benefits, in terms economic measures, improved health, and better quality of life, that far exceed the direct costs incurred by the communities. State Programs The state of Connecticut recognized the funding needs for bicycle and pedestrian programs and included bicycle and pedestrian trails as a priority in the CTDOT’s long term goals for transforming the transportation infrastructure in the state, including: ► Completion of gaps in the regional trail system; and ► Establishment of a program to support walkability and pedestrian urban centers. Specifically, the 25-year vision for transportation improvements calls for: ► A $30.0 million investment to maintain, in a state of good repair, the statewide regional trail network by funding $1.2 million per year for 25 years for trail maintenance. The program will leverage other funding sources for trail construction and help address a longstanding issue of deferred maintenance. ► Implementing a new program to implement pedestrian and bicycle improvements in urban centers. The program would be funded at $10.0 million per year for 25 years to help construct sidewalks and on and off-road bike improvements in the State’s urban centers making them more walkable, livable, and safe. The focus will be on creating networks of bicycle and pedestrian mobility and access. A Path to Revitalization Funding Opportunities Funding Opportunities 84 85 ► Completing gaps in the statewide regional trail network, including the spine of the East Coast Greenway and major regional trail systems. Completing gaps in the statewide and regional trail system enhances opportunities for recreation, as well as providing transportation options for non-motorists. The program would be funded at $10.0 million per year for 25 years. ► A $250 million investment to construct a multi-use, recreational trail along the Merritt Parkway (Route 15) from the New York state line to the Housatonic River. These goals and actions are highlighted in the CTDOT’s report: LET’S GO CT! Connecticut’s Bold Vision for a Transportation Future , February 2015. To realize this vision, the CTDOT must work with the state legislature and Bond Commission to authorize these programs. As part of the state’s 5-year ramp-up of transportation investments, two programs have been initiated and partially funded. The state also funds a recreational trails program that, in 2015, supplanted the National Recreational Trails Program administered by the Federal Highway Administration. Community Connectivity Program The program is administered through CTDOT and provides funds to municipalities for various projects and initiatives that enhance safety, mobility and access for bicyclists, pedestrians and persons with disabilities. The intent of the program is to make community centers more bicycle friendly, walkable, safe, livable, and prosperous. The program will help pay for various improvements such as the construction of sidewalks, pedestrian crossings, intersection improvements, ADA accommodations, bike lanes, sharrows, signage, and roadway safety audits, as well as, other measures. As part of the CTDOT’s ramp-up, $3.2 million was authorized in 2016. The CTDOT plans to expand the program to an annual program amount of about $10 million per year on average. Multipurpose Trails Program The program is administered through CTDOT and focused on closing gaps in the State’s major trail corridors, as well as, addressing a longstanding issue of deferred trail maintenance. The program will allow for the strategic infill of the state’s prioritized trail network, including the spine of the East Coast Greenway and other major regional trail systems. State funds will be used to leverage other funding sources for trail construction. As part of the CTDOT’s ramp-up, $7.7 million was authorized in 2016. The CTDOT plans to expand the program to total $56.0 over the next five years. Connecticut Recreational Trails Program The program is administered through the Connecticut Department of Energy and Environmental Protection ( CTDEEP ) and provides funds to private nonprofit organizations, municipalities, state departments and tribal governments. Program funds can be used for the following activities: ► Planning, design and construction of new trails (motorized and non-motorized); ► Maintenance and restoration of existing trails (motorized and non-motorized); ► Access to trails by persons with disabilities; ► Purchase and lease of trail construction and maintenance equipment; Funding Opportunities A Path to Revitalization 84 85 ► Acquisition of land or easements for a trail, or for trail corridors; and ► Operation of educational programs to promote safety and environmental protection as related to recreational trails. Project proposals and applications are solicited on an annual basis, and awards, pending the availability of funds, are made based on a competitive selection process. A 20% local match of the grant amount is required, but it can be in the form of in-kind services. Other State Funding Opportunities In addition to the above bicycle and pedestrian focused programs, there are several other state programs that, while not specifically bicycle and pedestrian programs, include transportation alternative projects as eligible for funding: Local Transportation Capital Improvement Program The Local Transportation Capital Improvement Program ( LOTCIP ) program was authorized under Section 74 of Public Act 13-239 and allocates State funds for capital improvements to local roads that would be eligible for funding under the federal-aid highway program. The program is administered through the Councils of Governments ( COGs ). The COGs are responsible for soliciting project proposals from their member municipalities, reviewing applications, and ranking and setting regional priorities. The program requires the municipal sponsor to fund the design phase, but the acquisition of any right-of-way and construction of the project are 100% state funded. Because of these funding arrangements, the LOTCIP program is expected to entail fewer constraints and requirements, thereby, streamlining project delivery and limiting costs. Because the LOTCIP program mirrors the federal aid program in terms of project eligibility, bicycle and pedestrian projects can be implemented under the program. The one caveat is that the total LOTCIP funds allocated to all multi-use trail projects in a region are expected to be limited to a reasonable level. In other words, while there is no explicit cap on the use of LOTCIP funds for transportation alternative projects, the COGs are expected to allocate most of the LOTCIP funds to road projects and restrict the expenditure of LOTCIP funds to a few high priority transportation alternative projects. Urban Action Bonds The State Bond Commission has the power, under Section 4-66c of Connecticut General Statutes, to authorize the issuance of bonds for economic development, community conservation and quality-of-life capital projects for localities that are determined to be eligible. For the purposes of this statute, eligible municipality means a municipality which is economically distressed, classified as an urban center, classified as a public investment community or in which the State Bond Commission determines that the project in question will help revitalize the community. Small Town Economic Assistance Program The Small Town Economic Assistance Program ( STEAP ) is authorized under Section 4-66g of Connecticut General Statutes and funds economic development, community conservation and quality-of-life capital projects for localities that are ineligible to receive Urban Action (CGS Section 4-66c) bonds. This program is managed by the Office of Policy and Management, and the grants are administered by various state agencies. A Path to Revitalization Funding Opportunities 86 87 Federal Programs The US Department of Transportation ( USDOT ) promotes safe, comfortable and convenient walking and bicycle for people of all ages and abilities. Federal transportation acts provide funding assistance under various program to states to implement a wide range of improvements to the surface transportation network. Bicycle facilities, including bike lanes on roads, paved shoulders on roads for bicycle use, recreational trails, road diets, signed bicycle routes, multi-use trails, and trail bridges, are eligible for funding under all major federal aid programs. In December, 2015, the Fixing America’s Surface Transportation ( FAST ) Act was signed into law and replaced the previous federal transportation act ( MAP-21 ). The FAST Act authorizes federal spending for transportation improvements over the next five years through the end of Federal Fiscal Year 2020 (September 30, 2020). The FAST Act replaced the stand-alone Transportation Alternatives Program that was authorized in the MAP-21 Act with a set-aside of funds under the Surface Transportation Block Grant ( STBG ) program. The project eligibility and program requirements were unchanged. The FAST Act maintained bicycle and pedestrian project eligibility in the other federal aid transportation programs. Surface Transportation Block Grant Program The Surface Transportation Block Grant ( STBG ) program provides flexible funding that may be used by States and localities for projects to preserve and improve the conditions and performance on any Federal-aid highway, bridge and tunnel, including bridges on any public road, pedestrian and bicycle infrastructure, and transit capital projects, including intercity bus terminals. Program funds are allocated to states as a lump sum but divided by statutory percentages to apportioned programs. About half of STBG funds are sub-allocated to urbanized areas based on their relative population, referred to as the STBG: Urban program, and the other 50% of the STBG funds can be used anywhere in the state, referred to as the STBG: Anywhere program. Before these drawdowns are made, funds are set-aside for Transportation Alternatives (see below). The MAP-21 Act added “recreational trails projects” as eligible activities under the STP and TAP programs. This eligibility was continued in the FAST Act; therefore, it is not required to demonstrate a transportation purpose in order to be eligible for STBG funds. Transportation Alternatives Set-Aside Program The FAST Act eliminated the Transportation Alternatives Program ( TA P ), originally authorized in MAP-21, as a stand-alone program and replaced it as a set-aside of STBG program funding. These set-aside funds can be used to implement all projects and activities that were previously eligible under TAP. Eligible activities encompass a variety of smaller-scale transportation projects, such as pedestrian and bicycle facilities, recreational trails, safe routes to school projects, community improvements, such as historic preservation and vegetation management, and environmental mitigation related to stormwater and habitat connectivity. Fifty percent of the TAP set-aside funds are sub-allocated to urbanized areas, with larger UZAs (greater than 200,000 in population) authorized to select projects. For smaller urbanized areas, project selection rests with the state. The remaining set-aside funds can be allocated to anywhere in the state; however, the state has the ability to flex up to 50% of the set-aside funds to the STBG: Anywhere program. In all cases, a competitive selection process is required. Funding Opportunities A Path to Revitalization 86 87 Congestion Mitigation and Air Quality Program The FAST Act continued the Congestion Mitigation and Air Quality ( CMAQ ) program to provide a flexible funding source to State and local governments for transportation projects and programs to help meet the requirements of the Clean Air Act. Funding is available to reduce congestion and improve air quality for areas that do not meet the National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS ) for ozone, carbon monoxide, or particulate matter (nonattainment areas) and for former nonattainment areas that are now in compliance (maintenance areas) . CMAQ program funds may be used for bicycle and pedestrian activities, including constructing bicycle and pedestrian facilities (paths, bike racks, support facilities, etc.) that are not exclusively recreational and reduce vehicle trips. This requirement is different from the STBG program. Multi-use trail projects funded under CMAQ are required to demonstrate that they are primarily intended to provide a transportation function. In addition, these projects must also demonstrate that reductions in air pollutant emissions will result. National Highway Performance Program The National Highway Performance Program ( NHHP ) provides funds for improvements to highways included on the National Highway System ( NHS ). Under MAP-21 the NHS was enhanced to include: interstate highways, other expressways and all principal arterials. The NHPP was continued under the FAST Act. Bicycle projects funded under the NHPP must benefit an NHS corridor. FTA Section 5307 Capital Program The Federal Transit Administration apportions funds under the Section 5307 Capital Program to designated recipients for public transportation capital and planning projects. Bicycle and pedestrian projects funded under this program must provide access to transit and, for a bicycle project, must be within a three-mile radius of a transit stop or station. If the project is beyond a three-mile radius, it must be within a distance that people could be expected to safely and conveniently bike to use to the particular station. For pedestrian projects, the distance criterion is ½ mile. Examples of eligible bicycle activities, include creating defined or dedicated bicycle routes to transit, installing bike racks and shelters at stations, and providing equipment for public transportation vehicles. Transit-related bicycle projects require only a 10% non-federal share. Innovative Financing USDOT permits the use of innovative financing techniques supplement and leverage available federal aid dollars. Section 323 of the National Highway System Designation Act of 1995 included provisions for innovative financing techniques that allow donated funds, material and services, the value of land donated by private individuals and companies for the right-of-way, and the value of the construction of sections of the trail completed without federal participation to be used as the non-federal matching share. Typically, the local sponsor is required to provide a 20% match of federal aid funds. The Innovative Financing techniques can provide a credit for the non-traditional funding sources as the non-federal match to federal funds. An example of this approach to funding a multi-use trails is the Pequonnock River Trail ( PRT ) through the towns of Monroe and Trumbull and the city of Bridgeport. Implementation and construction of the PRT has been funded mainly by federal aid funds authorized under USDOT programs, supplemented by state grants. Because of the availability of local cash to match the A Path to Revitalization Funding Opportunities 88 89 federal assistance, a variety of non-traditional funding sources were obtained to leverage the federal funds and an Innovative Financing Plan (IFP ) was developed for the trail project. The IFP was based on establishing a single federal aid project for the entire Pequonnock River Trail. This approach allowed any non-federal expenditures on the various sections to be accounted and credited as part of an overall project instead of separate projects for individual sections. It also stipulated that any credits designated in the IFP can be allocated to match future federal allocations for the design and construction of remaining sections of the trail, as the funds become available, regardless of town-specific locations. The following non-traditional sources were used to leverage federal funds: ► The value of a donated, defined permanent easement through an office park in Monroe was credited to the non-federal match requirement. The private developer of the office park donated a defined, permanent 25-foot easement with the right to build and maintain a multi-use trail through development. ► In addition to the value of the donated easement, the private developer constructed the section through the office. The work was completed without federal participation and the value of the construction was credited to the non-federal match requirement. ► The Town of Trumbull constructed the section of the trail through Twin Brooks Park without federal participation, using primarily town forces. The value of this construction was credited to the non-feral match requirement. Work included excavating and grading, labor, material and equipment. The value of the work was credited at $492,000. Combined, the value of these non-traditional sources leveraged the federal funds to construct other sections of the trail, including an approximate one-mile section in lower Trumbull and 1.1 mile section in Bridgeport. The IFP authorized the value of the work completed in Monroe to be used as the non-federal match for the new project sections in Trumbull and Bridgeport. Funding Open Trail Sections Currently, four sections of the NRG have been constructed and are open to the public: Derby Greenway, Ansonia Riverwalk, Beacon Falls and Naugatuck Greenway. And, one section (the Seymour Linear Park and Greenway) will be constructed during the spring of 2017. All five sections were funded under a federal-aid transportation program, with 80% of the costs reimbursed by the federal program and 20% paid by the municipal sponsor. Derby Greenway The Derby Greenway, which was the first completed section of the Naugatuck River Greenway, had its beginnings in a proposed Housatonic Riverbelt Greenway by the Housatonic Valley Association ( H VA ) in 1992. The Olde Birmingham Business Association was a driving force in efforts to create the greenway and began to work with the HVA on the plan to align the Housatonic Riverbelt Greenway through Derby’s downtown. At the same time, another major grassroots community planning effort was underway that was looking at all aspects of quality of life in the Valley called Healthy Valley 2000 . Because of the flood control walls that line the Naugatuck River and the existence of O’Sullivan’s Island, the idea of developing a greenway at the juncture of the Housatonic and Naugatuck Rivers was suggested by several members of that group. The use of the flood control walls presented a unique opportunity to construct a greenway because the right-of-way was already under public ownership and the top of the walls was already Funding Opportunities A Path to Revitalization 88 89 being used by walkers and joggers and was wide enough to accommodate a 10-foot wide trail. To determine the feasibility of constructing a paved trail on the top of the flood walls, a study was commissioned. The findings of the study concluded that a trail could be built as long as the integrity of the walls was maintained. The City of Derby, under then Mayor Marc Garofalo, applied for funding under the federal Transportation Enhancement Program and initiated the project. A critical complication, however, was the presence the Waterbury branch rail line ( WBL ) and the Maybrook rail freight line and the need to cross the tracks. To cross the WBL, a short tunnel was created under the tracks at a site of an existing bridge. The tunnel was needed to protect trail users from the open rail bridge. The crossing of the Maybrook line required to construction of a large overpass of the tracks, with long approach ramps to maintain a shallow grade. A third constricting point was at the crossing under Route 34. The road is elevated over the WBL tracks, and, to avoid a steep grade to Route 34 and then a crossing of the highway, it was decided to align the trail next to the tracks. To separate the trail and tracks, a wall was built. In the second phase of its development, Derby also moved to develop the entrances to the Greenway as special landmarks. At the Division Street side, a 100-year-old fountain was restored and it was surrounded with a beautiful plaza that now includes the Derby Hall of Fame. Bricks were sold to the public to raise funds and build a relationship with those who bought the bricks as memorials to family members and special events. Benches were also added and again the public had the opportunity to purchase memorial plaques on the benches. At the Main Street entrance to the trail, two historic water wheels were salvaged from one of the old factories being demolished along Main Street and placed at the entrance as a reminder of the industrial heyday of the center of town. That area will be developed into a more formal plaza as part of the major widening and reconstruction of Main Street. A new project is being initiated to renovate and rehabilitate the Derby-Shelton Bridge to create a pedestrian plaza and cycle-track. The new facilities will be connected and integrated into the Derby Greenway. The project is being funded in part by a $2 million state bond, with the remainder of the construction costs being financed by federal transportation dollars. Middlebury Greenway Completed in 2000, the Middlebury Greenway extends 4.4 miles east to west parallel to Route 64 from near the Woodbury town line to Route 63 near the Waterbury city line. The trail follows the route of a trolley bed that was in use by The Connecticut Company trolley line between 1908 to the 1930s, carrying passengers between Waterbury and Woodbury, and stopping at the popular Lake Quassapaug amusement park and resort area. Planning the development of a recreational trail along the old trolley route first began in 1985 and advocated by First Selectman Edward St. John. A greenway committee was formed, working first on public outreach and education. Early on, there was some public apprehension about the idea, and public outreach was critical to gain support from residents. Since the trolley right of way had been inactive for over fifty years, ownership of much of the line had reverted back to adjacent property owners. Because of the number of parcels involved, there were some issues gaining permissions and easements to use the trolley bed for the greenway. While most easements were given willingly, eminent domain was used to acquire a few properties and the town purchased two properties to allow the construction of some critical trail features. Middlebury obtained funding through the federal Intermodal Surface Transportation Efficiency Act ( ISTEA ) under the Transportation Enhancements ( TE ) program. The federal aid funds were A Path to Revitalization Funding Opportunities 90 91 and used to purchase materials for the construction of the trail, with the town’s engineering department designing most of the trail and its public works department personnel building it. Some of the more sensitive or difficult sections were designed by a consultant with local funding, including areas where the trail was in close proximity to Route 64 and where a tunnel was used to carry the trail under Route 188. In these sensitive or complex areas, the CTDOT required additional engineering that the town was not able to provide. The trail was designated an official Connecticut Greenway by the CT Greenways Council in 2002. There has been interest in Woodbury to continue the trail along the trolley bed, through newly acquired open space to US Route 6 in the town’s center. Middlebury is currently investigating an extension of the greenway along Route 63, and a redesign of Exit 17 on I-84 by CTDOT will include a greenway extension along a new service road to Chase Parkway in Waterbury. First Selectman St. John maintains that the greenway has been one of the most popular projects he has worked on. Despite early opposition to the project, the heavily used trail has been almost universally embraced by residents since it was completed. 8 Funding Opportunities A Path to Revitalization 90 91 Grants from the U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration, and the Federal Transit Administration, and by contributions from member municipalities of the Naugatuck Valley Council of Governments (NVCOG) financed this analysis by NVCOG in partnership with the University of Connecticut College of Agriculture, Health and Natural Resources Department of Extension and The Connecticut Center of Economic Analysis. The study has been graciously further funded through grants by the Connecticut Community Foundation, Valley Community Foundation, Katharine Matthies Foundation, and the Community Foundation of Northwest Connecticut with support from the Northwest Hills Councils of Governments. For a physical copy, contact the Naugatuck Valley Council of Governments: 49 Leavenworth Street, 3rd Floor Waterbury, CT 06702 nvcogct@nvcogct.org • (203) 757-0535 www.nvcogct.org EN Translations available by request. ES Traducciones disponibles bajo petición. IT Traduzioni disponibili su richiesta. PL Tłumaczenia dostępne na zamówienie. PT Traduções disponíveis mediante solicitação. SQ Përkthime në dispozicion me kërkesë. ZH 可根据要求提供翻译。

Regional Plan of Conservation and Development for the Central Connecticut Regional Planning Agency (CCRPA) 2013

1 P LA N 1 Contents Introduction ………………………….. ………………………….. ………………………….. ………………………….. ………………………….. ………………………….. …………………….. 2 General requirements ………………………….. ………………………….. ………………………….. ………………………….. ………………………….. ………………………….. …. 21 Levels of development intensity ………………………….. ………………………….. ………………………….. ………………………….. ………………………….. ……………. 27 Plan area maps ………………………….. ………………………….. ………………………….. ………………………….. ………………………….. ………………………….. …………….. 38 Appendixes ………………………….. ………………………….. ………………………….. ………………………….. ………………………….. ………………………….. …………………… 46 Disclaimer and a cknowledgements The Central Connecticut Regional Planning Agency prepared this Plan. For information about the Agency , see Appendix D: About CCRPA .This plan (and all related documents) are subject to chang e. This version was released on October 7 th, 2 013 and adopted by CCRPA’s Board on October 3 rd, 2 013 . The work that provided the basis for this publication was supported by funding under an award with the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development. The substance and findings of the work are dedicated to the public. The author and publisher are solely responsible for the accu racy of the statements and interpretations contained in this publication. Such interpretations do not necessarily refle ct the views of the Government. I ntroduction For centuries, resources were treated as limitless . Years of growth, however, are resulting in extraordinary pressure on the environment that sustains all life. If the vitality of the environment and of the societies and economy that depend on it are to be guaranteed over the long term, natural resources must be used sustainably. This plan takes a step in that direction, by laying out a vision for the sustainable use of the most basic resource of all ,land over the next ten years i ncentral Connecticut. 3 About this p lan This plan is intended to fulfill in part CCRPA’s obligations under the Sustainable Knowledge Corridor and to meet the requirem ents of Section 8.35a of the Connecticut General Statutes, which states: “At least once every ten years, each regional planning agency shall make a plan of conservation and develop- ment for its area of operation, showing its recommenda- tions for the general use of the area including land use ….” This Plan represents the culmination of over 45 years of land use planning by CCRPA .CCRPA adopted the region’s first Plan of Conservation and Development (POCD) on May 1, 1969. This Plan supersedes all preceding plan s, including the to -now current plan (adopted May 3, 2007). CCRPA developed this plan in consultation with a variety of stakeholders intended to reflect the region’s diversity. Among others, these include its member municipalities , the cities of Bristol and New Britain ,and the towns of Berlin, Burlington, Plainv ille, Plymouth, and Southington. Founded in 1966, one of CCRPA’s core responsibilities is to draw up regional plans such as this one .In addition to a regional POCD, CCRPA also develops and mainta ins several other regional plans. These include:  Long -Range Transportation Plan (LRTP) , which charts a course for and enables funding for the future of the region’s transportation system  Comprehensive Economic Development Strategy (CEDS) ,which prioritizes and provides access to funding for economic development projects  Natural Hazard Mitigation Plan, which prepares the region for storm and disaster damage and provides access to funds for mitigation and reconstruction CCRPA also conducts an d coordinates a variety of studies and grants for its member municipalities. This Plan was not created in a vacuum. CCRPA received considerable assistance and support from local, regional, state, and federal partners .Funding for the Sustainable Knowledge Corridor, including development of this Plan, in part was provided by the Sustainable Communities In- itiative, a program jointly run by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Deve lopment, Department of Trans- portation, and Environmental Protection Agency .As part of the Sustainable Knowledge Corridor (SKC) project, CCRPA, the Capitol Region Council of Governments (of 4 Hartford), and the Pioneer Valley Planning Commission (of Springfield) are updating regional plans to integrate sustainability principles. Public engagement was key to the development of this plan. In addition to consultation with local governments , public input was sought to shape the content of this plan. Input gathered during other planning exercises was taken into consideration, and new input was sought through public meetings. The function of the p la n This is the regional land use plan for cent ral Connecticut . It is not a plan of transportation, economic development, or hazard mitigation; separate plans (developed by the same agency and using the same physical boundaries) cover those topics. This plan is designed to complement those existing doc uments, not to duplicate their content. It shares many of the same principles of sustainability , such as prioritizing maintenance of existing facilities over new development ,that those plans embrace , but applies them to land use . For the purposes of the S KC, this plan should be read in concert with those plans (namely the regional LRTP, CEDS, and related subject area plans). The primary purpose of the plan is to provide guidance to local decision makers when their land use actions may have regional impacts . Co nnecticut General Statutes (Sec . 8 -3b ) require municipalities to give 30 -day advance written notice to a regional planning organization (RPO) prior to adopting a zone change or change to zoning regulations that will affect property within five hundred feet (500’) of a municipality in that RPO’s area. The RPO is directed to study the proposal and submit comments before a public hearing on the proposal. For proposed subdivisions that abut or include another municipality, Mattatuck Trail and Buttermilk Falls in Plymouth 5 the statutes (Sec. 8 -26b) likewise require the municipality to inform and give the RPO the opportunity to comment. By law (Sec. 8 -23(f)4), municipalities must also submit proposed amendments or revisions to local POCDs, with a 65 -day advance, to the RPO for review and comment. In all three cases, RPO comments are purely advisory. Regional plans also serve as a bridge between local and State plans .Public Act 10 -138 requires the Connecticut Off ice of Policy and Management (OPM) to implement a “cross -acceptance” policy for the Connecticut POCD. This policy is defined as “a process by which planning policies of different levels of government are compared and dif- ferences between policies are reconc iled with the pur- pose of attaining compatibility between local, regional and state plans.” As part of this process, this plan and the state plan will be compared and differences reconciled. As such, this plan may be able to influence state policies. The me chanics of the plan Being regional in nature, a broader approach to land use is required in this plan than would be in a municipal plan. CCRPA’s mandate is to encourage regional cooperation and ensure that development in one municipality does not burden or disadvantage surrounding communities. This plan is not concerned with the precise location or looks of corner stores, industrial facilities, schools, parks, and homes in a neighborhood. Local concerns such as these are the affair of individual communities ; the re- quirement s contained in this plan are not intended to supplant local zoning or serve as design guidelines. However, when a n industrial facility threatens a water supply, a commercial center will cause traffic congestion, or housing development will fra gment natural habitats, Hogans Cider Mill in Burlington 6 the entire region is affected. It is these impacts that this plan is designed to mitigate. Referrals ( proposed changes to land use plans, maps, and/or regulations) and (re)development proposals that come before CCRPA will be evaluated for consistency with this plan. Referrals and proposals that are deter- mined to be in violation of one or more key (‘must’) com- ponents of this plan or that are inconsistent with prepon- derance of this plan’s requirement s,shall be found in conflict with this plan. Those that do not present such violations shall be found not in conflict. In addition to determining consistency or conflict with this plan (and the state plan, as needed) , CCRPA may also provide writ- ten comments on referrals and (re)development pro- posals. These comments may include recommendations to improve consistency with this plan, the State plan, or with other plans, projects, or concerns. Lastly, where a re- ferral or a proposal is found to be in conflict, but said conflict may be avoided through a reasonable modifica- tion , CCRPA may find the referral or proposal condition- ally not in conflict, contingent on acceptance of the mod- ification reco mmended by CCRPA. (Should the recom- mendation modification not be accepted, the referral or proposal will be deemed to be in conflict.) Like the State Plan of Conservation and Development, Central Connecticut’s POCD is divided into two parts. The first is t he “general requirement s.”This is a text list of “should” and “must” statements. To conform to this plan, a referral or proposal may not violate any “must” state- ments. The second part is a map that serves as a guide to where development should occur, and where it should not. While most POCDs mirror this structure, t his plan takes an approach unique to Connecticut . All land in the region is placed in one of five categories based on the intensity Skiing at Mount Southington in Southington 7 of development the land and surrounding infrastructure are ap propriate for and can reasonably accommodate. The five categories (‘plan areas ’) are: preservation/ con- servation, rural, low, medium, and high. Furthermore, in central places, such as downtowns, town centers, and vil lage s,an overlay applies. The overlay is designed to fo- cus development in tradi tional centers, encourage mix- ing of uses ,stimulate reuse/rehabilitation of existing buildings, and protect and enhance the character of cen- tral Connecticut’s central places. As with traditional zoning, the specifications and limits given by the plan areas are not intended to be area -wide averages. They apply to each proposal that comes before CCRPA on its own. For example, a subdivision in a me- dium intensity plan area must meet the requirements of that plan area , regardless of the actual intensity of devel- opment currently realized in the rest of the plan area .Just because a neighboring property is less developed does not give one the right t o develop a one’s own property at a higher intensity. (However, where limits on develop- ment on the neighboring property is part of the pro- posal, CCRPA will include the size of this property in its calculations to determine the intensity of the proposal and its consistency with the plan area .) Should incon- sistency exist between the map and the general require- ment s (for example, the map shows a critical habitat area as being in a high intensity plan area ), the general re- quirement s take precedence. The importa nce of intensity One starting point for many land use plan s, including the last version of this plan, is a build -out analysis . This type of analysis quantifies how much more development can be absorbed before a place literally runs out of land. Former Landers, Frary, & Clark Factory (demolished) in New Britain 8 While this technique may have served in the past, by yok- ing economic and population growth to land conversion, it not only promotes the fallacy that growth takes sprawl, but it explicitly promotes unsustainable development. As a sustainable land use plan, this plan does not ask “how much more can we build until we run out of land?” In- stead, it asks whether we are using land sustainably and, if not, how we can begin to do so. For central Connecticut, the answer is sobering. Between 19 85 and 20 10 , the amount of ‘developed’ land in cen tral Connecticut increased by 18.4 %; the amount of ‘turf and grass’ (usually associated with lawns) increased by 24.2 %. From 1985 to 2010, however, the population of the re- gion increased by just 6.3 %.In other words , in 1990 ther e was one acre of developed land per 8.07 residents; be- tween 19 85 and 2010 the region developed land at a rate of one acre per 2 .77 new residents. During this period, employment growth was basically stagnant. These data show an unsustainable rate of land d evelopment. The rate of land development is not only environmentally unsustainable, but economically unsustainable as well. Greater land development brings g reater costs. As new homes and businesses are built, sewer, road, water, and electric infrastructure must also be built. Greater land consumption on a per capita basis also increases runoff (from greater impervious surface coverage), increasing demands on storm water systems. The costs of land development As development consumed land with increasing speed , municipal expenditures in Connecticut also rose .Munic- ipal expenditures rose an inflation -adjusted 70 .9% from 1985 to 2010 (100.6 % if averaged among municipalities) , Figure 1. Growth in population versus in developed land (1985 -2010) 0% 2% 4% 6% 8% 10% 12% 14% 16% 18% 20% State Region Population change Developed land change 9 far exceeding grow th in population and developed land . This compares to an 11.8% increase in population and an 18.7% increase in developed land over the same period. While an analysis of the interactions between land use, expenditures, pop ulation growth, and employment are beyond the scope of this plan, strong evidence suggest s that the pattern of development influences expenditure s. Studies have found that, holding other factors constant, low -density, “sprawl” -type development results in h igher per capita municipal costs. One study found that, in a typical county, a 25% increase in density could result in annual savings of $1.18 million. In an era of declining federal and state support, local res- idents and businesses must assume a greater share of municipal expenditures .If costs grow faster than popu- lation, the result will be higher per capita expenditures and thus a higher financial burden on local taxpayers. Adjusted for inflation, expenditures per capita increased by 15% region -wide bet ween 1995 and 2010. Increases range from a low of 9% in New Britain to 21% in Plainville. (See Figure 2.) Expenditure growth is not necessarily a problem as long as th e ability to pay, i.e. per capita income, rise sin parallel over the long term. (M ore affluent residents may desire, and be willing to pay for, more services ).However, that has not been the case in central Connecticut. Region – wide, per capita income grew by 4% between 1990 and 2010 , from a low of -17% in New Britain to a high of 15% in Burlington. In every municipality , per capita income growth has lagged expe nditure growth . Even when ac- counting for income growth, the burden of municipal services has grown in central Connecticut. Regionwide, Figure 2. Growth in per capita expenditures and income (1995 -2010) -20% -15% -10% -5% 0% 5% 10% 15% 20% 25% Percent growth in expenditures per capita Percent growth in per capita income 10 residential property taxes consumed 0.9% more of per- sonal income in 2010 than in 1995. The growth in this tax burden rang es from 0.2% in Berlin to 1.4% in Burlington. While development is often billed as a means to lighten the property tax burden on residents and businesses, this analysis does not support such a conclusion .Instead, it finds that , in all municipalities :  Land has been developed much faster than pop- ulation growth ,  Municipal expenditures have grown much faster than incomes, and the  Per capita burden of municipal expenditures on residents has grown substantially This indicates that revenues from new development have been insufficient to cover increases in the cost of provid- ing municipal service s.The development experience d by the region over the last 25 years has not succeeded in stabilizing the tax burden. Indir ect costs of development patterns Recent development has not only failed to stabilize taxes , it has also created new costs .While some of the latter stem from development -associated population changes (e.g., construction of family housing may attract famil ies with children, driving up teaching costs ), others re sul t from the form or pattern of development (e.g., construc- tion of subdivisions beyond walking distance from school, thus requiring additional busing). Housing costs in the region exhibit a strong co nnection to development patterns ; a s houses and lots have grown in size, so, too, have housing costs. Large homes on large lots cost more up front , requiring larger mortgages. Due to their size, they also cost more over time — there simply is more to heat, cool, mow, and maintain. (Some of these More sustainable development in New Britain 11 factors compound, e.g. the expansive lawns these homes often feature are devoid of mature trees, which can mod- erate cooling, heating, drainage, and lawn care needs.) The effect of the shift towards big houses on big lots — whether market -or zoning -driven — has been an increase in household indebtedness and corresponding decreases in disposable income and financial resilience. While the trend of ever -larger homes had been building for some time ,fueled and concealed by credit, its effects have become hard to ignore. The global financial crisis that began in 2007 and is still unwinding started as a housing bubble in the United States . People bought more house and land than they could pay for. When mortgage rates increased, and payments rose, stagnant (if not declining )incomes were unable to cover m onthly payments . A wave of foreclosures followed , imperiling in- dividual , corporate, and government finances. The economic i mpacts of this crisis have reached far and wide .People have less disposable income ;many homes are worth less than the mortgages that paid for them ; and many homeowners have simply lost their homes. Furthermore, the drive to build bigger, more expensive homes has shut many would -be homeowners out of the market and, in many cases, out of the state. Facing a short supply of starter homes, and incomes that have remained stagnant, young profe ssionals are forced to turn to a tight rental market. Similarly, many empty nesters who wish to downsize cannot find high -quality, well -located housing .Evidence that this is happening is plentiful. Connecticut is already losing a greater percentage of its you ng adults than any other state; it also loses a large proportion of its retirees. If this trend is not reversed, the result will be a shrinking workforce , shrinking revenues, and weaker economic competitiveness. Less sustainable development in Berlin 12 The patte rn of recent land development , which has fa- vored large buildings on even larger tracts of land lo- cated far from urban and town centers , also drives up transportation costs . While this phenomenon is by no means confined to the region — it has occurred all ove r the country — it has resulted in neighborhoods in which no resident can walk to a store or a job, and shops and workplaces to which nobody can walk. Moreover, it has not only made driving mandatory for an increasing share of trips in the region , but has al so lengthened people’s commutes, costing them time and money .For example, in 2002, 61.2% of central Connecticut workers commuted less than 10 miles to work. That percentage fell to 57.8% in 2009. During the same period, an extra 1,000 workers began commut ing 50 miles or more (a 50% increase). At the same time, gas prices have been increasing, hitting 30 -year high sin 2008 and 2012 .The increasing number and length of trips made by car also exacerbates conges- tion, further increasing the duratio n and cost of travel. Long commutes such as these negatively impact society. The more time people spend in their cars, the less time they have for other activities, from spending time with family and friends and volunteering in civic organizations to exercising, working, and patronizing local businesses. Together, the dispersal of housing out of town centers and downtowns, and the transformation o f foot traffic into car traffic, has seriously undermined the commercial viabili ty and vibrancy of these areas. In many places, once -thriving town and city centers have been reduced to government offices, vacant storefronts, and housing for the socioeconom ically isolated (who, in many cases, are poor because they are too poor to afford a car and , consequently, have limited employment options ). By increasing the use of and exposure to automobiles , development patterns such as that experienced by the Interstate 84 in Hartford 13 region i n recent years also negatively affect public health. When cars replace active transportation such as walking or biking , or when commutes deprive people of time for exercise , the prevalence of lifestyle -linked diseases, such as obesity, diabetes, heart dise ase , and certain cancers, rises. The air pollution produced by cars can also elevate the rates of cancer and cardiopulmonary diseas e. Of course, the most direct health impacts — and perhaps the costliest — of all are car accidents, which can damage property, m aim, and kill, and whose frequency increases with miles driven. Significant environmental consequences also accompany sprawl -style development .While this plan cannot discuss these in depth or quantify them , they include:  Air pollution (emissions from vehicle, heating fuel combustion, and electricity generation)  Soil and water contamination ( accumulation of pollutants such as vehicle fluids, road chemicals, and lawn treatments)  Reduced ecosystem services, including cleaning of air and water (loss of trees and vegetation that help to maintain air and water quality)  Decreased recharge and potential depletion of rivers, surface reservoirs, and aquifers (reduced ground infiltration and higher use for watering)  Flooding and erosion from surface runoff (through increases in impervious surface)  Species extinction (through habitat disturbance and loss, chemical use, vehicle -caused mortality, and spread of invasive species)  Climate change (through increase d greenhouse gas emissions). Opportunity costs Finally, the direct and indirect costs associated with the types of development patterns experienced in central Amtrak and future high -speed/commuter rail line in Berlin 14 Connecticut (and much of the rest of the county) reduce the ability of individuals and businesses to pursue other opportunities. Land taken for large lots could be used for more environmentally or economically productive pur- poses, such as open space, agriculture, and industry. When houses are onl y built on large lots, not only is the total number of lots limited, but land is developed faster , reducing supply . These supply limitations drive up land values and make it difficult for other land uses to survive. The opportunity costs of sprawl -style de velopment are not inconsiderable. It is not unusual for an acre lot to cost $100,000. Splitting this lot among four homes could lessen the cost of land — and thus the sale price of each of four homes — by $75,000. Building at greater density within a short dis tance of jobs, schools, shops, and transit could reduce household costs by reducing the length of commutes or obviating the need for a car altogether. When households in the United States spend nearly 4% of their income on gasoline, and the cost of owning a car is approximately $10,000 per year in Connecticut, being able to get by without a second car can save a family $100,000 over ten years. Families are not the only ones who can benefit from more efficient land use. Singles, childless couples, and empty nesters , as well as the elderly, disabled, and those who work from home or mobile offices may gain even more. The large house on a large lot in a remote subdivision is often a suboptimal fit for these groups. As these groups grow (which they are doing rapi dly), the demand for other types of housing is expected to grow. These include high -quality smaller and starter homes, townhouses, apartments, and live -work and assisted living spaces, as well as homes in walkable neighborhoods and with good transit access .Yet w hile demand for other types of hous- ing has grown, the supply has not kept pace. In the face Transit -oriented development plan for New Britain 15 of this escalating demand, t he focus of residential devel- opment over the last several years of large houses on large lots ,has left many with few options to rent or buy. With regards to rentals, the lack of newer construction means as that, while the size may be good, in many cases the condition is not. In addition, the limited supply of many rental units, c ombined with the economic crisis, which has forced many households to turn to renting, has made high -quality rentals hard to find and expensive. Conversely, w hile the supply of homes for sale is better, prices, while lower than the peak of the housing bubb le, still are high by historical standards. As a consequence, homebuyers often find themselves forced to buy more house and land, and, provided they can get credit, carry more debt, than they need or want. In short, the result of this mismatch between hous ing supply and demand is twofold: homes that are a poor fit for many residents, and high costs for all residents. In the past, cost was not as large of a concern. Low -cost credit enabled households to live beyond their resources. This is no longer the case .Despite improvement, c redit remains hard to get ;household debt loads are still high . Having to own more home than one needs or to rent in an artificially tight market can cost households dearly by making funds unavailable for and making people choose am ong other uses with potentially far larger payoffs. These include such as saving for college, a rainy day fund, and retirement as well as investing in small business es. Inefficient land use can also force municipalities to make painful decisions .Large -lot development permanently takes land that could be used for other purposes — whether housing, commerce, industry, agriculture, or open space — off the market , limiting future options and potential .The higher transportation costs that residents Farmland and preserved open space in Berlin 16 of and visitors to such developments face are also shared by municipalities. Road maintenance, t rash pickup, school transportation, and emergency services all cost more to provide in sprawling areas . Whether municipali- ties choose to cover these costs through increased taxes, or through service cuts, they are forced to make sacrifices and forego other opportunities. The alternative These costs — direct, indirect, and opportunity — ca nnot be sustained ind efinitely and would not exist to the same extent with other development patterns. An alternative, that avoids many of these costs, is to integrate the con- cept of sustainable development into our land use plans . A more sustainable form of development would consider the total cost of development, to all parties, including so- ciety and the environment, during land -use decisions. It would seek to lessen impacts on the environment, con- serve resources, and preserve future opportunities for both residents and gover nments. Moving toward sustainability This plan is being funded as part of a Sustainable Com- munities Initiative project. As such, it is written to encour- age the region to pursue more sustainable form sof de- velopment. I n crafting the policies of this plan, CCRPA performed an extensive literature review on sustainabil- ity , in particular with regards to land use , to determine what sustainable development would mean at the re- gional level . Before delving into the details of the plan, it is important to discuss wh at sustainable development means .How one proceeds in creating a sustainability fo- cused plan depends on one’s definition of sustainability. The EPA provides this definition: “Sustainability is based on a simple principle: Everything that we need for our su rvival and well -being depends, ei- ther directly or indirect ly, on our natural environment. Sus- tainability creates and maintains the conditions under which humans and nature can exist in productive har- mony, that permit fulfilling the social, economic and other requirements of present and future generations. ” In simpler terms ,the World Commissio n on Environment and Development famously defined it thus : “ Sustainable development is development that meets the needs of the 17 present without compromising the ability of future gen- erations to meet their own needs." The common thread is that for developmen t to be sus- tainable, it must meet current needs without preventing future generations from meeting their needs .At a mini- mum, this means protection of the natural systems that support all life . However, for people to thrive as opposed to merely survive, su stainable development also must address social and economic needs. Since there may be tension or trade -offs among the environment, society, and the economy, for development to be truly sustaina- ble, all three must be considered in concert. Sustainable regio nal development Striking a balance among these domains can be difficult. All people make demands on the economy, society, and the environment. Resource limitations , whether land, time, or money, make it impossible to meet all demands . This often results in unequal sharing of benefits and costs (e.g. ,economic growth through social or environmental exploitation ), potentially undermining the conditions necessary for prosperity and producing conflict. The pur- pose of regional planning is to ensure that the benefits that accrue to one party do not unduly burden another, such as neighbors or posterity. As a starting point, regional plan ssuch as this recogniz e that development is essential. Even where population growth is nonexistent to slow, as in central Con necticut , development will happen. Facilities and infrastructure will deteriorate and need replacement. A plan cannot stop these forces, but it can help guide them. A regional plan must also acknowledge that develop- ment comes with costs. As new development comes into a community, services and infrastructure will be required. For instance, r oads must be paved , water and sewer must be connected , schools must be staffed , and services, e.g. trash pickup ,must be provided .All of these cost money , Figure 3. Three components of sustainable development Economy Society Environment 18 and regardless of whether a municipality, developer, or property owner initially foots the bill, in the end society (and the environment) ultimately bears the expense. These costs show up in a variety of forms, such as higher taxes, housing costs, and utility bills. How land is developed influences the infrastructure and service needs of a community. For instance, low -density rural development may call for fewer municipal services , but often spell longer commutes and higher housing and transportation costs. Suburban development , in contrast, may shorten commutes but increase infrastructure costs (e.g., substituting sewers for septic tanks) .Finally, while urban development generally entails the highest level of public investment ,the higher density of urban areas al- lows infrastructure and services to be shared among many more people, improving utilization and reducing per capita costs . Environmental impacts also vary with the form that de- velopment takes. For example, e xtensive road networks and large bu ilding and parking lot foot prints make for high levels of impervious surface cover. Water pooling on these surfaces can flood .While storm water systems can mitigate these impacts ,construction and maintenance of these can be costly .Moreover, the runoff created by im- pervious surfaces (and discharges from these systems) can cause erosion and transport contaminants into lakes, ponds, river s, and streams .Additional investment may be necessary to adequately compensate for these impacts. In contrast, pervious landscapes permit water to infiltrate into the soil, preventing runoff and erosion ,recharging ground water ,and allowing contaminants to be trapped and broken down . Plymouth Reservoir in Plymouth 19 Density limits can reduce the severity of environmental impacts such as these . However, limiting the density of development also has the effect sof dispersing the latter, i.e. creating ‘sprawl.’ Because sprawling developments are generally squat, far, and challenging to impossible to rea ch other than by car, more road mileage and building and parking lot square footage are necessary to provide the same amount of usable space. As a consequence, the total impervious surface and, hence, environmental foot- print of low -density areas can outstrip that of socioeco- nomically comparable high -density areas of similar pop- ulation , even if the impacts of the latter are locally acute r. The sprawl of low -density development over large areas also means that, in addition to producing diffus er and cumulatively larger impacts, it can also generate entirely new impacts. Habitat fragmentation, which results from the punctuation of the landscape by development, limits animals ’ mobility and reduces their supplies of food . Compact development, such as has historically defined cities, town centers, and villages , on the other hand, has relatively limited impact son habitat . Density restrictions may also leave little room for growth and lead to poor socioeconomic outcomes. For instance, large lots may deplete available land reserves, driving up the cost of land uses from farming to housing to industry. Conversely, a lack of adequate infrastructure may result in low costs for tax payers, but may turn away employers . Discussion of the interactions among th e environment, society, and the economy, could go on for hundreds of pages. The key point for a land use plan such as this, Questions to ask Before a conservation or development proposal is approved, questions such as those listed below should be asked. (This is not an exhaustive list.) What new services and infrastructure, if any, will new de- velopment demand in the present and the future? How much will new services and infrastructure cost, who will pay for them, how will they funded, and how will they be maintained? Will new services and infrastructure induce additional de- mand that will neces sitate additional expansions? Where will resources and raw materials come from? Will new development cause adverse environmental, so- cial, or economic impacts? Whom will they affect? How will these impacts be prevented or mitigated? 20 however, is that if a region is to develop sustainably, it must use consider the panoply of impacts that develop- ment will have . A su stainable land use plan must ensure that infrastructure required for new development can be provided without saddling future generations with debt. It must also ensure that adequate social opportunities can be created. Finally, it must ensure that developm ent does not burden the natural environment. A more sustainable Central Connecticut Central Connecticut’s modest population growth (3.6% over the past decade), and the financial pinch felt by gov- ernments at all levels, necessitates a thoughtful, me as- ured approach to development. Development over the past few decades has consumed an ever increasing share of resources while population and economic growth have stagnated . The environmental consequences can be seen in the diminished quality of the region’s wate r and air , as well as the loss of its open space . The budgetary impacts can be seen in higher tax rates and increased debt loads. This dynamic cannot be sustained indefinitely. The purpose of this plan is to provide guidance so that future development in central Connecticut incorporate s all three elements of sustainability. It does this through a series of general requirement s and a locational map that fit development to the capacity of the region’s environ- ment and manmade infrastructure .Both the require- ment sand the map have been designed to leave future generations with a positive legacy by protecting the re- gion’ s environment, building on its ric h social and cul- tural heritage, and allowing for sustainable growth. Main Street Diner in Plainville G eneral r equirements The plan re quirements are intended to serve as basic conditions for the conservation and development of the region . They complement and were informed by the livability principles of the Partnership for Sustainable Communities, Connecti- cut’s growth manage ment principles , and Connecticut’s responsible growth criteria ( see Appendix A: Principles ). The plan requirement s are also intended to integrate with regional plans for the Capitol Region Council of Governments and the Pioneer Valley Planning Commission to advance a shared vision of a healthy and vibrant central Connecticut and beyond . 22 The general requirements fall into eight categories :nat- ural resourc es, land use, transportation, infrastructure, agricu lture, community character, housing , and legal . The categories are interconnected, with requirement s within each category intended to support and promote each othe r. The requirements are to be used in the eval- uation of referrals ( proposed changes to land use plans, maps, and /or regulations )and in the review of (re)devel- opment proposals. Strict adherence is required for all “must” requirement s. Referrals and proposals that do not adhere to the “must” re quirements shall be considered in conflict with the Plan. Some of the requirements fur- thermore differentiate between development and re de- velopment. This plan defines d evelopment as any per- manent new building (including st ructures and surfaces) on previously conserved or unused land; redevelopment refers to construction, rehabilitation, or reuse of an al- ready developed facility .Land that has reverted or been restored to a state of or reasonably approximating wil- derness is considered to be undeveloped. The plan requirement s are accompanied by a map. The map provides a comprehensive view of the region, show- ing appropriate levels of intensity of development and conservation across its entirety .Due to the potentia l for incomp leteness or inaccuracy in the underlying data , the map is not intended to be used as the sole t ool to eval- uate the congruence of referrals and proposals with the plan .The map serves as a visual guide and an important first step in evaluating a referral or (re)development pro- posal .The General requirement sin this section take prec- edence over the map and shall serve as the basis for de- terminations on consistency with the plan for all referrals and proposals . Additional information on the determina- tion evalu ations can be found under The me chanics of the plan (p. 5).The general requirement s are as follows: Corner of Center Street and Queen Street in Southington 23 Natural resources 1. Development must not occur in the following areas: 1.1. Mountain and hilltops 1.2. Ridgelines 1.3. Perennial bodies of water and watercourses 1.4. Floodways 1.5. Slopes 25% and greater 1.6. Highly erodible soils 1.7. Critica l habitat 2. Development must not occur in the following areas, unless mitigation sufficient to compensate for the adverse impacts of the development is included: 2.1. Wetlands 2.2. Intermittent bodies of water and watercourses 3. Development should not occur in the following ar- eas: 3.1. Ephemeral bodies of water and watercourses 3.2. Prime or important farmland soils 3.3. Slopes 15% and greater 4. Development must not cover more than 10% of the land in watersheds with impervious surfaces; if im- pervious surfaces already cover more tha n 10%, conservation and (re)development should decrease effective impervious surface cover 5. Development must not occur in the floodway or in- crease the amount of impervious surface sin the 100 -year floodplain s 6. Development must provide a natural buffer of at least 100 feet surrounding wetlands, rivers, streams, and bodies of water 7. Development should avoid fragmentation of natural resources such as large tracts of relatively undevel- oped land 8. Conservation and (re)development should promote habitat connectivity 9. Industrial uses should be limited in aquifer protec- tion areas; (re)development in such areas must be of moderate or low to moderate intensity and must prohibit potential contaminant sources (e.g. under- ground fuel storage tanks, vehicle service facilities, and facilities that generate or handle hazardous waste) (Connecticut Department of Public Health 4). 10. (Re)development should not generate noise and light pollution 24 Land u se 1. Development should use land efficiently (e.g. be compact) to minimize environmental impacts and preserve sufficient land for other uses 2. In central places: 2.1. Mixed use development should be encourage d 2.2. Vacant lots should be developed as infill projects (or conserved as public space) 3. Development should avoid undeveloped land 4. Brownfields, grayfields, and barren sites should be redeveloped when environmentally appropriate 5. Rehabilitation, including adaptive reuse, should take precedence over new construction where applicable and appropriate 6. (Re)development expected to generate significant freight traffic should concentrate along rail lines 7. (Re)development expected to generate significant passenger traffic should concentrate around major transportation corridors and nodes, especially transit, and/or be design ed to prevent such traffic generation Agriculture 1. Existing agricultural lands and active farms should be preserved 2. Agricultural opportunities should be permitted in all areas, including livestock keeping; in areas of low or higher development intensity, a dverse impacts to neighboring properties must be no greater than those of other allowed uses Farmland in Burlington, CT 25 Transportation 1. (Re)development and conservation: 1.1. Must accommodate current trail corridors 1.2. Should allow for future trail corridors 1.3. Should preserve, and where applic able, enhance, regional greenways 2. Facilities (including roads, streets, intersections, side- walks, and cyclist infrastructure )must be appropri- ate to the surrounding context 3. Improvements must be safe for all users and pro- mote mode choice 4. (Re)development mu st accommodate all types of users, except as exempted under the State’s Com- plete Streets Law (Public Act 09 -154) 5. (Re)d evelopment must avoid or compensate for un- desirable traffic impacts 6. (Re)development that is expected to generate signif- icant traffic shoul d employ access and/or demand management strategies 7. (Re)development should concentrate around trans- portation corridors and nodes 8. Existing and former transportation corridors and sig- nificant rights -of -way should be preserved for future use 9. (Re)development should not impede the extension of rail service to appropriate locations 10. (Re)development on designated scenic roads should not detract from the quality of the scenic road Infrastructure 1. (Re)development should implement low impact de- velopment/green infrastructure strategies where ap- plicable 2. (Re)development should be prioritized in areas served by existing infrastructure 3. (Re)development should minimize future infrastruc- ture needs and maintenance costs 26 Community c haracter 1. (Re)development or conservation should be context – sensitive 2. (Re)development in historic districts should preserve the quality of the historic district 3. Historic structures and sites of cultural significance should be preserved Housing 1. A mix of housing types (including single family, two – family, and multi -family homes) and tenure options should be built where appropriate 2. Accessory units should be encouraged in under -or unused space (e.g., attics, basements, carriage houses, and garages) 3. Housing (particularly high intensity and mixed use) should concentrate around major transit nodes Legal 1. (Re)d evelopment must conform to all applicable state and federal laws 2. Definitions used in regulations must be based on state and federal law or the best available science 3. (Re)d evelopment must abide by valid and legally enforceable covenants, deed restrictions, easements, and the like Levels of development intensity As the map sin Plan area maps (p. 38 )show , all land in the region is classified into one of five intensity plan areas : preserva- tion/conservation, rural, low, medium, and high. Each plan area ,with the excepti on of preservation/conservation, also has an associated “central place overlay” to allow and foster mixed -use, closer -together development in neighborhood, village, town, and city centers. The following pages give d etails and sample illustrations for each of the plan areas , along with the associated central place overlays . 28 Definitions Height : Number of stories ab ove ground; excludes attics and basements . Land Coverage : all impervious surface (building and parking); exceptions allowed for development that in- clude s“green infrastructure .” Density : only affects residential construction; commer- cial and industrial are governed by land coverage re- quirements . Setbacks : the maximum distance a building can be placed from the road . Central Place : A central place is any area within a town where a mix of uses is found. They function as the center of a village, town, neighborho od, or city. Criterion Preservation Conservation General Development (by intensity) Rural Low Medium High Density (units per acre) n/a 0to ½ (1 unit per 2 acres) ½ to 6 6 to 12 At least 12 Land coverage n/a 0% to 5% 5% to 25% 25% to 50% 25% to 90% Building height (stories) n/a 1 to 2 1 to 3 2 to 4 At least 2 Central Place Overlay (by intensity) Density (units per acre) n/a 24 max 48 max No max No max Land coverage n/a 0% to 80% max 50% min to 100% 75% to 100% 75% to 100% Typical building height (stories) n/a 1 to 3 1 to 3 2 to 5 At least 3 Front s etback n/a 48’ Max 18' Max 18' Max 12' Max 29 Preser vation/ c onser vation Land categorized as preservation/conservation should not be developed. The only development appropriate for these areas is passive recreation such as hiking, mountain biking, hunting, and fishing. Insofar as possible, conservation ef- forts should concentrat e on these areas. Agriculture , silvi- culture, and low -impact uses (e.g. seasonal camping, fish and game reserves) are also a permissible form of devel- opment in these areas, so long as the general requirement s of this plan are followed. A bird’s -eye view of Sessions Woods in Burlington, CT. A nature trail in Sessions Woods, Burlington, CT. The Metacomet Trail in Plainville, CT. 30 Rural Land categorized as rural is suited for ver y low intensity development. Appropriate development include sfarming , passive and active recreation, and residences such as farm- houses and lodges on large lots in agricultural or natural surroundings, and commercial amenities serving a local market. In some cases, industrial or institutional develop- ment may be appropriate, such as processing plants or re- treats . Development should not detract from the character of or heavily modify the landscape , nor should it require urban services such as wa ter, sewer, or high -capacity roads. A bird’s -eye view of a rural section of South Windsor, CT. Horsebarn Hill in Storrs, CT. Monastery on Mount Equinox, VT. 31 Rural — Central Place Overlay Even rural areas need central places from which to obtain daily goods and services . While a rural central place should not resemble an urban one, it will share many of the same characteristics. In a central place, d evelopment should be compact ,and buildings should be in walking distance. Small amounts of mixed use and/or multi -family housing may be appropriate to provide residences for those who wish to remain in the community without having to drive . A bird’s -eye view of Vi chel, Germany. Bellows Falls, VT. The town center of New Hartford, CT. 32 Low Areas categorized as low intensity are intended for pre- dominantly resid ential neighborhoods. With densities of up to six units per acre , small clusters of multi -family hous- ing may be appropriate. Traffic generation should be min- imal due to the low unit per acre densities. Urban runoff is also kept low by land coverage maximum s. A residential neighborhood near Unionville, CT. A quiet residential neighborhood in Litchfield, CT. A residential neighborhood in Yonkers, NY. 33 Low — Central Place Overlay Central places in low intensity areas will be village or neighborhood centers. Multi -use structures are preferred as ways of combining residential and commercial activity. Multi -family residences may be more plentiful due to higher allowable densities. Buildings will be located close together and may cover their entire lot. A bird’s -eye view of Guilford, CT. The historic center of Collinsville, CT. Main Street in Concord, MA. 34 Medium Areas delineated for medium intensity development are found in the region’s larger municipalities. Allowable resi- dential densities double (over low intensity are as), as do land coverage maximums. These areas transition from sub- urban to more urban development. Road infrastructure re- quirements will be greater, to handle increased traffic, and urban services such as sewer and water will be necessary. Brattleboro, V T from above. Federal Hill in Bristol, CT. Residential neighborhoods in Halifax, NS. 35 Medium — Central Place Overlay Central places in medium intensity areas will be town cen- ters or urban neighborhoods. No limit is placed on allow- able densities ,and land coverage should fall between 75% and 100%. Setbacks are to be kept at a minimum to pre- serve the walkability of the area. These areas are intended to be pedestrian a nd cyclist friendly. Mixed -use buildings will dominate, though some dedicated multi -family resi- dential structures or dedicated office buildings will be pre- sent. Blue Back Square in West Hartford, CT. Frederick, Maryland Nassau Street in Princeton, NJ. 36 High Areas delineated for high intensity development are found in the region’s largest cities. These are places where signif- icant investments in urban infrastructure have already been made. They should have easy highway access, good sidewalks, and tr ansit service to permit easy transporta- tion. These areas contain the most valuable land (for de- velopment) and should be developed at a high density, at least 12 units per acre. Land coverage should be high as well to maximize efficiency. A bird’s -eye view of a neighborhood in New Haven, CT. Biotech research facility in Seattle, WA. Natural gas cogeneration and apartments in Berlin, Germany. 37 High — Central Place Overlay Central places in high intensity areas are the region’s major urban cores. They contain high concentrations of urban services, such as stores, civic institutions, housing, and transportation options. Sewer, water, and road infrastruc- ture should already be present and of sufficient capacity. The existing level of services allows for high value -added development. A bird’s -eye view of the New Haven green. A tree -lined mixed -use street in New Haven, CT. Königstraße in Stuttgart, Germany. 38 Plan area maps The following pages reproduce maps for every municipality in the region. Due to printing constraints, maps are size -reduced. Larger scale maps are available in PDF format as well as in GIS formats upon request. These maps are intended to provide an overview of sustainable development intensities; for the purposes of referrals, they are adjunct to and do not replace the General requirements (p. 21 ). 39 Sources: Esri, DeLorme, NAVTEQ, TomTom, Intermap, increment P Corp., GEBCO, USGS, FAO, NPS,NRCAN, GeoBase, IGN, Kadaster NL, Ordnance Survey, Esri Japan, METI, Esri China (Hong Kong), and theGIS User Community Plan area map Berlin 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 0.25 Miles V High Medium Low Rural Conservation C e n t r a l p l a c e o v e r l a y Intensity 40 Sources: Esri, DeLorme, NAVTEQ, TomTom, Intermap, increment P Corp., GEBCO, USGS, FAO, NPS,NRCAN, GeoBase, IGN, Kadaster NL, Ordnance Survey, Esri Japan, METI, Esri China (Hong Kong), and theGIS User Community Plan area map Bristol 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 0.25 Miles V High Medium Low Rural Conservation C e n t r a l p l a c e o v e r l a y Intensity 41 42 Sources: Esri, DeLorme, NAVTEQ, TomTom, Intermap, increment P Corp., GEBCO, USGS, FAO, NPS,NRCAN, GeoBase, IGN, Kadaster NL, Ordnance Survey, Esri Japan, METI, Esri China (Hong Kong), and theGIS User Community Plan area map New Britain 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 0.25 Miles V High Medium Low Rural Conservation C e n t r a l p l a c e o v e r l a y Intensity 43 Sources: Esri, DeLorme, NAVTEQ, TomTom, Intermap, increment P Corp., GEBCO, USGS, FAO, NPS,NRCAN, GeoBase, IGN, Kadaster NL, Ordnance Survey, Esri Japan, METI, Esri China (Hong Kong), and theGIS User Community Plan area map Plainville 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 0.25 Miles V High Medium Low Rural Conservation C e n t r a l p l a c e o v e r l a y Intensity 44 Sources: Esri, DeLorme, NAVTEQ, TomTom, Intermap, increment P Corp., GEBCO, USGS, FAO, NPS,NRCAN, GeoBase, IGN, Kadaster NL, Ordnance Survey, Esri Japan, METI, Esri China (Hong Kong), and theGIS User Community Plan area map Plymouth 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 0.25 Miles V High Medium Low Rural Conservation C e n t r a l p l a c e o v e r l a y Intensity 45 Sources: Esri, DeLorme, NAVTEQ, TomTom, Intermap, increment P Corp., GEBCO, USGS, FAO, NPS,NRCAN, GeoBase, IGN, Kadaster NL, Ordnance Survey, Esri Japan, METI, Esri China (Hong Kong), and theGIS User Community Plan area map Southington 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 0.25 Miles V High Medium Low Rural Conservation C e n t r a l p l a c e o v e r l a y Intensity 46 Appendix es Principles, sources, and credits . 47 Appendix A : Principles Livability Principles 1. Provide more transportation choices. 2. Develop safe, reliable, and economical transportation choices to decrease household transportation costs, reduce our nation’s dependence on foreign oil, im- prove air quality, reduce greenhouse gas emissions, and promote public health. 3. Promote equitable, affordable housing. 4. Expand location -and energy -efficient housing choices for all ages, incomes, races, and ethnicities to increase mobilit y and lower the combined cost of housing and transportation. 5. Enhance economic competitiveness. 6. Improve economic competitiveness through reliable and timely access to employment centers, education opportunities, service and other basic needs by work- ers, as well as expanded business access to markets. 7. Support existing communities. Target federal funding toward existing communities — through strategies like transit oriented, mixed -use development, and land re- cycling — to increase community revitalization and the efficiency of public works investments and safeguard rural landscapes. 8. Coordinate and leverage federal policies and invest- ment. 9. Align federal policies and funding to remove barriers to collaboration, leverage funding, and increase the accountability and e ffectiveness of all levels of gov- ernment to plan for future growth, including making smart energy choices such as locally generated renew- able energy. 10. Value communities and neighborhoods. 11. Enhance the unique characteristics of all communities by investing i n healthy, safe, and walkable neighbor- hoods — rural, urban, or suburban. Source: U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Develop- ment. “Six Livability Principles.” Web. 27 November 2012. Growth Management Principles 1. Redevelop and revitalize regional centers and areas with existing or currently planned physical infrastruc- ture 2. Expand housing opportunities and design choices to accommodate a variety of household types and needs 48 3. Concentrate development around transportation nodes and along major transportation corrid ors to support the viability of transportation options. 4. Conserve and restore the natural environment, cul- tural and historical resources, and traditional rural lands 5. Protect and ensure the integrity of environmental as- sets critical to public health and safe ty 6. Promote integrated planning across all levels of gov- ernment to address issues on a state wide, regional, and local basis Source: Office of Policy and Management. “Draft: Conserva- tion and Development Policies, a Plan for Connecticut.” 2013 -2018. Web. 27 November 2012. Responsible Growth Guidelines 1. Project activities should be in conformance with the Conservation and Development Policies Plan for Con- necticut. 2. Locate Projects within existing developed areas and promote infill development. 3. Locate projects within existing public utilities service areas (water, sewer, etc.). 4. Projects outside of public utility services areas should be scaled to use on -site systems, where practicable, to manage unplanned development of adjacent land. 5. Promote transit -oriented development. 6. Promote energy/water conservation, energy efficiency and "green" building design. 7. Avoid impacts to natural and cultural resources and open space. 8. Promote mixed -use development and compatible land uses (pedestrian -friendly with access to multiple destinations within close proximity of each other). Source: Department of Economic and Community Develop- ment. “Responsible Growth Guidelines.” 2012. Web. 27 No- vember 2012. 49 Appendix B : Sources Code of F ederal Regulations. Title 44 — Emergency Man- agement and Assistance, Part 9 — Floodplain Management and Protection of Wetlands, Section 9.4 — Definitions. 2010. Web. 5 December 2012. Connecticut Environmental Conditions Online. “Connecti- cut Critical Habitats.” 20 11. Web. 30 October 2012. Connecticut Department of Environmental Protection. IS Data. Available from: http://www.ct.gov/dep/cwp/view.asp?a=2698& q=322898 &depNav_GID=1707&depNav=|#Soils Booth, Derek B. and C. Rhett Johnson. “Urbanization of Aquatic Systems: Degradation Thresholds, Stormwater De- tection, and the Limits of Mitigation.” Journal of the Amer- ican Water Resources Association 33.5 (October 1997): 1077 -1090. Web. 30 October 2012. Fuss & O’Neill. “Low Impact Development Appendix to Connecticut Guidelines for Soil Erosion and Sediment Con- trol .” Partners for the Connecticut Low Impact Develop- ment and Stormwater General Permit Evaluation. 2011. W eb. 30 October 2012. Murphy, Brian. “Position Statement, Utilization of 100 Foot Buffer Zones to Protect Riparian Areas in Connecticut.” In- land Fisheries Division. Web. 30 October 2012. Kotchen, Matthew J. and Schulte, Stacey L. “A Meta -Analy- sis of Cost o f Community Service Studies”. International Re- gional Science Review .32.3 (July 2009). Carruthers, John I. and Ulfarsson, Gudmundur F. “Does ‘Smart Growth’ Matter to Public Finance?” Urban Studies . (July 2007). 50 Appendix C : Photo c redits Unless otherwise indicated, all photos are presumed free for noncommercial use, or permission for their use has been given. Photos by page: Cover Downtown Bristol , Francis R. Pickering 1 Walnut Hill Park ,New Britain, Flickr use r bbcamericangirl 4 Francis R. Pickering 5 Town of Burlington 6 Flickr user brown_cardinal 7 newbritainstation.com 10, 11 Bing maps 12 Flickr user boboroshi 13 Flickr user jonlewis 14 City of New Britain 15 ,18 Francis R. Pickering 20 Flickr user muffet 21 Depot Square , Renaissance Downtowns 22 Flickr user brown_cardinal 24 Timothy Malone 27 Flickr user dougtone For pages 29 -37, credits are listed clockwise from top 29 Bing Maps, Timothy Malone, Timothy Malone 30 Bing Maps, Flickr user trinity, Flickr user johncudw 2399 31 Bernhard Langheinrich, Timothy Malone, Flickr user mema_nh 32 Bing Maps, Google Maps, Timothy Malone 33 Bing Maps, Flickr user imotov, Flickr user johncudw 2399 34 Bing Maps, Google Maps, Bing Maps 35 Flickr user ying_xiaoyur, Flickr use r Patrick_nouhailleur, Google Maps 36 Bing Maps, Bing Maps, Wikipedia 37 Bing Maps, Flickr user ian_yvr, Flickr user sean_marshall 38 Bicycle race in Plainville , Flickr user bikeride 45 New Britain, Flickr user joshmichtom 51 Appendix D : About CCRPA This plan is a product of the Central Connecticut Regional Planning Agency. CCRPA may be reached as follows. Contact information Online http://ccrpa.org Phone /fax 860 -589 -7820 Postal m ail 22 5North Main Street, Suite 304 Bristol, CT 06010 -4993. Agency staff Carl Stephani , Executive Director Francis R. Pickering, Deputy Director Cheri Bouchard -Duquette, Office and Financial Administrator Timothy Malone, Associate Planner Kristin Thoma s, Associate Planner Amanda Ryan, Assistant Planner Abigail St. Peter , Assistant Planner Jason Zheng, Assistant Planner Greg Martin, Paratransit Coordinator/Emergency Planner Ryan Ensling, Planning Aide Jessica Haerter, Planning Aide Kristin Hadjstylianos, Planning Aide Francis R. Pickering ser ved as Project Manager, with Timothy Malone as Lead Planner on this project. Agency Board Bart Bovee, Berlin Dennis Kern, Berlin (Chair) Rosie O’Brien Vojtek, Bristol Donald Padlo, Bristol John Pompei, Bristol Peter McBrien, Burlington Paul Rachielles, Burlington Marie Lausch, New Britain Donald Naples, New Britain (Treasurer) Steven P. Schiller, New Britain Jennifer Bartiss -Early, Plainville (Secretary) James Cassidy, Plainville Carl Johnson, Plymouth Stephen Mindera , Plymouth John Barry, Southington Rudy Cabata, Southington (Vice Chair) James Haigh, Southington

Valley Council of Governments (VCOG) Regional Plan of Conservation and Development 2008

Valley Council of Governments Strategic Plan of Conservation & Development FOR THE ALL-AMERICAN VALLEY 1 REGIONAL PLAN OF CONSERVATION AND DEVELOPMENT 2008 June 24, 2008 Valley Council of Governments 12 Main Street Railroad Station Derby, CT 06418 Dear Board Members, We are please to submit this revised 2008 Regional Plan of Conservation and Development. We have incorporated the gr owth management principles in your local municipal plans and the 2005- 2010 State Plan of Conservation and Development. This Plan Update has been reviewed and found to be generally consistent with all of the re ferenced plans and principles therein. In addition, this plan represents the responsible growth and conservation-driven vision for the Valley Planning Region. We look forward to your review and commen t s to ensure a complete and thorough public process. Sincerely, Bartholomew Flaherty III Chairman, Valley Regional Planning Commission 2 REGIONAL PLAN OF CONSERVATION AND DEVELOPMENT 2008 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 Introduction 1 2 Conditions & Trends 8 3 Conserve Important Resources 18 4 Encourage Responsible Growth 29 5 Promote Economic Development 36 6 Address Transportation Needs 47 7 Address Infrastructure 57 8 Promote Regional Programs 61 9 Regional Goals for the Future 67 10 Implementation 71 11 Conclusion 74 3 REGIONAL PLAN OF CONSERVATION AND DEVELOPMENT 2008 Maps & Graphics Index Introduction Regional Location Map 7 Conditions & Trends Generalized Land Use Map 10 Conserve Important Resources Conservation & Preservation Areas Map Natural Resources Plan Open Space Plan 19 21 25 Promote Econom ic Development Economic Development Plan 46 Address Transportation Needs Valley Transit District ADA Service area Transportation Plan VCOG Bike & Pedestrian Trails 50 52 56 Address Infrastructure Utilities Plan 59 Promote Regional Programs 61 Regional Goals for the Future Future Regional Form 69 4 REGIONAL PLAN OF CONSERVATION AND DEVELOPMENT 2008 Acknowledgements The Valley Regional Planning Commission would lik e to thank the Valley residents and the following individuals for their contributions to the Plan: Valley Regional Planning Commission Technical Assistance Bartholomew Flaherty III, Chairman, Ansonia representative David Elder, Senior Regional Planner & GIS Analyst Cliff Strum ello, Seymour representative Mathew Fulda, Regional Planner & GIS Analyst David Barboza II, Derby representative Jan Jadach, Administrative Assistant Virginia Harger, Shelton representative Tai Spargo, 2008 VCOG Project Assistant Valley Council of Governments Note: Special Thanks to Planimetrics; portions of this Plan are taken partly or entirely from the 2002 Regional Plan of Conservation and Development, originally prepared by Planimetrics VCOG Chairman Robert J. Koskelowski, First Selectman, Town of Seymour VCOG Vice-Chairman James T. DellaVolpe, Mayor, City of Ansonia VCOG Secretary/Treasurer Mark A. Lauretti, Mayor, City of Shelton Anthony Staffieri, Mayor, City of Derby VCOG Executive Director Richard T. Dunne 5 INTRODUCTION 1 Introduction to the Valley Region Valley COG This Regional Plan of Con- servation & Development has been prepared by and for the Valley Council of Govern- ments (COG): • The state defined re- gional planning organi- zation (RPO), and • The federally defined metropolitan planning organization (MPO) for transportation in the Valley Region. The Valley Council of Governments (COG) is the regional planning organization that serves the communities of Ansonia, Derby, Seymour, and Shelton in south central Connecticut. The 58 square-mile region is located northwest of the City of New Haven and south of the City of Waterbury, midway between Waterbury and Bridgeport. The Census reported that the region had a population of 84,500 people in the year 2000. In 2000, the Valley region and several ne ighboring towns were recognized for its regional activities by being chosen to receive an “All American Cities Award” by the American Civic League. The award was based on several projects that illus- trated success in planning and implementing projects of a regional scope. Based on the recognized success of these regional activities, the Valley Regional Planning Agency initiated this Regional Plan of Conservation and Development entitled “Smart Growth for the All American Valley”. Funding assistance for the project was provided by the Community Foundation for Greater New Haven. Regional Location 1 Overview of Regional Planning Statutory Provisions CGS Section 8-35a states, in part, that: “Each regional planning area shall make a plan of devel- opment for its area of opera- tion, showing its recommen- dations for the general use of the area including land use, housing, principal highways and freeways, bridges, air- ports, parks, playgrounds, recreational areas, schools, public institutions, public utilities and such other mat- ters as, in the opinion of the agency, will be beneficial to the area.” Local Plans Plans of Conservation & Development for Ansonia, Derby, and Seymour were updated as part of this plan- ning effort. The City of Shelton Plan of Development was updated in 2007. While State Statutes (CGS 8-35a) require that regional planning agencies prepare a regional plan (see sidebar), the best reason for preparing a Regiona l Plan of Conservation & Development is to recognize that all Valley residents live in a regional community. Each town and city in the region relies on other communities in the region for employment, housing, entertainment, and other needs and desires. Many issues, including water quality, water supply, and transportation transcend municipal boundaries. More importantly, economic competition is on a global scale and the geographic area for competing on the global stage is the region. This Regional Plan provides a larger context for addressing development and conservation issues. It will link planning activities between towns and address issues and functions that can be more effectively discussed at the regional level. This Regional Plan of Conservation & Development is an advisory document that is intended to: • Evaluate conditions, trends, and issues of regional significance, • Recommend policies that will address regional issues, • Guide local, regional, and state agencies in setting priorities, review- ing development or other proposals, implementing programs, and as- sisting member communities in joint efforts, and • Promote consistent decision-making. Relationship-Local, Regional & State Plans Each municipality in the region has a local plan of conservation and develop- ment. These plans address local issues and specific initiatives. Municipal im- plementation is accomplished by land use regulations, operating/capital im- provement budgets, and land acquisition. Such plans are typically updated every ten years. At another level, the State Plan of C onservation & Development is much broader due to its geographic scope. The State Plan is updated every five years. Rec- ommendations in the State Plan guide major state initiatives and projects involv- ing state funding. The Regional Plan falls between these two. It is, by necessity, more specific than the State Plan and more general than the local plans. Implementation of the Re- gional Plan must typically rely on consensus and education. The 2008 Valley Region Plan has been compared to all of the four local munic ipal Plans and the 2005-2010 S tate Plan of Conservation and has been found to be generally consistent with the Growth Management Principles therein and the locational guide map policy areas. 2 Connecticut General   Statutes  (CGS)  Sei 8­ 23  require on  s  Plans  of  Conservation  and   and  regional  plans.  This     ent  and   was  found  to be    compared  with the  2008   Conservation  and   Valley  region  and  was   cies   and  policy  maps      Development  to  be   consistent  with  state   Plan  was  compared  with the  2005 ­2010  State   Plan  of  Conservation   and  Developm consistent  with  the   general  policies  as  well   as  Locational  Guide  Map  Specific  to  Derby.  In addition,  this Plan  was   Strategic  Plan of   Development  for  the   found  to be  consistent   with  both  the  poli contained  in  the  plan. 2002  Goals  and   Recommendations;   Implemented!   Progress has been made  in  each  section  and chapter   included  in the  2002  Plan.  Several  of the  most  notable   chapters  that  have  seen  progress are as follows:  Chapter  3 :  Conserve   Important  Resources,   Recommendation :  1. Protect  Water  Quality   2.  Preserve  Open  Space   and Create  Greenways   Chapter  4 :  Encourage   “Smart  Growth” :  1.  Promote  Adaptive   reuse where  appropriate     2.  Consider  Creating   Rezoning  to Facilitate   Reuse   Chapter  6 :  Address   Transportation  Needs   1.  Improve  Route  8   2.  Enhance  Transit   Service   3.  Make  Necessary   Improvements  on  Major   Roadways   4.  Enhance  Pedestrian  and  Bicycle   Transportation     Progress and Implementation in the Valley since 2002 The 2002 Valley Regional Plan of Conservation and Development contained numerous recommendations to encourage a balanced growth approach towards development in the region. Significant progress has been achieved in the six years that have elapsed in that time. Several of these objectives are discussed in detail below and the corresponding recommendations and objectives from the 2002 plan are listed in the side bar to the left: Chapter 3 Conserve Important Resources; Progress 1. Protect Water Quality : The 2002 Plan called for measures to protect water quality. In 2004 the Connecticut State Legislature passed Bill # 6594 to establish Aquifer Protection Area regulations. The Valley Towns of Seymour, Shelton, and Derby all have A quifers or a portion thereof within their borders. Each of these three Towns have appointed an Agent to oversee the regulated and non- regulated activities and have adopted the Aquifer Protection Area into their maps as a special district. 2. Preserve Open Space and Create Greenways : The 2002 Plan identified preserving open sp ace and creating greenways as a priority to the valley residents. To date, all four of the valley towns have a constructed greenway, except for Seymour’s which is in the design phase. Others are currently seeking additional funding to extend their existing greenways. In addition to the greenways the valley Towns have designated more land as Open Space since 2002. Chapter 4 Encourage “SmartGrowth”; Progress 1. Promote Adaptive reuse where appropriate & Consider Creating Rezoning to Facilitate reuse: In the past six years there has been significant progress in this area within the region. Shelton, Derby, and Ansonia have adopted overlay development districts promoti ng reuse of the historic and downtown areas. Shelton is in the process of completing phase 1 of a major riverfront developm ent that includes the reuse of manufacturing building that includes a section of greenway. Derby has designated one of its oldest sections of the City as a redevelopment z one and is currently evaluating developer proposals. Ansonia has begun a major effort to revitalize its downtown district w ith the City Center Plan that includes reuse where appropriate to keep business strong in its downtown and attract new business. Seymour established the Economic Development Commission in 2006 which led to the Seymour Master Economic Development plan to help provide a framework to balance the town’s development in 3 In addition  to the  specific  recommendations  included  in the   2002  Plan  there  has  been  progress  towards  the  “smart  growth”  that  was  referred  to in  the  2002  Plan.   The  regional  Brownfields   partnership  has  seen  tremendous   growth  in  partnership  and  successful  remediation  projects.   The  partnership  has  continued  to  receive  Federal  and  State  funds.   Many  of  the  regional  Brownfields   projects  have been  located  in  redevelopment  projects  in the   Valley  and  greater  Central   Connecticut.     Another  great  success  since the  2002  Plan  is  the  effort  to  clean  up   and  convert  the  once  contaminated  O’Sullivans Island   Peninsula  in  Derby  into  a  public  park  with a  walkway  and  fishing   pier.      the next decade. In 2006 this newly formed Commission and hired consultants analyzed data, examined the town’s economic resources, and held meetings with residents and business leaders. The findings resulted in the identification of many strong economic and physical assets and the opportunity for well thought out and beneficial development. Chapter 6 Address Transportation Needs; Progress 1. Improve Route 8 : The Route 8 Interchange Study and Design Project is nearing completion with Final Design almost complete for the Exit 18 North Bound ramp in Ansonia. Exits 15, 16, 17 are being broken into phases and will be treated as separa te projects through the final design and construction phases. 2. Enhance Transit Service : The Waterbury Branch Line Study has just begun and the Valley Council of Governments and the Valley Regional Planning Commission will be reviewing the study’s progress as well as commenting on the study as it proceeds. Current ridership is up almost 50% from 2002 and based on observations from this increa se in ridership, additional parking will be required at all of the Valley Towns with a train stop located therein. Bus service from New Haven and Bridgeport has also increased and there are additional buses for the existing routes as well as entirely new routes throughout the region. The Valley Transit District has increased its para -transit and ADA service to provide complimentary service to both the Waterbury Branch Line and the additional fixed route bus services. 3. Make Necessary Improvements on Major Roadways : There are currently several ongoing projects within the region to improve major roadways. Route 34 received funding from the SAFETEA-LU and a widening project that includes pedestrian enhancements is currently underway. Route 67 in Seymour also received funding through SAFETEA-LU and that pr oject is currently being scoped and reviewed by the VCOG and ConnDOT. There is also a concept plan that is now being studied to connect Route 67 in Seymour with Route 42 in Beacon Falls. 4. Enhance Pedestrian and Bicycle Transportation : The high volume of users on the multi-use trails that have been constructed since 2002 have created a strong motivation to increase the number of trails in the region. All of the Valley Towns currently have at least one trail constructed or in design and several of the Towns have multiple trails. The region is intending to cont inue to seek funding for the design and construction of bike/pedestrian trails throughout the region. 4 Connecticut General   Statutes  (CGS)  Section 8­ 23  requires  Plans  of  Conservation  and   Development  to  be   consistent  with  state   and  regional  plans.  This   Plan  was  compared  wi   th  the  2005 ­2010  State     uide  Map    s  compared  with the  2008   t   with  both  the  policies   contained  in  the  plan.    Plan  of  Conservation   and  Development  and   was  found  to be  consistent  with  the general  policies  as  well   as  Locational  G Specific  to  Derby.  In addition,  this Plan  wa Strategic  Plan of   Conservation  and   Development  for  the   Valley  region  and  was   found  to be  consisten and  policy  maps   Growth  Management  Principles    With recent  amendments  to CGS   Section  8­23,  a new  set of criteria  have  been  established  that Plans  of  Conservation  and Development  must   be  measured against. Plans  of  Conservation  and Development  must   now be  consistent  with the following  growth  management  principles.   (i) Redevelop  and revitalize   regional  centers  and  areas  with   existing  or  currently  planned  physical  infrastructure;     (ii)  Expand  housing opportunities   and  design  choices  to   accommodate  a  variety  of   household  types  and  needs;   (iii)  Concentrate  development   around  transportation  nodes  and   along  major  transportation   corridors  to  support  the  viability   of  transportation  options;     (iv)   Conserve  and restore  the   natural  environment  assets  critical  to  public  health and   safety;   (v)   Protect  and  ensure  the   integrity  of  environmental  assets   critical  to  public  health and   safety;   (vi)  Promote  integrated  planning   across  all  levels  of  government  to   address  issues  on  a  statewide,  regional  and  local  basis.   State Plan of Conserva tion and Development Policies Plan The Conservation and Development Policies Plan for Connecticut, 2005-2010 (C&D Plan) is comprised of two separate, yet equally important, components – the Plan text and the Locational Guide Map. Both components include policies that guide the planning and decision-making processes of state government relative to: (1) addressing human resource needs and development; (2) balancing economic growth with environm ental protection and resource conservation concerns; and (3) coor dinating the functional planning activities of state agen cies to accomplish long-term effectiveness and economies in the expe nditure of public funds. Municipalities and Regional Plan ning Organizations must note any inconsistencies with the Growth Management Principles when developing their own plans of conservation and development. The Locational Guide Map plays an important role in coordinating relevant state actions by providing a geographi cal interpretation of the state’s conservation and development policies. The Map comprises the best available digital, standardized, statewide data for each policy’s definiti onal criteria. Development Area Policies (In order of priority) 1) Regional Centers – Redevelop and revi talize the economic, social, and physical environment of the state’s traditional centers of industry and commerce. 2) Neighborhood Conservations Area s – Promote infill development and redevelopment in areas that are at least 80% built up and have existing water, sewer, and transportation infrastructure to support such development. 3) Growth Areas – Support staged urban-sc ale expansion in areas suitable for long-term economic grow th that are currently less than 80% built up, but have existing or planned infrastructure to support future growth in the region. 4) Rural Community Centers – Promote concentration of mixed-use development such as municipal facilities, employment, shopping, and residential uses within a village center setting. 5 The Valley  Region  is  unique  to  have  the  confluence  of the   Naugatuck  and  Housatonic  Rivers  located  within  its  boundaries.  In   addition,  the Valley  region  also  has  three  large  aquifers  which  are   a  key  water  supply  source  within  the  Housatonic  Watershed Area.   The  Valley  Communities  have   worked  to  maintain  the  environmental  stability  of  region   by  carefully  reviewing  development  proposals  that  may   affect  these  water  supply   resources.    The  Valley  Planning  region   recognizes  the  growing  connection  between  dense housing  and  the  need  for  outdoor   recreation  to  facilitate  a  high   quality  of  life  and  to  promote   healthy  living. It  is  a  priority  of  the   Region  to  continue  to  encourage  revitalization  of  its  downtown   areas  while  also  providing  those  residents  with  outdoor  recreation   opportunities.    State Plan of Conserva tion and Development Policies Plan Continued Conservation Area Policies (In order of priority) 1) Existing Preserved Open Space – Support the permanent protection of public and quasi-public land dedicated for open space purposes. 2) Preservation Areas – Protect significant resource, heritage, recreation, and hazard-prone areas by avoiding structural development, except as directly consistent with the preservation value. 3) Conservation Areas – Plan for the long-term management of lands that contribute to the state’s need for food, water and other resources and environmental quality by ensuring that any changes in use are compatible with the identified conservation value. 4) Rural Lands – Protect the rural character of these areas by avoiding development forms and in tensities that exceed on-site carrying capacity for water supply and sewage disposal, except where necessary to resolve localized public health concerns. 6 SheltonSeymour Derby Ansonia Legend Train Stations Airports Railroads Aquifer Protection Area Historic Distric Tribal Settlement Area Existing Preserved Open Space Preservation Area Conservation Area Conservation Development Policy Growth Area Neighborhood Conservation Regional Center Rural Community Center Wetland Soils State Plan of Conservation and Development Locational Guide Map Growth Management Land Use Designations 0 1 2 0.5 Miles Orange Milford Stratford Trumbull Monroe Oxford Beacon Falls Bethany Woodbridge 7 CONDITIONS AND TRENDS 2 Regional History Waterways Attracted Human Settlement Prior to the early 1600s, human settlements in the lower Naugatuck Valley region consisted of several Native American tribes (Wepawaugs, Paugassets, and Po- tatucks). These Native Americans lived as hunters, fishers, gatherers, and farm- ers in the valleys and hills that comprise the landscape of this area. With European “discovery” of this area in 1614, trade began between Native Americans in coastal areas and the Dutch and English. This led to European colonization of “New England” after 1620 and settlements in Connecticut after 1633. Between 1620 and 1642, it is estimated that at least 120,000 English peo- ple emigrated to the New World (about 20,000 came to Connecticut). Since waterways were principal transportation routes in colonial times, the Val- ley Region was first settled by European s about 1650. Derby was settled first due to its strategic location at the confluence of the Housatonic and Naugatuck Rivers and at the head of navigation on the Housatonic River. Waterways Attracted Industrial Development Throughout the 1600s and 1700s, Derby served as a commercial hub for the sur- rounding settlements and as a center for shipbuilding. Development of turnpikes (early roads typically built by private investors) around 1800 led to the decline of the shipping industry in Derby. However, with the harnessing of the wate rpower from the Naugatuck River in the early 1800s, the Valley became the center of highly organized industrial enter- prises. Some companies established “model” industrial villages where a manu- facturing company built an entire community for its workers including, churches, schools, libraries, boarding houses, and homes. Early manufacturing flourished in the Na ugatuck Valley, led by the brass indus- try. The Valley was considered one of the premiere manufacturing corridors in the nation throughout the 1800s as it continued to pioneer new techniques in manufacturing. The construction of railroad lines around 1850 expanded markets for local goods and the industrial importance of the Valley region became even more pronounced. 8 Technologic Changes Reduced the Locational Advantage of the Region The manufacturing prominence of the Valley continued through the turn of the century and much of the early 1900s. However, the Great Depression of the 1930s reduced industrial production in the Valley and population growth slowed. In the following decades, many traditional manufacturing industries in the Valley Region were negatively affected by competition from other areas that benefited from cheaper labor, cheaper transportation, closer materials or markets, more ef- ficient equipment, and changing technologies and products. Where 50,000 workers were once employed in the brass mills in the Naugatuck Valley, only 2,500 workers jobs remained in the vast mills and foundries by 1980. Many industrial buildings became vacant or underutilized. Transportation Improvements Facilitat ed Development in Suburban Areas During the same period, the expansion of the highway system in Connecticut contributed to the changing fortunes of the Valley region. Highway improve- ments (such as the Merritt Parkway in th e 1930s and the Interstate Highway Sys- tem in the 1950s and 1960s) made it possible for people and businesses to relo- te to outlying areas where there is v acant land available for development and the perception of new or better opport unities. Shelton overtook other Valley communities as residential and then business growth was attracted to the large areas of undeveloped land and the impr oved access. While redevelopment op- portunities exist in the Valley, the need to clean up of former industrial sites hampered business growth and the renewed economic vitality of these areas. ca Town Development Derby, is the earliest settle- ment in the region with a trading post established around 1650 at Derby Docks. The Derby settlement was considered part of Milford jurisdiction until 1675, when the former plantation of Pau- gassett was admitted by the state legislature as the town- ship of Derby. The City of Derby was chartered by the State in 1893. Ansonia , was part of Derby and actually became a bor- ough of Derby in 1863. This arrangement lasted until 1889 when Ansonia became its own City and Borough. Af- ter four years of separate government the City and Borough governments merged in 1893. Seymour was originally part of Derby. The people of what was then called Humphreys- ville wanted to establish their own community and peti- tioned that a town called Richmond be established. The governor at the time Thomas H. Seymour let it be known that he would imme- diately accept the petition if the town was named after him. The name was changed and Seymour was incorpo- rated in 1850. Shelton, formerly known as Huntington, was incorporated in 1789 from Stratford, and named for its leading indus- trialist and citizen Edward N. Shelton. In 1917, the borough and earlier established town government were merged to form the City of Shelton. Since 1970, more developed communities such as Ansonia (minus 2,606) and Derby (minus 288) have experienced stab le or declining populations. During the same period, communities with more developable land have grown significantly, such as Seymour (plus 2,678) and Shelton (plus 10,936). The map on the facing page shows the gene ral configuration of development pat- terns in the Valley region based on aerial photography. Summary The decline of industry in the Valley over the last 50 years has had a significant impact on the Valley Region, both economically and historically . Configured as “model industrial villages” for the industrial era, some communities are still adapting to the opportunities in the soci al and economic landscape of the new millennium. This Regional Plan of Conservation & De velopment is intended to help address these issues. 9 10 Comparative Growth Rate Valley State 1970-80 3% 3% 1980-90 6% 6% 1990-00 5% 4% 2000-10 2% 4% 2010-20 2% 5% Projections in italics Sources: U.S. Census of Population, DOT Population Projections Population Conditions & Trends Regional Growth Is Expected To Slow Valley Region Population: 1850-2020 The adjacent chart shows differen t eras in the growth of the Valley. Fro m 1850 to 1930, the availability of abun- dant waterpower, increasing industrial productivity, and reliance on rail trans- portation resulted in a population in- crease from about 7,000 to abou t 48,000 people. Through the Great Depression and World War II (1930 to 1950), popula- tion was stable as the economy in the Valley underwent structural changes. Since 1950, the availability of auto- mo bile transportation and increasing suburbanization resulted in new growth in the Valley region. 0 20,000 40,000 60,000 80,000 100,000 1850 1900 1950 2000 Over the past thirty years, the Valley region has grown at approximately the same rate as the State of Connecticut. However, over the next twenty years, State population projections estimate that the Valley region could grow at a rate roughly half that of the State as the amount of land available for development dwindles. Net In-Migration To The Region Has Slowed Population growth can occur due to natural increase (more births than deaths) and/or net migration (more people moving in than moving out). As can be seen from the following table, both natural increase and net migration have slowed considerably since 1970. Sources of Growth: 1950-2000 – Valley Region Natural Increase Net Migration Total Change 1950 – 1960 6,312 4,43310,750 1960 – 1970 6,880 6,62913,509 1970 – 1980 3,394 (1,001) 2,383 1980 – 1990 3,655 5304,175 1990 – 2000 3,910 2824,192 CT Department of Health, 1950-98. 1990-2000 data is extra polated to a full decade. 11 Most Growth Is Occurring In Outlying Areas With Available Land 1990-2000 Growth Rate AmountRate Region 4,192 5% Ansonia 151 <1% Derby 192 2% Seymour 1,166 8% Shelton 2,683 8% Source: US Census of Population 1990-2000 Growth Share Amount Share Region 4,192 100% Ansonia 151 4% Derby 192 5% Seymour 1,166 28% Shelton 2,683 64% Source: US Census of Population In recent decades, most of the growth in the Valley region has been in outlying communities that have land available fo r development (Shelton and Seymour). In fact, during the 1990s, Shelton and Se ymour accounted for 92 percent of the population growth in the entire region. This trend is expected to continue to the year 2020. 0 10000 20000 30000 40000 1850 190019502000 Projections Ansonia Derby Seymour Shelton There Is Net Out-Migration From Ur ban Areas To Outlying Areas Over the past twenty years: • Net out-migration has been occurring in Ansonia and Derby, • Net in-migration has been occurring in Seymour and Shelton, • Net in-migration slowed in Shelton during the 1990s, and • Net in-migration increased in Seymour during the 1990s. Sources of Growth: 1980-2000 – Municipality (ranked by 1990s total change) 1980s 1990s Natural Increase Net Migration Total Change Natural Increase Net Migration Total Change Shelton 1,828 2,276 4,104 1,9387452,683 Seymour 679 175 854 6964701,166 Derby 398 (545) (147) 539(347) 192 Ansonia 750 (1,386) (636)737(586) 151 CT Department of Health, 1950-98. 1990-2000 data is extrapolated to a full decade. Note that, since 1980, natural increase was fairly stable in all communities except Derby where there was a noticeable increase during the 1990s. 12 The Region’s Age Composition Is Changing Population Projections The population projections presented on this page were prepared by the Census Data Center of the Connecticut Office of Policy and Man- agement in 1995. While these projections un- derestimated the 2000 popu- lation for the Valley region, they are the only age specific projections available. Even though the actual num- bers of people in each group may vary, these projections are considered to be useful in identifying demographic trends. Natural increase and net-migration also affect the age composition of the region and its communities. Population By Age Group: 1970 – 2020 The following table and the adjacen t chart show the changing age composi- tion of the Valley region from 1970 to 2020 for: • children (ages 0 to 19), • young adults (ages 20 to 54), and • mature adults (ages 55 and over). 0 10,000 20,000 30,000 40,000 50,000 1970 1990 2010 Future 0-19 20-54 55 + Historic and Projected Population by Age Groups: 1970 – 2020 Actual Projections Ages 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010 2020 0-19 27,517 22,72919,797 21,420 20,042 19,252 20-54 32,938 35,92041,333 42,244 39,198 36,877 55 + 13,245 17,48419,178 20,836 24,448 29,871 Total 73,700 76,13380,308 84,500 83,688 86,000 U.S. Census and 1995 Population Projections by Connecticut Census Data Center The potential changes in age composition within the overall population can then be used to anticipate futu re needs in the region: Age Projections – 2020 Population Projections by Age Groups Description Age Range Projection Needs Children 0 to 19 Possible peak around 2005 with a slow decrease to the year 2020 Child care, school facilities and recreation. Young Adults 20 to 54 Peak around 2000 with a slow decrease to the year 2020 Education, training, rental housing / starter homes, family programs, and trade-up homes Mature Adults 55 and over Grow by about 50 percent to the year 2020. Smaller homes, leisure programs and activities, elderly services Location 0-19 20-54 55+ Total Ansonia 4,437 8,268 6,155 18,860 Derby 2,053 5,960 4,275 12,288 Seymour 3,905 5,960 5,068 14,933 Shelton 8,244 16,150 14,375 38,769 13 Valley Communities Are Becoming More Racially Diverse While the Valley Region is still not as racially diverse as the State of Connecti- cut, the racial diversity of the region h as been increasing over the past 20 years. In fact, the growth of the non-white population over the last 20 years has been greater than that of overall population growth for the state, the region, and any of the Valley communities. Non-White Population Growth (1980-2000) (ranked by 2000 percent) Census Population 1980 % of Pop 1990 % of Pop 2000 % of Pop Increase 1980- 2000 Rate of Increase Connecticut 10% 13% 18% 84% Ansonia 1,599 8% 1,841 10%2,248 12% 649 41% Derby 293 2% 628 2%1,004 8% 711 243% Region 2,399 3% 3,771 5%5,5487%3,149 131% Shelton 345 1% 1,022 3%1,618 4%1,273 369% Seymour 162 1% 280 28 4% 516 319% Hispanic Population Growth – 1980-200 Number Rate Region 2,978 260% Ansonia 1,134 469% Derby 647 313% Seymou r 380 422% Shelton 817 161% Source: U.S. Census of Population Income and Housing As might be expected, there is a direct link between fam- ily income and the definition of affordable housing. Mod- erate and low income afford- able housing is housing which: • Costs no more than 30% of annual family in- come. Costs include mortgage, utilities, taxes, and insurance. • The annual income is calculated at 80% of the area median income for moderate housing, and 50% for low income housing. (State median income may be used if lower.) Adjustments are made to income figures depending upon family size. The Valley COG is within the Bridgeport metropolitan statistical area, thus the me- dian family income for that area, $75,200, applies. As- suming a 6% mortgage with a 30 year term, the following would qualify as affordable: • Moderate Income: $194,100 without down payment; $213,500 with down payment. • Low Income: $96,300 without down payment; $105,500 with down payment. Note that the above figures will fluctuate over time, varying with interest rates, and other factors. Source: US Census of Population Over the same time period, the population of Hispanic or Latino origin has been increasing even faster than the growth of the non-white population (see sidebar). Income Growth Is Lagging In Urban Areas Although per capita income in the region has remained at about 90 percent of the state average for the past twenty years, this masks the fact that only Shelton has experienced growth greater than the State average. Per Capita Income 2000 (ranked highest to lowest) 1980 % State Average 1990 % State Average 2000 % State Average Shelton $8,251 97% $20,256 100%$29,893 104% Connecticut $8,511 100% $20,189 100%$28,766 100% Region $7,739 91% $18,095 90% $25,770 90% Seymour $7,548 89% $18,031 89%$24,056 84% Derby $7,785 91% $16,819 83%$23,117 80% Ansonia $7,000 82% $14,833 73%$20,504 71% US Census This data likely reflects the availability of developable land in Shelton and the continued movement of more mobile , upper income households away from densely populated urban areas to places where new development is occurring. 14 Housing In The Valley Most Housing Growth Is In Suburban Areas The region had about 35,000 housing units according to the 2000 Census, an in- crease of nine percent since 1990. This growth rate is a decrease from the 15 percent growth in housing units between 1980 and 1990. Most recent housing growth occurred in Shelton and Seymour where more unde- veloped land was available. As a result, the housing stock in Shelton and Sey- mour is more likely to be reflective of current demand in the real estate market than in Ansonia or Derby. Age of Housing Stock 1980-2000 1960-1979 1940-1959 1939 earlier Shelton 36% 32% 19% 13% Seymour 24% 30% 26% 20% Connecticut 22% 30% 26% 22% Derby 20% 20% 35% 34% Ansonia 11% 24% 29% 37% 2000 US Census Urban Areas Have Older Housing Stock The more urban areas of Ansonia and Derb y have fewer single family residential units and higher renter occupancy than the outlying areas. In addition, housing prices in these communities have not a ppreciated as much as other communities due to the age and type of the housing stock. Median Housing Value 1980 Median 1990 Median 2000 Median Percent Change 1980-2000 Connecticut $67,800 $177,800 $166,900 146% Ansonia $59,200 $154,500 $140,000 136% Derby $60,600 $152,300 $136,600 125% Seymour $61,700 $166,200 $157,700 156% Shelton $80,600 $208,600 $217,717 170% US Census Also note that the highest proportion of “affordable housing” units (see sidebar) in the region are located in Ansonia and Derby. Regional equity in the supply of affordable housing remains an issue despite the State’s Affordable Housing Appeals Act (CGS 8-30g). 1980-00 Housing Growth Percent Change 1980- 1990 1990- 2000 Region 15% 9% Ansonia 3% 6% Derby 10% 6% Seymour 16% 8% Shelton 25% 13% Percent Single Family Units 2000 State of CT 60% Ansonia 48% Derby 47% Seymour 70% Shelton 78% US Census Renter Occupancy 2000 State of CT 33% Ansonia 44% Derby 42% Seymour 29% Shelton 18% US Census Affordable Housing Units that presently qualify as “affordable housing” are: • governmentally assisted, • financed by CHFA or FHA mortgages, • deed restricted to prices that meet the statutory definition (CGS 8-30g). Percentage Affordable Region 8% Ansonia 17% Derby 9% Seymour 5% Shelton 4% Source: 2000 Census, CT-DECD 15 The Valley Economy Industry Groups In terms of the industries employing residents, goods producing industries include: • Agriculture forestry, fishing, and mining, • Construction • Manufacturing Trade industries include: • Wholesale trade • Retail trade Service producing industries include: • Transportation • Communications • Utilities • Finance, insurance and real estate • Health services • Educational services • Public administration Other Considerations The 1998 Naugatuck Valley Corridor Study examined economic performance and economic potential in the Valley Region and found: • • Shelton is an economi- cally strong area in terms of earnings, the quality of workforces and the education and employ- ment status of the popu- lation, Ansonia, Derby, and Seymour have the least educated labor force, older populations and fewer workers employed in high status jobs. Employment Growth Has Been Uneven 1960 – 2000 Employment Growth According to the Connecticut Labo r Department, there were 35,160 non- agricultural jobs in the Valley region in the year 2000. This is an increase of 6,030 jobs (21%) since 1990. The adjacent chart shows how employmen t levels have varied by community since 1960. As can be seen, Shelton is the major employment center in the Valley re- gion and, in fact, it was the substantial employment growth there in the 1990s that masked flat or declining employ- ment in Ansonia and Derby. It should come as no surprise that the communi- ties with the most land available fo r business development saw the highes t increases in employment. 0 6,000 12,000 18,000 24,000 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 Ansonia Derby Seymour Shelton Employment Is Shifting From Manufacturing to Service Industries 1960 – 2000 Employment Type On an overall basis, the Valley econ- omy has mirrored state and national trends in the shift from manufacturing b usinesses to service businesses ove r the past 40 years. Interestingly, manufacturing busi- nesses in Ansonia and Derby have been particularly affected since 1960 (decline of 66%) while Shelton has seen recent increases in goods- producing employment. This is likely due to the availability of land that is available for newer and more efficien t manufacturing operations (one-story buildings designed for modern opera- tions). 0 5,000 10,000 15,000 20,000 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 Goods Producing Trade Service Producing 16 Summary Of Findings The overall picture of moderate population, housing, and employment growth in the Valley Region masks some significant differences between Valley communi- ties. Shelton and Seymour have been experien cing growth due to the availability of developable land. On the other hand, Ansonia and Derby have not experienced growth due to the lack of available la nd and the available housing stock and busi- ness sites that are not well-configured for current market demands. In many respects, there is a growing disparity between urban and suburban areas in the Valley region. This disparity is reflected in the data on income, housing values, affordable housing units, employ ment growth, business tax base, and mu- nicipal revenues and expenditures. Poorer, more densely developed communiti es tend to have lower median incomes and may have difficulty generating add itional tax revenues. These communities have limited land to generate new hous ing and employment and produce tax revenue to support municipal services that could attract residents with higher in- comes. In turn, as those with higher incomes re locate to other communities with desired services or amenities, this may result in fewer dollars to provide community ser- vices for remaining residents that may have an increasing reliance on them. Residents that, based on projected demographics, will be older and less affluent. Over time, this disparity can lead to r acial, ethnic, and social barriers between communities and may result in policy differences that do not share common con- cerns. The purpose of this Regional Plan is to continue to bring together communities that are moving apart, by strengt hening regional cooperation around common goals that will benefit all communities. Although Shelton and Seymour have been fortunate in having land to develop in the last several decades, they also have urbanized centers that share the common problems of the highly urbanized Ansonia and Derby. Regional cooperation can promote changes that create diversity of housing and economic opportunity in every community. Regional cooperation can also create economies of scale that can create more efficient and economic public services. At both the regional and inter-town level, creative approaches to education can be beneficial to the Valley communities. Through such cooperation, more varied programs are possible and cost savings can result. 17 CONSERVE IMPORTANT RESOURCES 3 Overview Conservation issues in the Regional Plan include such things as natural resources and open space. Evaluation of these issues resulted in the following st rategies: • Protect Natural Resources • Protect Water Quality • Preserve Open Space & Create Greenways • Promote Historic & Agricultural Preservation • Protect Scenic Resources Housatonic River Historic Character 18 SheltonSeymour Derby Ansonia Legend Water Aquifer Protection Area Preservation Area Conservation Area Wetland Soils Regional Conservation and Preservation Areas 0 1 2 0.5 Miles Orange Milford Stratford Trumbull Monroe Oxford Beacon Falls Bethany Woodbridge 19 Protect Natural Resources and Agricultural Land Continue to promote activities that protect the region’s natural resources. Even though many parts of the Valley region are already developed, protecting natural resources is still important for pr eserving vital natural functions and guid- ing development in harmony with the natural environment. Some resources are so significant for preserving environmental quality that ef- forts must continue to ensure that these resources are preserved. On the other hand, the important functions of some natural resources can be conserved while compatible activities take place nearby. Resources For Preservation Resources For Conservation • Watercourses Inland wetlands • Floodplain (100-year, 1.0% probability) • Slopes exceeding 25 percent • Floodplain (500-year, 0.2% probability) • Watersheds for public water supplies • Areas of high groundwater availability • Unique or special habitat areas • Preserve or Conserve? Preservation means: • to protect from harm • to maintain intact or unchanged. Conservation means: • to save from loss or depletion • to avoid wasting. Webster’s Dictionary Unique Habitats Unique habitats and special areas are sites that have been identified in the Natural Di- versity Database prepared by the State Department of En- vironmental Protection (CTDEP) for: • known occurrences of state or federal endan- gered or threatened spe- cies • state special concern species • significant natural com- munities • unique natural or cul- tural areas When development or other activities are proposed in these areas, the applicant and/or the Town should con- tact CTDEP for additional information. The map on the facing page identifies the general location of these resources in the Valley Region. Promote Natural Resource Planning With the geographic information science (GIS) recently established by the Coun- cil of Governments, the tools are in place to help communities undertake more careful planning for natural resource pr otection. Valley communities should be encouraged to map, review, and adopt local ordinances and regulations and en- sure they provide adequate protection for these resources. Strategies 1. Assist communities in the region in identifying significant natural resources through the Geographic Information Science (GIS). 2. Encourage communities to protect important natural resources at time of de- velopment through appropriate regula tions and careful plan review. 3. Provide or promote education for resi dents about natural resource protection and the importance of conservation activities to the health and character of the community. 20 21 Protect Water Quality Promote continued improvement of water quality in the region by providing education and technical assistance to member communities. Non-Point Pollution For many years, water qual- ity protection focused on eliminating “point” sources of pollution (such as indus- trial discharges). With the progress that has been made in reducing or eliminating pollution from these sources through various governmental regulatory programs, attention has now turned to “non-point” sources. This includes storm drainage discharges, lawn fertilizer, septic systems, agricultural runoff, and similar sources. NEMO Programs The NEMO program (Non- Point Education for Munici- pal Officials ) provides tech- nical assistance in: • linking land use to water quality, • mapping and examining the issue of “impervious surfaces”, • natural resource based planning for land use, • conducting a natural resource inventory, • open space planning, including preservation of wetlands, farmlands and forests, and • protecting water re- sources through limiting non-point pollution from common home activities such as lawn care. Protection of water quality should be th e Valley’s most important natural re- source conservation priority. While this strategy is especially important given the need to protect the drinking water supply for residents, it is also significant in terms of protecting overall environmental health. Each of the region’s water resources (rivers, streams, lakes, ponds, water supply reservoirs, wetlands, swamps, marshes, ve rnal ponds, aquifers and bedrock frac- tures) plays an important role in the environment. While the Council of Governments has no regulatory authority in this area, it can be a leader in educating local communities and residents about actions they can take to improve water quality. There ar e a number of areas related to improving water quality that can be guided by regional efforts. Continue Educational Programs The Council of Governments should con tinue to promote water quality protec- tion through educational programs such as those offered by the University of Connecticut Agricultural Extension Center NEMO Program (see sidebar). These programs help communities determine how water quality can be protected and improved through a variety of strategies (see sidebar). 22 Assist Communities With Regulations NPDES Phase II The National Pollutant Dis- charge Elimination System (NPDES) is a series of regu- lations to address storm water runoff. Phase I of the program in- volved permits issued di- rectly by the Connecticut Department of Environ- mental Protection (CTDEP) to: • large municipal storm water systems, and • construction activities exceeding 5 acres of land. Phase II of the program will regulate discharges from: • small municipal storm water systems in “ur- banized areas”, and • small construction ac- tivities that disturb 1-5 acres of land. About 125 municipalities in Connecticut, including all communities in the Valley Region, will be required to regulate storm water dis- charges under the NPDES Phase II program. The permitting process is expected to require municipal storm water management plans addressing six program elements: 1. Public information and outreach 2. Public participation and involvement 3. Illicit discharge detec- tion and elimination 4. Construction runoff controls 5. Post-construction runoff controls 6. Pollution prevention such as Aquifer Protection Area Regulations The Council of Governments can also help municipalities by promoting local regulatory tools that will help protect water quality. Some examples include: Regulatory Set- backs and Buffers The Valley Council of Governments should assist each community in the region in adopting regulations that establish regulatory setbacks and buffers to protect waterbodies and wetlands areas. The width of the buffers should depend on the function of the resource to be protected. Erosion and Sediment Control Zoning regulations can regulate devel opment activities in order to mini- mize earth disturbance and require pr oper grading, seeding, and planting to prevent erosion especi ally in sensitive areas. NPDES Phase II Program The NPDES program will require Valley communities to prepare storm- water management plan s addressing identified issues (see sidebar). Permitted Uses (Zoning) Zoning can prohibit (or allow by special exception) certain uses that may pose a risk to water quality, especially in sensitive areas. In addition, site plan review procedures can addre ss storm water runoff practices and other activities in sensitive aquifer recharge areas. Lot Coverage (Zon- ing) Research has found that water quality can be adversely affected when impervious surfaces cover more than 10-15% of a watershed. Address- ing lot coverage and incorporating “b est management practices” (such as grassed swales or porous pavement, which permit natural infiltration of ground water at time of construction) can reduce polluted runoff into waterbodies, rivers, and streams. Aquifer Protection Program (Zoning) The State Department of Environmental Protection’s Aquifer Protection Program will require at least three of the Valley towns to designate a local “Aquifer Protection Agency” and adopt regulations for certain iden- tified commercial and industrial activ ities (such as gas stations, dry cleaners, etc.). Strategies 1. Promote efforts to protect and improve water quality. 2. Continue to promote and provide e ducational programs on protecting and improving water quality. 3. Encourage and assist communities in updating their regulations to protect and improve water quality. 23 Preserve Open Space & Create Greenways Assist Valley communities in preserving open space. Open space can help protect community character, enhance the quality of life for residents, conserve natural resources, provide wildlife habitats, provide fiscal benefits, shape development patterns, a nd preserve lands for recreational uses. Help Establish Priority A reas For Open Space Preservation The Council of Governments should help local communities identify and priori- tize desirable open space areas. The GIS system recently established will be an effective tool to promote local and regional open space priorities. One area for investigation might be “ex cess” water company lands (land not used for protecting an active public water supply). Another area might be in the crea- tion of “pocket parks” (small parcels in more densely developed areas). Connect- ing open spaces, as discussed in the following section, should also be a priority. Promote Greenways With Trails While the amount of preserved open space is important, the configuration of the open space system should be the critical consideration in open space planning by the Region. If parcels of open space can be interconnected into a cohesive over- all “greenbelt” system with a trail system, the value of the open space to residents and the impact on community character will grow exponentially. Provide Education On Mechanisms To Preserve Open Space The Council of Governments should also help local communities identify mecha- nisms to acquire and maintain open space. Typical mechanisms include: • • • • • • • • public acquisition, open space “set aside” in a development, private land trusts, “fee-in-lieu of” open space requirements, state and federal grants, purchase of development rights, and philanthropy, requiring conservation easements. • community fund-raising efforts, Strategies 1. Help each community prepare an Open Space Plan. 2. Open Space Importance At public meetings, held as a part of this planning process, Valley residents indicated that increasing the amount of preserved open space was one of the top issues they would like to see addressed. The Valley Region already has several state and local park areas, but the utility of these areas and distribution of open space throughout the region are issues to be ad- dressed. Greenbelts and Greenways A greenbelt or a greenway is a corridor of open space that: • may protect natural resources, preserve sce- nic landscapes and his- torical resources, or of- fer opportunities for rec- reation or non- motorized transportation • may be located along a defining natural feature, such as a waterway, along a man-made cor- ridor, including an un- used right-of-way, tradi- tional trail routes or his- toric barge canals • may be a green space along a highway or around a village. General Assembly Public Act 95-335 Greenway Opportunities There are three major green- belt opportunities in the Val- ley Region: • • • Naugatuck River Green- way (under design in Derby and completed in Seymour). Housatonic River Greenway (partially complete in Shelton). East Coast Greenway ( through the southern portion of Shelton). Promote greenways with trails as the overall open space vision. 3. Work with communities to ensure that appropriate open space preservation tools are available. 24 25 Promote Historic Preservation Help communities identify and protect historic resources. Preservation of historic resources is an important way for the Valley Region to provide a sense of identity and stability, preserve community character, and rec- ognize an illustrious heritage. Identify and Recognize Historic Resources Identification of historic resources is the first step in protecting the m. Even though some historic resource studies have been done in the Valley region, it may be time to complete and update surveys in each community. While there are some properties listed on the National Register of Historic Places (NRHP) and the State Register of Historic Places (SRHP), these designations a re largely ceremonial and provide little protection to historic resources. Still, since recognition can promote preservation, properties eligible for listing on the Na- tional or State Registers should be nominated. Districts contain a collection of notable resources while sites are prominent in their own right. Listings on the NRHP are automatically on the SRHP. Community National Register Districts State Register Districts Ansonia Elm Street Historic District Upper Main Street Historic District Derby Birmingham Green Historic District Seymour Downtown Seymour Historic District Shelton Huntington Center Historic District Community National Register Sites State Register Sites Ansonia Mansfield House Cliff Street Funeral Parlor Humphrey’s House Residence State St .@ Cliff St. U.S. Post Office Derby Howe House Kraus Corset Factory Osbornedale Sterling Opera House Harcourt Memorial Library Seymour Sanford-Humphreys House Seymour High School & Annex Shelton Commodore Hull School Dam at Shelton Plumb Memorial Library DeForest, Benjamin House. Mills, Rev. Jedehiah House St. Paul’s Church Shelton Canal (sections left) Huntington Windmill 26 Protect Historic Resources Each of the Valley communities may wish to select a different approach to pro- tecting historic resources. This is to be encouraged provided that historic re- sources are protected in a way that is appropriate. An effective tool for protecting historic resources is through establishment of a local historic district. Currently, there is one established district in the Valley Region, that of the Ansonia Historic District on Elm Street. Local districts pro- vide the most protection for historic resources since they require a Certificate of Appropriateness from a local Historic District Commission before exterior altera- tions can be performed. Establishment of a local historic district requires the consent of a majority of the property owne rs and adoption of an ordinance by the local legislative body. Local historic district commissions that operate in accor- dance with State guidelines can receive financial assistance through the State Historical Commission’s Certified Local Government Program. Another potential tool for protecting historic resources is through establishment of a Village District. A village district, which can be established by the local zoning commission, can also require approva l of exterior improvements. Village District designation must be in accordance with the enabling legislation (Public Act 00-145). A local historical society can also be an important tool for increasing the knowl- edge and awareness of historic resources in each community. Some societies (such as the Derby Historical Society) actually own historic properties, which they work to support. Continued suppor t of these organizations is essential in maintaining the historic character of Valley Communities. Strategies 1. Assist each Valley community in identifying and formulating a program to recognize important historic resources. 2. Provide technical assistance to local communities in establishing local his- toric districts or implementing Village District zoning, where appropriate. 27 Protect Scenic Resources Scenic Roads Scenic roads are one element that significantly contribute to the Valley’s character. As development of the region continues, scenic roads may be increasingly threatened by adjacent development or increasing traffic volumes. Communities can adopt a scenic road ordinance and designate scenic roads under Section 7-149a of the Con- necticut State Statutes. The Electronic Valley Web Site polled residents as to whether CT Route 34 should be des- ignated a Scenic Road. Of 80 residents who voted 60 said yes! For a local road to be desig- nated as a scenic road, it must not have intensive commercial development or high volumes of traffic and meet one or more of the fol- lowing criteria: • unpaved • bordered by mature trees or stone walls • no more than 20 feet in width • have scenic views • blend naturally into the surrounding terrain • parallel or cross over brooks, streams, lake or ponds. Help communities identify and preserve scenic resources. Identify Scenic Resources Scenic resources include scenic areas (areas that are viewed from elsewhere), scenic vistas (locations that afford scenic views), ridgelines river v alleys, and scenic roads. These resources enhance the character of the Valley Region. The first step in protecting such resour ces is to identify them. The Council of Governments should encourage each commun ity to identify its local scenic re- sources. Then, efforts can be devoted to protecting those resources. Preserve Undeveloped Land Communities can preserve farm, forest, and undeveloped land through the use assessment program (also known as Public Act 490). By reducing the cost of owning undeveloped land, such land may be left undeveloped for a longer period and contribute to the scenic nature of a community. The Council of Governments could work with each community to adopt an open space assessment policy (CGS 12-107e) that could expand this program to other lands in each community. Agricultural Features The Valley Region contains some remaining farm s with stone walls, barns, and other features that contribute to community character. The Council of Govern- ments could help local communities investigate the purchase of development rights to key farmlands (funded locally or through grants from the Connecticut Department of Agriculture). Strategies 1. Encourage local communities to identify scenic views, vistas, ridgelines and roads. 2. Work with each community to adopt an open space assessment policy, if considered desirable. 3. Assist communities in considering the acquisition of agricultural develop- ment rights. 28 ENCOURAGE “SMART GROWTH” 4 Overview The term “smart growth” has been coined to reference development patterns that encourage conservation of land and emph asize high utilization of existing infra- structure. In the Valley region, there ar e certain strategies that will contribute to “smart growth”: • Promote Development / Re development In Centers • Address Housing Needs • Guide New Development Community Centers Housing Needs 29 Transit Oriented Development (TOD)                                                                Transit systems (including rail or bus service) can provide a convenient transportation option and play a significant role in reducing traffic congestion. Su ccessful transit systems require development patterns and commun ity design that support transi t use. Transit-Oriented Development (TOD) focuses a mix o f land-uses, such as residential, office, shopping, personal services, civic uses and ente rtainment within easy walking distance from a centrally-located transit station (about 1/4 mile, 5-10 minutes). TOD is designed to increase the number o f residences and potential trans it riders that have convenien t access to transit. A variety of moderate and higher density housing options are typically a pa rt of the mix. In addition, a complementary mix of uses, activities, and services located in close proximity makes it easier for TOD residents to commute to work, run errands, socialize and meet basic needs without always needing a car. Transit riders generally begin and en d their trips by walking. As a result, a network of safe an d convenient walkways that connect transit, residences and othe r uses, and an attractive pedestrian environment are a hallmark o f TOD development. A well-designed bicycle system an d facilities can increase the radius that people will travel to access transit. Community spaces, plazas, activities and attractive design are also important components in drawing people to TOD development.   The Valley region is fortunate to have the Waterbury Branch Line, Operated by Metro Nort h provide service through the entire area. All of the downtown areas of the four Valley municipalities are served and accessible by the transit system. In addition, the combination of the municipalities efforts in revitalizing downtown with mixe d use developments are already encouraging and fostering Transit and pedestrian oriented developments. The Valley region will continue to encourage and seek these types of developments that utilize the transit system. 30 Promote Development / Redevelopment in Regional Centers C Neighborhood Revitaliza- tion Zone (NRZ) Public Act 95-340 enables neighborhood planning committees to create strategic plans for the revitalization of designated areas. A strategic planning process involves interested persons in guiding the future of their area or organization. In a neighborhood context, it involves residents in outlin- ing their vision for the future of the neighborhood. A strategic plan differs from a land use plan in that it may also look at social or admin- istrative issues that are typi- cally outside the realm of a land use plan. Public Comments • • • Downtown has to create a destination for people to come to and linger. Downtown has to have more mixed-use devel- opment to promote vital- ity and pedestrian traf- fic. Downtown has to be come inviting. It has to be scenic, safe, and comfortable to become a focal point for the com- munity again. . ontinue to focus on urban centers by encouraging creative reuse of older facilities. Promote Adaptive Reuse Where Appropriate Adaptive reuse is the term applied to taking older buildings that may be function- ally obsolete and renovating them for a use that is more viable in today’s econ- omy. Adaptive reuse is a vital component of smart growth. It encourages more productive use of underutilized sites, “recycling of land”, and use of existing in- frastructure found in the Valley’s urban centers. Older buildings, especially larger industr ial facilities, may require public partici- pation to permit adaptive reuse to happen because of the expense involved. Communities could be educated and assisted by the Council of Governments as to how to set the stage for successful redevelopment efforts. Brownfield mitigation may be an essential first step in permitting adaptive reuse of some properties. The Valley Region must continue to seek funding to finance identification and clean-up of contaminated sites. Improving the basic infrastructure in areas wh ere reuse is a priority may also be necessary. It may be important to reconstruct streets, build sidewalks, create uni- fying streetscapes, or a park area to enhance the setting of the immediate neighborhood of a targeted facility. Communities committed to revitalization can consider being partners in financing and sometimes managing adaptive reuse projects. Educating Valley communities as to the forms that this partnership can take may be an important function for the Council of Governments. There are a variety of mechanisms that can be em- ployed (some already used by Valley communities) including: • tax incentives • lease back agreements • tax increment financing • use of a Development Authority • development partnerships • grantsmanship activities Undertake Neighborhood Planning To Facilitate Reuse Reuse of buildings, land, and public facilities in Valley communities may be fa- cilitated through a planning process that emphasizes neighborhood revitalization. Public Act 95-340 recognizes this and provides funding to create strateg ic neigh- borhood plans. (See side bar) Local officials are encouraged to meet with neighborhood residents and other community stakeholders to develop ideas to improve the safety, appearance, and economic vitality of a target area. 31 A target area is referred to as Neighborhood Revitalization Zones (NRZ). Desig- nation of NRZs by communities is an important tool to foster community reha- bilitation. Eligible neighborhoods should be identified and funding for strategic plans should be obtained. Neighborhood Revitaliza- tion Zone (NRZ) Public Act 95-340 enables neighborhood planning committees to create strategic plans for the revitalization of designated areas. A strategic planning process involves interested persons in guiding the future of their area or organization. In a neighborhood context, it involves residents in outlin- ing their vision for the future of the neighborhood. A strategic plan differs from a land use plan in that it may also look at social or admin- istrative issues that are typi- cally outside the realm of a land use plan. Consider Creative Rezoning To Facilitate Reuse Former industrial or commercial areas may have a different “highest and best” use at the present time. Such areas may be more appropriate for residential or institutional use or some type of mixed-use facility. However, such uses may not be feasible since the zoning regulations continue to designate the area for indus- trial or commercial use. Similarly, hi gher density residential areas may be better configured as a lower density area (or vice versa). As a result, it may be necessary or desirable to modify local zoning to allow more flexibility in uses as an area undergoes a tr ansition. Having a study that identi- fies the desirable land uses in a specific reuse area will help to guide the pro- posed reuse and recommend specific zoning solutions to address issues. Zoning techniques to facilitate desired land use changes as well as guid e the character and quality of redevelopment can include: Overlay Zoning can allow flexibility for “recycling” of certain older properties, which may be rendered obsolete because they cannot meet current zoning standards. • • • • Special Waterfront Zones can encourage more environmentally appro- priate water related uses along riverfronts. Village District Zoning (as allowed by Public Acts 98-116 and 00-145) calls for design review standards to be developed to improve and pre- serve the character of mixed-use types of centers. Design Review Standards enable local communities to promote good design needed to enhance character and revitalize local commercial dis- tricts. Different design standards ma y be appropriate in each commercial district in a community. The Council of Governments can assist communities with these techniques and encourage adaptive reuse where it w ill assist revitalization efforts. Strategies 1. Continue to provide leadership in mitigation of brownfield sites. 2. Assist communities in planning for improved infrastructure in older areas. 3. Promote financing mechanisms that can provide a public and private partner- ship in adaptive reuse. 4. Provide assistance to Valley communities in designating NRZ’s and other techniques to promote neighborhood and community revitalization. 32 Address Housing Needs Assist communities in planning for housing development that meets the needs of a variety of age and income groups. Anticipate Housing Needs Of An Aging Population The population of Valley residents aged 55 and over is expected to increase by about 50 percent in the next twenty years. While many of these people might be expected to stay in their existing housing units, others will be attracted to housing units more conducive for “empty-nesters” (families without children) and elderly people seeking services (congregate housing or assisted living). This demographic trend provides an opportunity for Valley communities to rede- velop some of their downtown areas for housing in a way that will meet residents needs and revitalize the historic downtown areas. Consider Rental / Starter Housing Opportunities There is also expected to be a demand for rental housing and starter housing due to the continued growth of the Fairfield County economy. With rail service and highway access, there is significant poten tial for addressing these needs in the Valley Region. The Valley communities have an opportunity to encourage or allow new devel- opments or redevelopment of existing build ings with rental apartments or con- dominiums. Such developments should be located in or near downtown areas to promote the revitalization of these areas. Consider Redevelopment Where Desirable When or where rehabilitation is not feasible, communities should consider ex- ploring, with private developers, the possibility of designating concentrated areas of sub-standard housing for redevelopment. As part of a Neighborhood Revitalizati on Zone Strategic Planning Process (see page xx for details on Neighborhood Rev italization Zones), demolition may be considered when housing cannot meet modern standards because of lack of park- ing facilities, lack of adequate yard space, or other inadequacies. The City of Derby is already embarking on redevelopment efforts in a five block area north of Downtown. The Council of Governments may assist other commu- nities in establishing strategic neighborhood plans. Plans that identify areas where redevelopment efforts are a soluti on to eliminating obsolete housing, and new housing can meet identified community needs. 33 Promote Programs that Improve Housing Condition Improving existing housing in the Valley is good public policy. Communities serious about improving housing conditions should strictly enforce building and zoning codes and consider adopting a “blighted building” ordinance to address properties where owners refuse to meet housing standards. The Council of Governments should take a lead role in ensuring that all Valley communities take advantage of programs av ailable to improve housing condition. Information and technical assistance can also be obtained from the Connecticut Department of Housing and Economic Development for: • Rental Certification Periodic inspection of rental units is done by the building inspectors and certificates of apartment occupancy is- sued. • Urban Homestead Program Transfers abandoned houses to residents with proof of ability to rehabilitate the property. • First Time Buyer Program Provides funds to assist first time buyers in purchasing a house. • Lead Paint Abatement Provides funding, contractors, and technical assistance in remodeling residences with lead paint problems. • Property Rehabilitation Program Provides financial assistance to homeowners with build- ing and fire code compliance issues. • Energy Conservation Loans Provides low interest loans to homeowners who fall within income guidelines for energy conservation rehab. • Home Investment Partner- ship (HOME ) Program participants must meet income guidelines and housing must meet affordability guidelines. • Homeowner Emergency Repair for Seniors Provides grants and low interest loans to persons age 62+ to repair home damage. • Housing Code Establish standards for occ upancy, condition, and main- tenance of housing. Strategies 1. Focus planning activities on increasing awar eness of the need for a variety of housing types in the region. 2. Encourage implementation of local inspection programs that target blighted properties. 3. Provide information to all Valley communities about special programs avail- able to fund and promote hous ing rehabilitation efforts. 4. Assist in the formation of strategic neighborhood plans that focus on rede- velopment in appropriate urban ne ighborhoods to address obsolete housing. 5. Encourage stringent enforcement programs regarding housing, zoning, and environmental resources so as to protect established residential neighbor- hoods and maintain a high quality of life. 34 Guide New Development Foster reliance on managed growth principles in planning for future devel- opment in the region. Since new development will continue to occur, the goal at the regional level should be to encourage new development is planned in such a way as to contrib- ute to community character and meet th e needs of the community. Building the capacity in each community for land use planning that relies on managed growth principles is important to the Valley Region as a whole. What are these principles? They are prin ciples that involve the building of new “places”(nodes) or expanding and improving existing ones including: Guiding New Multi-Family Development, to support nodes and to form transitions between commercial and residential areas, where there is existing infrastructure. • • • • Zoning Commercial Development in nodes or centers rather than in beltways along highways. Clustering Single Family Development to limit infrastructure im- provements and retain open space and natural resources. Retaining open space and public land in necessary places to support nodes. Strategies 1. Assist Valley communities in reviewing and revising land use regulations to create incentives for appropriate development of commercial areas: • Encourage local communities to consider allowing more mixed-use areas in the community. • Encourage local communities to plan future business developments in “nodes” and discourage “strip” type business development patterns. 2. Promote multi-family developments on sites where they can provide a transi- tion from activity centers to adjacen t residential neighborhoods and support commercial districts. 3. Discourage extensions of infrastructure and services to new developments at inappropriate densities, especially in outlying areas. 35 PROMOTE ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT 5 Overview Greater Valley This section of the Regional Plan considers the seven communities that form the Greater Valley Alliance for Economic Growth: • • • • • • • Ansonia Derby Seymour Shelton Beacon Falls Naugatuck Oxford These communities are work- ing together to promote eco- nomic growth in the region and share the locational op- portunities in the lower Fair- field County and Naugatuck River corridors. During the last century, the economies of the Valley region and the State of Con- necticut have gone through some substantial changes. Most significantly, the trend away from manufacturing businesses has accelerated in the last several decades and this has impacted the Valle y since it was configured to support a manufacturing-based economy. However, the changing economy also provides the opportunity for new economic growth in the Valley region. The Valley region is strategically located near growth corridors and can attract new growth of a different nature. The strategies recommended in the Plan include: • Seek Business Diversification • Providing for “Business Ready” Sites • Promote A Trained Workforce • Market the “All American Valley” • Support “Smart Growth” And A “Sense of Place” Local Business Local Business 36 Seek Business Diversification Promote activities that target bringing businesses in growing sectors of the economy to the region, and support emerging small businesses. Although manufacturing has been a major source of employment in the past, economic growth in Connecticut is not expected to occur in this sector of the economy. Although nurturing the existing manufacturing base in the Valley is important, other industry clusters must be developed to fuel economic growth. Small business development should not be ignored as another area where com- munity efforts can lead to increased employment and economic diversity. Configure To Attract Businesses That Are Growing In the regional economy, there are businesses that are growing more aggressively than others. These “industry clusters” (firms engaged in similar business activi- ties) provide the greatest opportunity to expand economic development in the region and provide employment, provide goods or services, and expand the tax base. The following chart identifies the fastest growing businesses in New Ha- ven County between 1992 and 2000. 2001 Economic Development Plan for the Borough of Naugatuck prepared by Mt. Auburn Associates, CT-DECD The growth momentum calculation in Table 8 is an indication of how well an industry is performing. This calculation takes into account both numerical and percent change in employment. Numerical change, when used alone, tends to overlook growth in smaller industries. Percent growth can overemphasize growth in smaller industries. The growth momentum calculation multiplies the numeric growth by the percent growth and thereby presents a more reliable index of per- formance. Of particular interest is that there is only one manufacturing industry group in- cluded. This reinforces the need to think about a more diverse economic base in planning for the Greater Valley area. 37 Target Specific Sectors Small Business Assistance Assistance that can be pro- vided by a Small Business Development Center can include: • • • • business plan prepara- tion, loans packaging (includ- ing technical assistance in applying for federal small business admini- stration loans), technology technical assistance, and, accounting and tax ad- vice. Major areas identified as targets for busin ess diversification in the area include: Business Cluster Description Requirements Information Technology Back-office and administrative processing operations con- nected to corporate headquar- ters Modern telecommunication infrastructure Warehousing / Distribution Support activities with larger regional facilities and more computerized operations Sites with transportation and telecommunications infrastruc- ture To attract such businesses (and other growing business sectors), the Valley re- gion should undertake programs to enhance the telecommunications infrastruc- ture in the Valley Region. Gaps in high speed access is a particular technology shortcoming that needs to be addressed. Support Small Business Development Nurturing small businesses can pay future dividends since much of the employ- ment growth in recent years has o ccurred in small businesses. The Valley Chamber of Commerce, with assistance from the Greater New Haven Founda- tion, is beginning to make resources available in the Valley for small businesses. Prior studies have recommended the establishment of a high-profile Small Busi- ness Development Center to serve the Va lley region (rather than relying on exist- ing centers in Waterbury, New Haven, and Bridgeport that do not adequately serve the Valley area). While funding to establish a Small Business Center has not been provided, em- phasis is currently on identifying what small businesses need and on making in- formation available in a central location, as well as electronically. Strategies 1. Promote regular updating of information about emerging business sectors in the region. 2. Encourage business diversification in the region while nurturing existing manufacturing businesses. 3. Support regional economic development efforts to solicit new businesses in the information technology and warehousing sectors. 4. Assist the Valley Chamber of Commerce in establishing a “Small Business Development Center” in the region. 38 Provide For “Business Ready” Sites Critical Attributes Attributes critical to attract- ing economic development include: • Timing (the ability to produce decisions and supporting materials quickly, expedited per- mit and approval proce- dures) • Locational Advantages (adequate labor supplies and skills, good trans- portation availability) • Site/Building Availabil- ity (an inventory of available, fully serviced sites and buildings). • Documentation (data on the community) • Incentives (tax abate- ment and business assis- tance programs). • A positive business climate that shows the community is seriously interested in the project. Business-Ready Sites Companies looking for a business location typically want to buy an existing lot, on an existing street, with existing utilities, and be rea- sonably certain that the site development costs will not be excessive. While there are some compa- nies that have the time and budget to install their own roads and utilities, they are increasingly rare. Complementary Business Sites In addition to the above sites, it should be noted that Oxford has in excess of 35 industrial lots available, and Nau- gatuck has 10 lots in its industrial park. Seek to identify and prepare business sites to take advantage of economic development opportunities, such as the continued expansion from the Lower Fairfield County Area. Business-ready sites are important for providing opportunities for economic growth in the region. Providing for “business-ready” sites requires having ade- quate land or buildings ready for business development. Shelton has experienced significant business growth over the past 20 years be- cause of the availability of undeveloped land zoned for business. In the older urban parts of the region, however, some buildings are not well configured for the needs of modern businesses and some of the sites have issues related to con- tamination from prior activities (called “brownfield” sites).Thus, the region n eeds to ensure that adequate sites (land a nd buildings) are available for business de- velopment by: • Providing for business-ready sites for new development, • Encouraging rehabilitation of existing buildings / sites for new uses. Sites For New Development As shown in the following table, the co mmunities in the Valley region have busi- ness and industrial parks available for ne w development. However, some of these areas are not “ready” for development, since they are not serviced by roads and utilities or, in some locations, remaining sites have severe topography or soil constraints. Ensuring that sites are, in fact, “business-ready” will facilitate the economic development of the Valley region. Business & Industrial Lands Summary Town Industrial/Business Park Acreage Available Sites Sewer Water Ansonia Fountain Lake Industrial Park 72 Yes Yes Yes Hershey Industrial Park 8 No Yes Yes Former Latex Site 10 Yes Yes Yes Derby Fountain Lake Industrial Park 117 Proposed Seymour Silvermine Industrial Park 115 Yes Yes Yes Kerite Industrial Park 72 Yes Yes Yes Hanes Property 100+ No Yes Yes Shelton Downtown Redevelopment 50 Yes Yes Yes Route 110 South Yes Yes Yes Route 8 Corridor Yes Yes Yes Oxford Industrial Park 300 Yes Yes Naugatuck Industrial Park 20+ Yes Yes Yes 39 Rehabilitate Existing Sites (“Brownfields”) Services provided by the Brownfields Pilot Program • • • • • • • • • • Site assessment grants Clean-up loans Brownfields site evalua- tions Consultation on tax foreclosure environ- mental considerations Site assessment man- agement Community outreach and educational semi- nars Regulatory interface and coordination Information and access to CT DEP, DECD and US HUD Links to developers Anti-blight management assistance on abandoned sites Densely developed areas in the Valley (s uch as Derby, Ansonia, and parts of Seymour and Shelton) have the most n eed to depend upon reuse of existing busi- ness and industrial sites to foster economic development. However, these sites typically contain existing buildings that may be functionally obsolete or may have real or perceived issues of contamination from prior uses. Remediation of “brownfield” sites promotes use of existi ng infrastructure and can assist in revi- talizing older downtown areas and riverfront property. The Naugatuck Valley Brownfields Program was established in 1996 (with state and federal funding) to bring experti se and financial resources to communities dealing with brownfield mitigation. This program, which is administered by the Valley Council of Governments, provides assistance for sites owned (or about to be acquired) by a municipality and for private sites in which the chief elected official has indicted a public interest. There are an estimated 100 underutilized or abandoned “brownfield” sites in the Naugatuck Valley area. The Brownfields Program works with the Non-Point Education For Municipal Officials (NEM O), sponsored by the UConn Extension Center, to establish best management pr actices to prevent any future contamina- tion of sites or nearby water resources. The Pilot Project has been called upon for assessment and in some supervision of clean-up activities in 14 sites in th e seven town Greater Valley area: Brownfield Pilot Program Sites 2001 Ansonia • Haddad Park Derby • O’Sullivan’s Island • Incinerator Assessment • Downtown Revitalization • 74 Grove Street • Hines Farm Seymour • Silvermine Landfill Shelton • Axton Cross • Downtown Revitalization • Riverdale Avenue Site Beacon Falls • Nutmeg Bakery Naugatuck • Parcel B Downtown Strategies 1. Continue regional efforts to identify and prepare appropriate sites for busi- ness use in the Greater Valley, including industrial park sites. 2. Promote “vision” plans for potential economic development areas to obtain conceptual ideas that will help gui de potential businesses and developers. 3. Continue to administer the Naugatuck Valley Brownfields Program to pro- mote cleanup and reuse of abandoned industrial sites. 40 Promote A Trained Workforce Training For Clusters The following clusters have been identified as business sectors will need better trained workers and where training resources must be channeled: • • • Manufacturing Information Technology Service Industries Employment Regions Establishing coordinated and effective employment and training programs is difficult in the Valley communities since it is in the middle of three economic regions (Bridgeport, New Haven and Waterbury). An education/training work- force sub-committee has been formed by the Valley Cham- ber of Commerce to help address this issue. Encourage organizations and programs th at improve the skills of the Valley labor force and address new skill requirements. A skilled workforce is a key component for attracting economic development. This section of the plan highlights recommendations from reports that outline what is needed to improve the skill level of the region’s workforce. Skill Mismatch Several reports (Naugatuck Valley Corridor, Economic Development Strategy Report) have identified a fundamental “m ismatch between worker’s skills and the local economy’s new skill requirements”. This includes such things as a “good basic high school education, computer sk ills and work ethic basics such as time- liness, attendance, dress, and communication skills”. The success of training and employment programs are made more difficult by the lack of affordable child care and the lack of public transportation to outlying ar- eas where new jobs are being created (especially for evening or night shifts). Integrate Education The challenge for the Valley is to match resources of many government agencies, local school systems, community colleges, and technical schools with business needs. A 1998 business survey indicates that employers in the Region rank edu- cation and labor training as their highest economic development priority. Local school systems are the fundamental training ground for employment. The WorkPlace Inc. 2000 Needs Assessment indicates that in general “educators lack awareness of basic skills needed in today’s economy”. School systems have been targeted by WorkPlace Inc. for training to improve their efforts in providing computer and other skills that will enhance employment opportunities. A “School to Work Initiative” is planned, that targets secondary schools and post- secondary schools, to increase communication between businesses and schools. Improving communication between major employers in the region and schools is a fundamental step in ensuring a trained workforce is available. Involving super – intendents of schools in local and regi onal economic development activities is a start in forging a new line of communication between business and education. With no college in the Valley area, relati onships should be explored with Nauga- tuck Community College in Waterbury Sout hern Connecticut State University in New Haven, and Sacred Heart University in Bridgeport (which is already making classes available in the Valley). 41 Entry Level Employment Regional Resources Tools and approaches that can help to make a better trained workforce include the following: Adult Education – Through GED, English as a second language and other special- ized training programs this is an essential provider of basic skills. • • • • One Stop Career Cen- ter, Ansonia – Work- place, Inc’s local office provides the unem- ployed with training and employment guidance. TEAM – Is the Work- place Inc’s major pro- vider of programs avail- able to assist welfare clients transition to work in the Valley Region. Greater Valley Alli- ance/Chamber of Commerce – The Chamber has taken a leadership role in work- ing with Valley busi- nesses to identify work skills needed. Emphasis has been on “incumbent worker training”, pro- viding new skills to ex- isting workers to fill jobs in specific indus- tries. Emmett Vocational Technical School. – Provides technical sec- ondary education aimed at producing work skills and is also involved in special adult programs offered through Adult Education. The 1997 Strategic Plan For The Central Naugatuck Valley, by Mt Auburn As- sociates, urges the region to “develop stra tegies to capitalize on the growth of the retail and construction sectors”. The major rationale for targeting these industries is the large number of jobs that do not require a highly skilled labor force. Workforce productivity is a major concern for such industries. Training that of- fers basic skills and creative approaches in programming are necessary. Incen- tives that lower employee turnover and promote stability within the job environ- ment are needed to attract prospective businesses. Identifying a career ladder, and providing more incumbent worker training, to allow for advancement from entry level employment would help ensu re better workforce stability and encour- age expansion of these business sectors. Training Programs WorkPlace Inc. is the CT Department of Labor’s sponsored agency primarily responsible for this effort in the Southwestern Area of Connecticut. The Greater Valley area must work together with WorkPlace Inc. to ensure programs and funding meet the region’s needs and build on the resources already available. Strategies 1. Promote programs that provide basic job skills and education. 2. Plan for improved day care and mass transportation services for the regions workers. 3. Encourage special training programs to support areas of employment that are important in the region: manufacturing, information technology, and service businesses. 4. Develop ways to better integrate lo cal educational systems and economic development activities. 5. Encourage colleges in the southwestern Connecticut area to develop a pres- ence in the Valley which would include offering classes locally. 6. Assist in efforts to develop career ladders for service sector workers and in- cumbent worker training programs. 7. Promote efforts to coordinate programs that provide employment, education, and special training programs in the region. 42 Market The “All American Valley” The Electronic Valley The “Electronic Valley” is a web site that provides link- ages to individual community web pages and highlights important information about the area. This site could also be used as an economic development tool to promote industrial and business parks, as well as other regional economic de- velopment initiatives. Enterprise Corridor Zone The Valley region is part of a state-sponsored Enterprise Corridor Zone that provides special incentives for busi- ness expansions and reloca- tions. Providing greater publicity about the Corridor is impor- tant in attracting new busi- nesses to the area. The corri- dor provides: • • • up to 80% property tax abatement for five years, up to 50% state corpo- rate business tax credit for ten years, and up to $2,250 grants for new permanent jobs cre- ated. Greater Valley Marketing Marketing the Greater Valley gives all municipalities a competitive edge: • the employee base in- creases by 31% through the addition of Beacon Falls, Oxford, and Nau- gatuck. • the Greater Valley al- lows for a wider choice of home and business locations. • the transportation net- work, especially Route 8, reinforces multi-town marketing above and beyound the COG mu- nicipalities. • Oxford Airport provides a strong competitive element to the alliance. Expand and support efforts to profession ally market business sites, initiated by the Greater Valley Economic Alliance. Professional marketing of business sites is best done at the regional level. Initial efforts in this area were directed through the Greater Valley Economic Alliance. However, this entity is no longer functioning and new regional marketing efforts need to be initiated. The 1997 marketing plan, prepared by The Connecticut Economic Resource Cen- ter (CERC), outlined a number of strate gies which should be reviewed and up- dated. As the following statistics and observa tions demonstrate, adding Naugatuck, Beacon Falls, and Oxford to the regional marketing of V.C.O.G. provides for a larger and more diverse economic presence: ƒ Employment and housing units within the 7 Town area are as fol- lows: Town Jobs Housing Units Shelton 21,180 14,707 Derby 5,080 5,568 Naugatuck 9.210 12,341 Seymour 4,470 6,356 Ansonia 4,430 7,937 Oxford 1,870 3,420 Beacon Falls 960 2,104 ƒ Oxford has three industrial parks at various levels of completion. These parks, when completed, will contain 35+ lots ranging in size from 2 to 20 acres. ƒ Naugatuck has 10+/- lots remaining in its industrial park adjacent to the Waterbury boarder. Although constr ained by topography, their excel- lent location relative to Route 8 marks them as an important economic resource There is a need to provide a more formal organizational structure to on-going efforts to market at the greater Valley. Consideration should be given to having the COG act as the lead agency in regional marketing efforts. The use of COG for administration of regional marketing efforts makes sense from the following perspectives: • the majority of funding for such regional efforts originates with government organizations. The COG is proficient at dealing with such organizations and securing government grant funds. • the COG truly operates at a regional level and has a sensitivity to providing regional assistance while allowing local efforts to proceed on local issues. 43 • the COG, through its membership of el ected officials, has access to leader- ship and decision making that can be very effective in bringing marketing ef- forts to fruition. Budget and staffing implications are an important consideration in the COG’s taking on this new role. Certainly they need to be explored prior to any final de- cision on this matter. Strategies 1. Promote the use of the “Electronic Valley” web site as a tool for marketing the region as a good place to do business. 2. Continue efforts to develope a logo and theme to market the area as a desir- able place to do business. 3. Participate in activities aimed at marketing available Greater Valley business sites outside the region. 4. Initiate regional efforts to contact local businesses to encourage retention of existing businesses in the area. 5. Develop a campaign to advertise the advantages to businesses of locating within the area’s “Enterprise Corridor Zone”. 6. Examine the feasibility of COG acting as the lead agency for collaborative regional marketing efforts. 44 Support “Smart Growth” And A “Sense of Place” Encourage communities to support growth and revitalization efforts that enhance “smart growth” and a “sense of place”. Downtown Redevelopment As “Smart Growth” If feasible, economic development should also be used to support the overall structure of the Valley region with its strong downtowns served by highways, transit and infrastructure. At public h earings held in Valley Region, improving the character and vitality of downtown areas was considered a high priority by Valley residents. The Main Street Program established by the National Trust For Historic Preser- vation has been used successfully throughout the country to revitalize downtown areas. The Main Street Program builds on areas with inherent assets: • Rich architecture • Connection with the past • Small businesses • Sense of place. An alternative to the Main Street Program would be a variation of the non-profit economic development corporation modele d on Shelton’s approach. The Shelton Economic Development Corporation (SEDC) acts as a catalyst for growth within Shelton by providing direct links to all local government and business leaders, as well as coordinating between city and civic organizations. The success of SEDC over its 20 year history suggests that its approach is effective. “Sense of Place” If feasible, economic development should also contribute to community character and “sense of place”. For example, building a monolithic glass office building in a downtown area would not be sensitive to the historic character and fabric of these areas. On the other hand, building a brick building with appropriate details that orients to the street and is ped estrian-friendly would help enhance the “sense of place” in these areas. Strategies 1. Encourage activities that support the overall structure of the Valley region with its strong downtowns served by hi ghways, transit and infrastructure. 2. Promote activities, such as the Main Street Program, that help revitalize downtown areas. 3. Encourage activities that contribute to the overall “sense of place” in Valley communities. 45 46 ADDRESS TRANSPORTATION NEEDS 6 Overview For the Region to achieve its smart growth strategies, the desired growth and economic development initiatives must be supported by the transportation sys- tem. This includes vehicular transportation as well as transit services (rail and bus) and pedestrian/bicycle facilities. • Improve Route 8 • Enhance Transit Service • Make Necessary Improvements on Major Roadways • Enhance Pedestrian and Bicycle Transportation Access Management Bicycle Facilities 47 Improve Route 8 Transportation Planning The Valley and Greater Bridgeport Planning Regions have joined together to form the Greater Bridgeport & Valley Metropolitan Planning Organization (MPO). That agency is responsible for transportation planning and assigning transportation priorities in the region. Make improvements to Route 8 to improve access and service within and between local communities and other areas . Route 8 is the primary transportation spine in the Valley Region. Improvement of the traffic flow at Route 8 interchanges is essential to reducing congestion and improving service, safety, efficiency of traffic flow, and ultimately air quality in the Valley. Significant planning work has already been undertaken and the main priority is to complete any additional planning work and have the roadway improvements funded and built. Strategies 1. Promote efforts, to obtain designation of Route 8 as a federal interstate, to improve highway design, condition, and funding. 2. Continue to work with CT DOT to obtain funding to implement the changes designed for Route 8 interchanges. 48 Enhance Transit Service Transit Issues A July 2000 report done by Urbitran Associates for the CT Department of Transpor- tation outlines the following strategies for improving tran- sit operation in the Valley Region: • • • • • • Better coordination and marketing of existing services. Implementation of an Automatic Vehicle Lo- cation (AVL) System. Expansion of employ- ment based commuter shuttle services. Increased headways during peak commuter hours on the CT Transit fixed route system. Enhancement of railroad service to encourage more usage for trips within the Valley Corri- dor. Implementation of new bus service between the Valley Corridor and the Merritt Parkway Corri- dor as far as Stamford. Enhance transit services in the region. The Valley is fortunate to have bus and rail transit services provided by: • Valley Transit District (VTD), • Greater Bridgeport Transit Authority (GBTA), • CT Transit, and • Metropolitan Transportation Authority (Metro North). However, most of the service routes are configured for commuters and the quan- tity and quality of transit service for residents is modest. The fixed route ser- vices, both bus and rail, are infrequent. In addition, the Valley Transit District is struggling with limited resources to meet the needs of the ever increasing number of residents using dial-a-ride transportation. Regional planning efforts need to be devoted to supporting increased transit ser- vice and improving coordination between different transit modes. Strategies 1. Create, support, and enhance local bus transportation that helps achieve the region’s housing, employment, and economic development objectives. 2. Encourage preparation of a regiona l multi-modal transportation study. 3. Continue to work with Valley Transit to enhance local bus service. 4. Explore the feasibility of expanded employment shuttle service to serve more residents and destinations. 5. Continue to develop and encourage marketing efforts to increase mass transit use in the region. 49 SheltonSeymour Derby Ansonia BRIDGEPORT AVE CENTER ST MAIN ST Legend Waterbury Branch Line CT Transit Bus F Rt 15 GBTA Valley Transit Commuter Connect VCOG Road Network VTD 3/4 Mile ADA Service Area VTD Dial-A-Ride Service Area Valley Transit Service 0 21 Miles Map Prepared by: David Elder April 1, 2008 50 Make Necessary Improvements on Major Roadways Make necessary improvements on other major roadways in the region in order to enhance level of service, improve safety, and support desired growth patterns. Access Management Access management is an approach based on the prem- ise that since road capacity is limited and driveways and streets can reduce road ca- pacity, access to arterial roadways should be managed in order to preserve the ca- pacity of the roadway Access management tech- niques can include: • interior connections between parking lots • access from secondary streets • shared parking • sidewalks • driveway alterations. Access management tech- niques should continue to be promoted in commercial areas. The CT Department of Transportation has funded Access Management Plans on State Arterial Roadways in the past. Route 34 (Derby) About 86% of the accidents along Route 34 occurred in Derby, with most hap- pening along the section between downtown Derby and the Orange Town Line. Redesign of this section of Route 34 should be a state and regional priority. Route 67 (Seymour) Route 67 is a major highway that is adversely affected by the conflicts between through traffic and property access. This situation is expected to get worse as traffic grows in the corridor and this w ill impair economic development. Prepar- ing a corridor study for Route 67 (with emphasis on an access management pro- gram) will help to preserve capacity on the roadway while providing appropriate access to existing and planned uses along the corridor. Route 115 (Ansonia) A circulation plan should be a key part of a Downtown Enhancement Plan for Ansonia Main Street (Route 115). The plan should incorporate parking needs in the downtown area to enhance revitalization efforts. Route 110 (Shelton) Route 110 is the major route in downtown Shelton and the Regional Transporta- tion Plan and Shelton’s own Plan of De velopment recognize that redevelopment of this area will require intersection improvements, selected widening, and com- pleting the Howe Avenue Interchange. Pershing Drive (Derby) Pershing Drive, a major roadway in Derby, terminates at Route 8 with no con- nection to Downtown (Main Street). Construction of an access road paralleling Route 8 will help alleviate traffic at the Route 8/34 interchange area, improve accessibility, reduce congestion along alternate routes, and improve safety. 51 52 Minor Arterial Roads Unlike many other less urbanized regions in the state minor arterial roads in the Valley Region carry fairly high amounts of traffic. The 1997 Consolidated Traf- fic Plan for the Region indicates that the following roadways carry very high traf- fic volumes: • Bridgeport Avenue, • Commerce Drive, and Huntington Street in Shelton, and • Division Street on the Derby/Ansonia line. Various transportation plans have called for intersection improvements and, in some cases, widening of these routes. Access management plans are a good method to ensure efficient traffic flow, and alleviate accident conditions, on these generally commercial roadways. The Shelton Route 8 Corridor Study calls for the widening of Bridgeport Avenue to four lanes and this is supported by the Valley Regional Transportation Plan. Strategies 1. Work with CTDOT to design improvements (as necessary) to Route 34. 2. Work with CTDOT to prepare a corridor study for Route 67 (with emphasis on an access management program). 3. Develop a circulation plan for Main Street in Ansonia (Route 115) as a key part of a Downtown Enhancement Plan for this area. 4. Work with CTDOT to design improvements (as necessary) to Route 110. 5. Work with CTDOT to extend Pershing Drive to connection to downtown Derby. 6. Work with the local communities and CTDOT to address needed improve- ments on major roadways in the region. 7. Support access management planning for Huntington Street & Commerce Drive in Shelton and Division Street on the Derby/Ansonia Line. 8. Assist in obtaining state funding to implement plans to widen Bridgeport Avenue in Shelton to four lanes. 53 Enhance Pedestrian and Bicycle Transportation Sidewalk Guidelines Suggested guidelines for sidewalks include the follow- ing: • Sidewalks of generous width should be pro- vided and maintained throughout downtown areas. • Sidewalks should be required in commercial areas. • There should be side- walks on most arterial roads. • Sidewalks should con- nect commercial and neighboring residential areas. • Sidewalks should be considered in multi- family areas. • Sidewalks should link to open space trails. Trail Guidelines Suggested guidelines for trails include the following: • Trails should intercon- nect open space areas. • Trails should allow for multiple non-motorized use (including bicycles). • Trails should connect activity areas. • Trails should connect to sidewalk areas. • Trails should be of gen- erous width to accom- modate anticipated us- age. Continue to plan for pedestrian and bicycle facilities that provide alterna- tives to automobile use. In recent years, there has been increased emphasis at the State and Federal levels on supporting alternatives to automobile tr ansportation. Pedestrian and bicycle facilities have been significant components of these efforts. Planning for transportation alternatives is an important activity of the Council of Governments as the designated transportation planning agency for the Valley Region. Sidewalks & Trails Sidewalks (on-street pedestrian facilities) provide for safe pedestrian movement, an important element in creating and maintaining an active and vital community. Trails (off-street pedestrian facilities) provide additional opportunities fo r pedes- trian circulation and opportunities for recreation. In addition, both types of routes can provide an alternative to vehicular transportation. With more side- walks and trails, the number of trips that require automobiles may be reduced and the opportunities for recreational use increased. Sidewalk requirements vary in each comm unity in the Valley, but what is essen- tial is that they be examined against a regional standard in recognition of their importance. Recent plans for revitali zation of downtown areas have generally made attractive sidewalk areas a priority. Interest in sidewalks should not stop in downtown areas. There has also been increasing interest in creating trails. Trails can significantly extend and expand the opportunities for pedestrian movement. The Council of Governments, as part of future transportation planning activities, should work with communities to create an inventory of where sidewalks and trails exist in each community and develop strategies to extend and interconnect them. 54 Bicycle Routes and Multi-Use Trails Bicycle Circulation Goals The 2001 Regional Transpor- tation Plan: Valley Region outlines three goals for pe- destrian and bicycle pro- gramming: 1. Accommodate current bicycle use on existing highway system in a safe manner. 2. Encourage and promote the increased use of bi- cycling and walking as a mode of transportation while enhancing safety . 3. Retain, maintain, and rehabilitate existing pe- destrian ways including staircases and sidewalks. Bicycle Facilities Bicycle routes can include “transportation” routes (for specific trips) and “recrea- tional” routes. While there may be more initial interest in recreational routes, focus should also be directed to- wards establishing transpor- tation routes. The types of bicycle facilities that may be appropriate in the Valley are: • shared roadway • wide curb lane • shoulder bikeway • bike lanes • multi-use path. Better signage and marking of bicycle routes is an impor- tant step towards reducing conflicts and encouraging more bicycle use. The Consolidated Transportation Plan (for the Greater Bridgeport & Valley Re- gions) talked about the need to establish priorities for a network of on-street bi- cycle routes and special trails located on a separate right-of-way. Concept plans were incorporated including both a network of interconnected on-street b icycle routes and special trails. Further refine ment of this mapping could and should be done as part of the GIS Mapping Program being implemented by the Council of Governments. State, federal, and local resources must be mobilized in a coordinated fashion in order to realize the regional goals for non-vehicular transportation. Current fed- eral funding programs reflect these goals and projects in the region that will be funded under these programs include: • recreational trails in open space areas in all four municipalities, and • sections of multi-use trails in Ansonia, Derby, and Seymour that are part of the Naugatuck River Greenway. Of even more importance, however, is a commitment on the part of local and state governments. Adequate shoulder widths, smooth clean, riding surfaces and a suitable type of bicycle facility (as indicated in the sidebar) should be provided, where appropriate, along roadways when road construction and maintenance is done. Priority consideration should be gi ven to establishing bike trails along ma- jor roads that service areas of local activity (business areas, schools, parks, etc.). Strategies 1. Conduct an inventory of where sidewalks and trails exist in each community and develop strategies to extend and interconnect them. 2. Assist communities seeking funding for sidewalks and trails in open space/recreational areas. 3. Continue to plan for multi-use trails within open space and recreation areas that accommodate both pedestrian and bicycle traffic. 4. Provide improved mapping for the Bicycle Route Concept Plan developed for the Region, as part of the Consolidated Regional Transportation Plan . 5. Encourage provision of safe, convenient bicycle facilities (including signage, pavement marking, etc.) when improvements are undertaken on major roads. 6. Support provision of public facilities such as bicycle racks, where appropri- ate, to encourage bicycle use. 55 SheltonSeymour Derby Ansonia Legend Recreational Trails Committed Constructed Potential VCOG Road Network Valley Towns Water Body Valley Bike and Pedestrian Recreational Trails 0 21 Miles Map Prepared by: David Elder April 1, 2008 56 ADDRESS INFRASTRUCTURE 7 Overview Infrastructure is also an important ingredient in the Region’s smart growth strate- gies. Since infrastructure (such as public water and public sewer) can be used to support and guide desired land use and deve lopment patterns, it is an important part of the Regional Plan. • Improve Public Water Service • Upgrade Existing Sewage Service Facilities Public Water Service Public Sewer Service 57 Improve Public Water Service Improve public water service in the region. Public water service can supply adequate potable water for fire protection, resi- dential, and business needs, and support the desired development patterns. South Central Regional Water Authority (RWA) services close to 100% of the population in Derby and Ansonia and the 2000 Water Supply Plan indicates that there is more than adequate supply to meet curre nt demand and the pro- jected population through the year 2040. Aquarion Water Co. services 67% of the population in Seymour and 76% of the population of Shelton. The 2000 Water Supply Plan for Aquarion indicates that supply sources are considered adequate until 2040 for the Main System (servicing Shelton) and the Valley System (servicing Seymour). Both systems have emergency back-up service through interconnections with each other and other nearby water systems. Although there does not seem to be issues related to water supply there are issues related to water quality in the region. Protecting the quality of the water supply has been a long-standing priority in the region and much has been done to reduce specific agricultural and industrial pollution problems. As attention is directed in the future to non-point pollution sources (see the Conservation section of the Plan), this will also pay dividends in protecting the quality of the public water supply as well. The Council of Governments should encour age continued efforts to improve wa- ter supply protection in the region. Strategies 1. Encourage communities to monitor ma intenance of private septic sys- tems that can cause pollution of watershed areas feeding public wells. 2. Educate local communities about the ongoing need to protect water qual- ity from non-point pollution, stemming from urban runoff, especially in densely developed areas of the Valley. 3. Assist with implementation of state mandated aquifer protection regula- tions, in the vicinity of public wells. 4. Continue to review water utility plans as submitted. 58 59 Upgrade Existing Sewage Service Facilities Concentrate sewer activities on upgrading existing facilities and expanding service area to meet economic development and housing priorities. Each town in the region has a wastewater treatment plant and approximately 73% of the households in the Valley Region are served by sewers: • Ansonia and Derby have more than 95% of housing units served by sewer, Seymour has 70% served, and • • Shelton has less than 50% served. In Valley communities, issues relating to sewer have mainly to do with upgrad- ing inadequate and/or aging pipes, upgr ading pumping stations, and eliminating combined storm water and sanitary sewer lines. Ansonia, Derby, and Seymour have each identified areas where limited sewer expansion is desired. Shelton, on the other hand, is evaluating a significant sewer expansion that could result in a $13,000,000 expansion of the Sh elton Sewage Treatment facility and over $6,000,000 in improvement that are needed to the collection system. Valley communities must continue to emphasize reuse of brownfield sites and downtown revitalization efforts to promote “smart growth”. Utility plans that support reinvestment in older areas should be given the highest priority for public investment. Sewer expansion plans should be targeted to help implement eco- nomic development and housi ng diversity priorities. Strategies 1. Continue to encourage the provision of safe and efficient sewage disposal to protect public health and water quality. 2. Encourage each community in the regi on to have a program to address capac- ity issues related to inflow, pipe cleaning, and pump stations. 3. Encourage future sewer expansion to help implement the economic devel- opment and housing diversity priorities of the region. 60 PROMOTE REGIONAL PROGRAMS 8 Overview Of the thirteen planning regions in C onnecticut, the Valley Region is the small- est. This provides the Valley Region with a unique opportunity to foster good communication and achieve important regional goals. Better coordination and coope ration within the region and between communities, can fuel economic vitality by more efficient use of limited resources such as va- cant land, infrastructure improvements, municipal expenditures and others. Re- gional cooperation can be aided by activities that: • Strengthen the Council Of Governments • Promote Regional Magnet Schools • Support Regional Agencies 61 Strengthen the Council of Governments Duties of Regional Councils Section 4-124d of the CT Statutes outlines the general mandate of Councils of Elected Officials and Coun- cils of Governments: The council shall consider such matters of a public na- ture common to two or more members of the council as it deems appropriate, including matters affecting the health, safety, welfare, education, and economic conditions of the areas comprised of the members Inter-Municipal Services The Local Government Co- operative Venture in Con- necticut Report , published by the CT Commission on Inter- governmental Relations, in June 2000, lists the following municipal service functions that are most often shared by communities: • • • • • • • • Information Technology Financial Services Assessment Building Codes En- forcement Education Civil Preparedness Sanitation Water Pollution Control Provide the committed leadership a nd resources necessary to implement strategies that can unite local communities around common interests. The Valley COG is poised to become a st rong source of leadership in the region and benefit from the direct involvement of chief elected officials. This leadership will be effective if based on implementing strategies that will unite communities around common interests. Regional Strategies Connecticut’s municipal leaders have a strong commitment to regional ap- proaches if they provide cost-effective solutions to local problems and address initiatives that go beyond municipal boundaries. This plan outlines strategies in areas where regional cooperation can be most effective. Regional And Local Capacity Establishing an appropriate staffing stru cture and providing adequate financial resources will be essential to implementing the recommendations of the Regional Plan and addressing other regional issues. The Council of Governme nts could also identify areas where shared staff can increase the effectiveness, efficiency, and level of service provided by individual municipalities. Resource Strategies Budgets for Council of Governments vary depending on the size of the area they incorporate and the activities they oversee. In addition to federal, state, and local funding, the following methods of funding activities can be utilized: User Fees can be levied for services provided such as waste collection operations and special educational programs. • • • • Private Contributions from foundations and corporations can be util- ized to support staff to initiate specific programs. In-Kind Contributions can be solicited from municipalities, private or- ganizations, and businesses in the form of donated staff services, meeting rooms, postage, and other resources to assist in regional efforts. Partnerships with other agencies and businesses may be a good way to capture resources needed to implement common strategies. 62 Multi-Regional Jurisdictions In the absence of county government and mandatory regional organizations many single purpose inter-municipal and regional bodies have been established. A study prepared by the Connecticut Advisory Commission on Intergovernmental Relations reported that approximately 300 new local government joint ventures were started since 1996 and there are currently over 1,000 joint ventures. The great number of regional interests in the state creates a jurisdictional issue for the Valley Region. Each cooperative effort seems to involve the Valley Re- gion in a different jurisdiction. As an illustration consider the follo wing: Regional Education ventures are jointly administered with New Haven County Communities. • • • Transportation funding and planning is done jointly with the Greater Bridgeport Area. Economic Development Activities are shared with other towns in the Central Naugatuck Region, and the Naugatuck Valley Commu- nity Development Corporation encompasses the Valley Towns. The ability of the Council to implement regional strategies will depend on having the ability to effectively coordinate a nd advocate on behalf of the Valley Region on a multi-regional scale. Providing the structure and resources to do this is es- sential to consider as the Council of Governments is organized. Strategies 1. Consider the level of staffing and fi nancial resources needed to make the Valley Council of Governments an effective organization. 2. Identify regional strategies that can unite communities and the resources that can be used to implement these strategies. 3. Evaluate what local municipal functions can be enhanced by sharing staff and other resources through regional efforts. 4. Determine how to best achieve linkages with organizations that serve more than the Valley Region. 63 Promote Regional Magnet Schools Promote creative programming through regional magnet schools to provide for improved education and support economic development activities. It may be difficult for the region to address some of its educational and work- force issues with different school districts. The Council of Governments may wish to consider encouraging a regional strategy for education that could: lessen the education financing burden of individual communities, • • • • • provide better coordination between education and workforce needs, and improve the quality of education. Magnet schools can be a large part of this strategy. Area Cooperative Educa- tional Services (ACES) in New Haven h as been the regional organization respon- sible for establishing magnet schools for the Greater New Haven Area, which includes some magnet school projects in the Valley Region: Shelton participates in a magnet arts school located in New Haven. Ansonia and Derby are involved in planning a magnet grade school with four other communities. The inter-district magnet school approach is a way of stimulating academic achievement, coordinating academics with work related skills, and providing for a more diverse student population. Schools are usually organized around a par- ticular academic theme such as cultural activities or math & technology. Planning should be done to determine what school needs could be met by magnet schools. Grants are given by the State for magnet school planning. State financ- ing facilitates the development of magnet school programs and State bonding has helped pay the cost of building facilities. Incorporating regional magnet educa- tion can be an important element in providing increased educational capacity without making large local investments. Strategies 1. Formulate a plan to enhance local education through the establishment of regional magnet schools in the Valley. 2. Support economic development goals, fo r a better trained workforce, by identifying skills that can be the focus for regional educational efforts. 64 Support Regional Agencies Continue to support regional organizations, promote coordination of their efforts, and pursue funding for regional interests. The “All American City ” award given to the Lower Naugatuck Valley celebrated the Region’s recent accomplishments in uniting around common goals. The Val- ley Council of Governments can be the coordinating body for the many organiza- tions serving the Region and surrounding communities (some are listed below): Alliance for Economic Growth (Shelton) The Valley Chamber of Commerce brings together public and private economic development interests in the Lower Naugatuck Valley and sponsors special programs. Brownfield Pilot Project (Derby) Administered by the Council of Governments, environ- mental contamination identifi cation and remediation assis- tance is available to 10 towns in the Naugatuck Valley. Electronic Valley The Electronic Valley is the Valley’s link to the world-wide web (www.electronicvalley.org). Valley Transit (Derby) Provides commuter shuttle service and paratransit services to the Valley Region. Valley Arts Council (Shelton) Administered through the Valley Chamber of Commerce to initiate and support art programs in the Valley. Valley Council of Health & Human Service Organizations Identifies priorities for social service funding and coordi- nates programming in the Valley. Valley Needs & Opportunities Project (Ansonia) This project is directed at bringing together common inter- ests and determining priorities for future private foundation funding in the Valley. Workplace, Inc (Ansonia) The Valley’s federally funded one-stop center for employ- ment and job training needs with a local center in Ansonia. Lake Housatonic Authority (Derby) Provides environmental contro l, water management, and boating laws for this water body located in the Valley. Southwest Conservation Dis- trict, Inc. (Wallingford) Advises the DEP and provides local assistance regarding soil erosion and water conser vation problems. These dis- tricts are being reorganized around watersheds. Naugatuck Valley Health Dis- trict (Seymour) Is the local health district for six towns in the lower Nauga- tuck Valley. Strategies 1. Strive to find effective regional solutions to significant governance issues and establish funding priorities to implement needed strategies. 2. Reduce or minimize duplication of services by encouraging regional organi- zations to coordinate activities. 3. Support regional organizations necessary to achieve the goals and priorities established by the Council of Governments. 65 Enhance Cultural Resources & Facilities Promote a sense of vitality in the region, and enhance community character, by supporting the expansion of cultural and arts facilities. The recently completed Lower Naugatuck Valley Arts & Cultural Assessment , found that “most people were unable to identify the region as having an arts or cultural identity, and admit that they travel to New Haven, Waterbury, Bridge- port or New York City to enjoy…arts activities”. In response to this study, The Valley Arts Council was established with funding made available by a Matthies Foundation Grant. The Council will lead efforts to revitalize cultural and art facilities and prepare a two year strategic plan. Sug- gested activities include: Performing Arts Center The Sterling Opera House (Derby), the Strand Theater (Seymour), and Center State on Center Street (Shelton) have been identifie d as two facilities with the potential of housing community and major performances and rejuvenating the arts presence in the Valley. Visual Arts Facilities Establishment of a large gallery would allow for the display of works by the region’s visual artists on a consistent basis and also highlight the Valley’s art community. Arts Districts An Arts District where a local building is redeveloped as studio / living / gallery space for artists can help to rejuve- nate neighborhoods and communities. Arts Education Establishment of an arts magnet school, where arts perform- ances and classes could be coordinated, would enhance visibility and impact of an arts movement in the Valley. Strategies 1. Support priorities established by the Valley Arts Council. 2. Promote establishment of a performing arts facility in the Valley. 3. Promote a permanent location for visual arts to be displayed in the region. 4. Assist the Valley Arts Council in id entifying areas where adaptive reuse of historic buildings, for arts related uses, can launch an art district. 5. Work with local communities to establish an arts magnet school to improve arts education in the region. 66 FUTURE REGIONAL FORM 9 Overview The recommendations of the preceding chapte rs are combined in this chapter to present the overall future regional form for the Valley Region. The Concept Of Regional Form The future regional form was developed by considering: • existing land use patterns, environm ental constraints, and existing and proposed infrastructure (water and sewer), • local desires (as evidenced by local Plans of Conservation & Devel- opment and local zoning regulations and maps), • State guidelines (as presented in the State Plan of Conservation & Development), and • regional considerations (such as regional land use issues, regional goals and policies, and a concept of the desirable regional form). The basic concept of the regional form is to focus development in established community centers along the Naugatuck Rive r. Additional development to serve the needs of residents should be located in growth areas where indicated in the Region. Other areas are anticipated to be developed as primarily residential areas with some institutional uses and neighborhood trade and service establishments, typi- cally restricted to major intersecting ro ads. Areas of desirable open space or sig- nificant natural resources are avoided. Under the Plan, land use intensity should be highest in the regional centers. Land use intensity will also be high in areas served with adequate infrastructure (water, sewer, transportation) and in community centers and employment centers. Land use intensity should decrease outward from the regional center and from the sub-regional centers. Future development in the rural areas should be at lower densities. Major infrastructure investments (water, sewer, transportation) are not anticipated. 67 OVERVIEW OF LAND USE CATEGORIES DEVELOPMENT AREAS Regional Cores Areas of mixed uses that are the primary focus of employment, commercial, institutional, and cul- tural activity in the Region because of the significant investment in infrastructure, facilities, and services. These areas have the intensity of development to warrant local bus service. The Regional Cores include the various downtown areas. Major Economic Areas Areas outside the regional cores that have developed, or are intended, as major economic develop- ment locations in the Region. These areas ma y support limited transit (such as commuter buses and/or para-transit). Water and sewer infrastructure are typically available. Major Economic Areas include industrial pa rks and other economic development areas. Growth Areas Growth areas are intended to accommodate the bulk of future regional growth. Water or sewer infrastructure is, or could be, provided and transit service may be available. CONSERVATION AREAS Rural Areas Areas where rural character should be preserved. Any development should respect natural resource and environmental constraints. May contain farms, residential uses, and small, interspersed com- munity service areas. Intensity will depend on the availability of infrastructure and other appropri- ate support services. Open Space Areas intended to be preserved as open space or recreational uses (such as local, state, or federal parks, land trust preserves, or recreation facilities). May also include some areas perceived as open space that are in private ownership or use (such as water companies, golf courses). 68 69 OVERVIEW OF INTENSITY Land use intensity is highest in the urban areas due to the availability of adequate infrastructure (water, sewer, transportation) and compatibility with existing de- velopment. Moderate land use intensity will occur in areas with adequate exist- ing or planned infrastructure. This inte nsity pattern will promote public transpor- tation, energy conservation and air quality goals. Land use intensity should decrease outwa rd from the regional core and sub- regional centers. Future development in rural areas should be at lower densities. Major infrastructure investments (water, sewer, transportation) are not antici- pated in conservation areas. The lowest densities in the Region will o ccur where there is no infrastructure and where natural resource constraints are elevated. These areas will retai n an open space character with limited development except in pockets of good soils. RELATION TO OTHER PLANS This Plan was compared with local Pl ans of Conservation & Development, the existing 2005-2010 State Plan of Conservation & Development.This Regional Plan was found to be generally consis tent with those plans. Any inconsistencies can be generally attributed to: • the scale of the mapping, • differences in definitions of desirable uses or development densities, or • regional (as opposed to local or state) perspectives about how the Valley Region should grow and ch ange in the coming years. 70 IMPLEMENTATION 10 Overview The Valley Council of Governments will have the primary responsibility for co- ordinating implementation of the Plan's recommendations. Some of the recommendations in the Regional Plan can be implemented by the COG through funding requests, regional refe rrals, application reviews, and other means. Other recommendations require the cooperation of, and actions by, local boards and commissions in each community. Still other recommendations will be implemented with the assistance of state or federal agencies that will consider the recommendations of this Plan in their re- views and proposals. If the Plan is to be realized, it must serve as a guide to all residents, communities, commissions, boards, agencies, regional orga nizations, and individuals interested in the orderly growth of the Valley. Regional Tools Due to the unique circumstances in Connecticut (small state, no county govern- ments, regional planning organizations with advisory powers), limited tools are available at the regional level to implement the Plan. Most implementation efforts involve consensus building among local, state, and/or regional agencies in order to accomplish objectives. As a result, this Plan will serve as a guide in setting priorities, reviewing state, regional and local pro- posals, implementing programs, and assisting member communities. Situations where the Regional Plan will be used by the Regional Planning Or- ganization include review of: • projects that request federal or state funding, • proposed inter-local agreements (CGS 8-35d), • developments with inter-municipal impacts (CGS 8-3b and 8-26b), • funding of municipal economic development projects (CGS 32-224), • review of local Plans of Conservation & Development, • review of proposals requested by member municipalities, and • as a source of information, both locally and nationally. 71 Community Tools Several tools are available to implement the Plan's recommendations at the com- munity level. These tools can influence the pattern, character, and timing of fu- ture development in the Valley Region – either public or private – so that it is consistent with and promotes the goals , objectives, policies, and recommenda- tions of the Regional Plan of Conservation & Development. Available tools in- clude: • the local Plans of Conservation and Development, • Zoning and Subdivision Regulations, • Capital Improvements Program, and • Referral of Municipal Improvements (CGS 8-24). Plan of Conservation & Development The local Plan of Conservation & Development should be the basis for land use decisions by the local Planning and/or Zoning Commission. Provided that the local Plan considers the recommendations of the Regional Plan, this will help accomplish the goals and objectives of the Regional Plan. Three local plans were prepared in conjunction with the regional planning process as part of the “Smart Growth for The All American Valley Initia tive”. This joint planning process will hopefully only be the start of local and regional efforts to work together on plan- ning issues. Zoning and Subdivision Regulations The Zoning and the Subdivision Regulations provide specific criteria for land development at the time of applications. As a result, these regulations are impor- tant tools to implement the recommendations of the Plan. However, this is only true if the regulations reflect the recommendations of the Plan. Capital Budget The Capital Budget is a tool for planning major capital expenditures of a munici- pality so that local needs can be identifie d and prioritized within local fiscal con- straints that may exist. The Plan contai ns several proposals that may result in the expenditure of town funds. The Plan recommends that these (and other) items be funded as part of the Capital Budget. Referral of Municipal Improvements Section 8-24 of the Connecticut General Statutes requires that municipal im- provements (defined in the statute) be referred to the Planning & Zoning Com- mission for a report before any local acti on is taken. A proposal disapproved by the Commission can only be implemented after a two-thirds vote by the Repre- sentative Town Meeting. All local boards and agencies should be notified of Section 8-24 and its mandatory nature so that proposals can be considered and prepared in compliance with its requirements. 72 State Tools The Office of Policy & Management (OPM) is responsible for preparing the State Plan of Conservation & Development (C&D Plan). The C&D Plan is con- sidered by state agencies when undertaking projects in Connecticut. The Re- gional Plan will be considered by the Office of Policy & Management in prepar- ing future C&D Plans and in considering Valley projects. State actions that must consider the C&D Plan include: • Acquisition / development / improve ment of real property (when more than $100,000), • Acquisition of public transportati on equipment or facilities (when more than $100,000), and • The authorization of any state grant (when more than $100,000) for the above activities. Federal Tools The Regional Plan may be referred to by federal agencies when considering ma- jor projects in the Region. The Regional Plan has the greatest influence on trans- portation projects. Since The Valley Regional Planning Agency is the transportation planning agency for the Region, the Regional Plan of Conservation & Development, the Regional Transportation Plan, any special studies, and the Regional Transportation Improvement Program provide important information to the Federal Highway Administration, th e Federal Transit Administration, and other transportation agencies . Summary In summary the regional planning process will be most successful when it serves as the foundation for implementation of the Plan’s recommendations. This can be encouraged by: 1. Keeping local officials familiar with the Regional Plan by providing a copy to newly elected or appointed officials in the Region. 2. Keeping the Plan current, relevant, and “user-friendly” in order to promote its effectiveness at the local and regional level. 3. Working to educate local officials and agencies about how the Plan can be of value to their community. 4. Demonstrate the value of the Regional Plan by showing how its recommen- dations have been implemented to guide local and regional action. 73 11 CONCLUSION The Plan of Conservation & Development has been prepared to meet the chal- lenges that will confront the Valley Region in the future. In preparing this Plan, a great deal of information was collected, presented, re- viewed, and discussed. Local plans of conservation and development were pre- pared for Ansonia, Derby, and Seymour in order to update plans that were quite dated and develop an unders tanding of issues facing the communities in the re- gion. The Plan of Conservation and Development for Shelton was also reviewed to help understand the issues that they f ace. Public meetings were held to assess issues in the region and local communities. Through this work, an overall vision and general goals and polici es were developed. Finally, specific strategies were prepared and refined. This information is summarized throughout this Plan. However, it is important to realize that the most important step of the planning process is implementation of the recommendations. While the task of implemen- tation rests with all residents of the region, the realization of the Plan is orches- trated by the Council of Governments. The Plan is intended as a guide to be fo llowed in order to enhance the economic conditions and the quality of life in the Valle y Region. It is intended to be flexi- ble in order to allow adjustments in th e manner that specific goals and objectives are achieved while maintaining stability in the long-term goals of the region. During the next few years, some of the goals will hopefully be achieved, some circumstances will undoubtedly change, and some conditions will certainly arise that will suggest that it is time to reconsid er the Plan or some of its elements. Such situations are to be welcomed since it will mean that the Plan is being used. Programs that help achieve consensus, establish regional goals, and promote community welfare will all turn out to be positive steps in the history of the lower Naugatuck Valley region. 74

Politíca de justicia ambiental

Pol?tica de justicia ambiental El Consejo de Gobierno del Valle de Naugatuck Comit? ejecuto  Neil O’Leary, Mayor, Waterbury  Mark Lauretti, Mayor, Shelton  Ken Cockayne, Mayor, Bristol  Tom Dunn, Mayor, Wolcott  Leonard Assard, First Selectman, Bethlehem  Chris Bielik, First Selectman, Beacon Falls  Kurt Miller, First Selectman, Seymour  Ed Mone, First Selectman, Thomaston Personal  Rick Dunne, Executive Director  Mark C. Nielsen, Director of Planning  Trish Bauer, Oce & Financial Manager  Arthur Bogen, Brownelds Consultant  Aaron Budris, Senior Regional Planner  Max Tanguay-Colucci, Regional Planner  John DiCarlo, Municipal Shared Services Coordinator  Christian Meyer, Supervising Transportation Planner  Benjamin Muller, Transportation Planner*  Mark Pandol, Transit Capital Administrator  Glenda Prentiss, GIS Program Coordinator  Lauren Rizzo, Administrative Assistant  Joanna Rogalski, Regional Planner / Emergency Management*  Karen Svetz, P.E., Regional Transportation Engineer * indica autores principales Fuentes de copias  Naugatuck Valley Council of Governments  Leavenworth Street, rd Floor Waterbury, CT   Phone: (203) 757-0535  Email: nvcog@nvcogct.org  Website: www.nvcogct.org Expresiones de gratitud  Todos mapas y fotos por parte del personal NVCOG. EN Translations available by request. ES Traducciones disponibles bajo petici?n. IT Traduzioni disponibili su richiesta. PL Tumaczenia dostpne na zam?wienie. PT Tradu??es dispon?veis mediante solicita – ??o. SQ P?rkthime n? dispozicion me k?rkes?. ZH |?}F?~???~ ??   Declaraci?n de misi?n El Consejo de Gobierno del Valle de Naugatuck (NVCOG), una regi?n en la zona central occidental de Connecticut, compuesto por diecinueve () municipalidades, est ? cometido a lograr la participaci?n plena, justa y signicativa de las poblaciones minoritarias y de bajos ingresos en el proceso del transporte p?blico, uso de la tierra, desarrollo econ?mico y planicaci?n ambiental. Para satisfacer este cometido, el NVCOG ha incorporado los principios de justicia ambiental (JA) a su proceso de planicaci?n, programaci?n y toma de decisiones. ? Qu? es la justicia ambiental? La justicia ambiental es la pol?tica y la pr?ctica que requiere que una agencia identique y se afronte a los efectos ambientales o de la salud p?blica altamente desproporcionados o adversos de sus programas, pol?ticas y actividades en las poblaciones minoritarias y de bajos ingresos. Tambi?n requiere que se identiquen estrategias y t?cnicas para la integraci?n signicativa de dichas poblaciones que cumplen con las necesidades de la justicia ambiental. Para avanzar el cometido de NVCOG a la pr?ctica de la justicia ambiental, se seguir?n los siguientes principios orientativos.  evitar, minimizar o mitigar los efectos ambientales o de la salud p?blica altamente desproporcionados o adversos en las poblaciones minoritarias o de bajos ingresos;  asegurarse de la plena y justa participaci?n de todas las comunidades potencialmente afectadas en el proceso de planicaci?n y toma de decisiones; y  evitar la negaci?n de, reducci?n en, o retraso signicativo de la entrega de prestaciones a las poblaciones minoritarias o de bajos ingresos.  La aplicabilidad de esta pol?tica. Las provisiones de la justicia ambiental descritas en esta pol?tica se aplican a cada fase del proceso de planicaci?n y toma de decisi?n del NVCOG, independiente de la fuente de los fondos. Esta pol?tica tambi?n se aplica a las actividades de todas aquellas entidades usando fondos o recintos del NVCOG. M?s, esta pol?tica se aplica a todas las acciones de las actividades de la Central Naugatuck Valley MPO y NVCOG en nombre de la Greater Bridgeport?Valley MPO. Cuando los requisitos de las fuentes de fondos o los socios dieren de los de esta pol?tica, el NVCOG implementar? el requisito m?s estricto. La implementaci?n de esta pol?tica. Los an?lisis de la justicia ambiental a nivel de proyectos y programas son los medios principales mediante los cuales el NVCOG implementa esta pol?tica de JA. Los est?ndares y pasos de orientaci?n para el an?lisis de la JA se encuentran en la p?gina  de esta declaraci?n pol?tica. 1 FHWA Environmental Justice FAQ ( http://www.fhwa.dot/gov/environmental/environmental_justice_faq/index.cfm ) Introducci?n  Consejo de gobiernos (COG) El rol del NVCOG como consejo de gobiernos (o consejo) est? denido por los Estatutos Generales de Connecticut cap?tulo  ? -i al ? -u. El cuerpo de toma de decisiones del NVCOG es su Consejo de Funcionarios Titulares Electos (CEOs) de cada municipalidad, o miembro, de la regi?n de planicaci?n. Las estructuras gobernando la toma de decisiones del Consejo est?n denidas por los estatutos de la organizaci?n. El Consejo supervisa las cuestiones de la planicaci?n regional y la colaboraci?n de servicios municipales, a incluir las prioridades del transporte p?blico de las regiones MPO vecinas (pr?xima secci?n). Como consejo de gobiernos, la responsabilidad principal del NVCOG es la redacci?n de un documento de planicaci?n regional denominado Regional Plan of Conservation and Development (POCD). El POCD regional hace recomendaciones y le informa al POCD estatal en cuanto a ?el uso de la tierra, la vivienda, las autopistas y carreteras principales, los puentes, los aeropuertos, los parques, los parques infantiles, las ?reas de recreo, las escuelas, las instituciones p?blicas, los servicios p?blicos, la agricultura y otras cuestiones que ser?n beneciosas para el ?rea.? (Estatutos Generales de Connecticut cap?tulo  ? -a). Las normas del acercamiento p?blico durante el proceso de redacci?n de los POCD tambi?n est?n denidos en este mismo estatuto. METROPOLITAN SOUTH CENTRAL NORTHEASTERN SOUTHEASTERN CAPITOL REGION New London Windsor Locks Ansonia Beacon Falls Derby West Haven Wethers- field Thomaston Plainville East Haven New Britain Old Saybrook Middle- field Newing- ton Deep River Cromwell Rocky Hill East Granby North Canaan East Hartford Bridge- water West- brook Naugatuck Sprague Bridge- port Prospect Wood- bridge Seymour New Haven West Hartford Middle- bury North Haven New Canaan Essex Darien Andover Bethlehem North Branford Marl- borough Ne w Fairfield South Windsor Brookfield East Windsor Scot- land Strat- ford Hartford Bolton Westport Clinton Columbia Plymouth Lisbon Franklin Chaplin Bloomfield Sherman Old Lyme Weston Trumbull East Hampton Norwalk Hampton Watertown Southington Killing- worth Milford East Lyme Eastford Willington Sterling Cheshire Middletown Voluntown Hamden Stamford Madison Chester Orange Vernon Manchester Bethel Branford Bethany Putnam Farmington Wolcott Bozrah Morri s Waterbury Meriden Durham Portland Windham New Hartford Barkhamsted Burlington Winchester Roxbury Harwinton Colebrook Brooklyn Canton Washington Monroe North Stonington Ridgefield Norwich Waterford Somers Warren Woodbury Simsbury Wallingford Canterbury Windsor Fairfield Stonington Redding Easton Southbury Ellington Torrington Hartland Preston Bristol Shelton Canaan Wilton Avon Griswold Coventry East Haddam Berlin Salem Glastonbury Groton Greenwi ch Thompson Colchester Plainfield Oxford Union Mansfield Enfield Ledyard Hebron Montville Ashford Pomfret Danbury Cornwall Tolland Haddam Granby New Milford Suffield Goshen Woodstock Lyme Guilford Lebanon Norfolk Newtown Killingly Litchfield Salisbury Stafford Sharon Kent NAUGATUCK VALLEY WESTERN NORTHWEST HILLS LOWER CONNECTICUT RIVER VALLEY I 010205 Miles Source: OPM, State of Connecticut, U.S. Census Bureau 2010 Mapa : Consejos de gobiernos en Connecticut Miembros del NVCOG  Ansonia  Beacon Falls  Bethlehem  Bristol  Cheshire  Derby  Middlebury  Naugatuck  Oxford  Plymouth  Prospect  Seymour  Shelton  Southbury  Thomaston  Waterbury  Watertown  Wolcott  Woodbury  Organizaciones metropolitanas de planicaci?n (MPO) Como agencia acogedora de una organizaci?n metropolitana de planicaci?n (MPO), el NVCOG funciona como el Central Naugatuck Valley MPO y colabora con el Greater Bridgeport and Valley MPO en los procesos de la planicaci?n del transporte p?blico regional y los programas de mejoras a la infraestructura para las dos regiones de las antemencionadas MPOs. Las MPOs est?n autorizadas por las normas federales, organizadas por municipalidades como regiones y designadas por el gobernador. Las MPOs realizan la planicaci?n del transporte p?blico y apoyan el programa de mejoras al transporte p?blico a nombre de sus comunidades constituyentes. El NVCOG ?nicamente acoge el Central Naugatuck Valley MPO (CNVMPO) y como tal todas las actividades del CNVMPO han de conformarse a esta pol?tica de participaci?n p?blica. El CNVMPO comparte las responsabilidades de acogimiento con MetroCOG y RPO de la zona metropolitana de Bridgeport, de  municipalidades miembros en el Greater Bridgeport and Valley MPO: Ansonia, Derby, Seymour y Shelton. Las actividades del NVCOG que incorporan estas cuatro municipalidades han de conformarse a la pol?tica de participaci?n p?blica, pero las actividades relacionadas a la MPO en estas cuatro municipalidades han de conformarse a ambos el GBVMPO Public Participation Plan y esta pol?tica, imponiendo los requisitos m?s estrictos en caso de un conicto. METROPOLITAN SOUTH CENTRAL NORTHEASTERN SOUTHEASTERN CAPITOL REGION New London Windsor Locks Ansonia Beacon Falls Derby West Haven Wethers- field Thomaston Plainville East Haven New Britain Old Saybrook Middle- field Newing- ton Deep River Cromwell Rocky Hill East Granby North Canaan East Hartford Bridge- water West- brook Naugatuck Sprague Bridge- port Prospect Wood- bridge Seymour New Haven West Hartford Middle- bury North Haven New Canaan Essex Darien Andover Bethlehem North Branford Marl- borough Ne w Fairfield South Windsor Brookfield East Windsor Scot- land Strat- ford Hartford Bolton Westport Clinton Columbia Plymouth Lisbon Franklin Chaplin Bloomfield Sherman Old Lyme Weston Trumbull East Hampton Norwalk Hampton Watertown Southington Killing- worth Milford East Lyme Eastford Willington Sterling Cheshire Middletown Voluntown Hamden Stamford Madison Chester Orange Vernon Manchester Bethel Branford Bethany Putnam Farmington Wolcott Bozrah Morri s Waterbury Meriden Durham Portland Windham New Hartford Barkhamsted Burlington Winchester Roxbury Harwinton Colebrook Brooklyn Canton Washington Monroe North Stonington Ridgefield Norwich Waterford Somers Warren Woodbury Simsbury Wallingford Canterbury Windsor Fairfield Stonington Redding Easton Southbury Ellington Torrington Hartland Preston Bristol Shelton Canaan Wilton Avon Griswold Coventry East Haddam Berlin Salem Glastonbury Groton Greenwi ch Thompson Colchester Plainfield Oxford Union Mansfield Enfield Ledyard Hebron Montville Ashford Pomfret Danbury Cornwall Tolland Haddam Granby New Milford Suffield Goshen Woodstock Lyme Guilford Lebanon Norfolk Newtown Killingly Litchfield Salisbury Stafford Sharon Kent NAUGATUCK VALLEY WESTERN NORTHWEST HILLS LOWER CONNECTICUT RIVER VALLEY I 010205 Miles Source: OPM, State of Connecticut, U.S. Census Bureau 2010 COG Boundaries MPO Boundaries Municipalities URBANIZED AREAS (CENSUS 2010) Bridgeport-Stamford, CT/NY Danbury, CT/NY Hartford, CT New Haven, CT Norwich-New London, CT/RI Springfield, MA/CT Waterbury, CT Worcester, MA/CT Urban Clusters Mapa : MPOs y Urbanized Areas en Connecticut CNVMPO Miembros  Beacon Falls  Bethlehem  Bristol  Cheshire  Middlebury  Naugatuck  Oxford  Plymouth  Prospect  Southbury  Thomaston  Waterbury  Watertown  Wolcott  Woodbury GBVMPO Miembros  Ansonia  Derby  Seymour  Shelton  Bethlehem Woodbury Southbury Oxford Beacon Falls Naugatuck Prospect Cheshire Wolcott Bristol Plymouth Thomaston Watertown Middlebury Seymour Ansonia Derby Shelton Waterbury Mean: 27.4% Standard Deviation: 21.0% Universe: Individuals Red census block groups have a proportion of racial or ethnic minority populations >1 standard deviation than the mean. Minority Population 90% 69% 48% 27% 6% 0482 Miles I Source: U.S. Census Bureau ACS 2014 Table B03002 Mapa : Poblaciones minor?as en el NVCOG,  Media: 27.4% Desviaci?n est?ndar: 21.0% Universo: Individuous Los grupos de bloques de censos rojos tienen una proporci?n de poblaciones de minor?as raciales o ?tnicas >1 desviaci?n est?ndar por encima de la media Fuente: U.S. Census Bureau ACS 2014 Table B03002 Poblaciones minor?as  Las poblaciones de justicia ambiental est?n descritas en la orden ejecutiva  y est?n compuestas por poblaciones minoritarias, poblaciones de bajos ingresos, o ambas, Para identicar la ubicaci?n de dichas poblaciones, el NVCOG utiliza los datos de los grupos bloque m?s recientes recopilados por el American Community Survey y publicados por la Ocina del Censo de los Estados Unidos. Minor?as El NVCOG ha encontrado concentraciones de minor?as raciales y ?tnicas en la ciudad de Waterbury (mapa ). Muchos grupos bloque del censo a nivel regional tienen proporciones elevadas de poblaciones minoritarias, con una proporci?n media del ,%. M?s de la mitad de los grupos bloque de Waterbury son minoritarios – en los que la poblaci?n est? compuesta por menos del cincuenta por cien (%) de blancos no hispanos. (a nivel regional las minor?as raciales y ?tnicas constituyen el ,% de la poblaci?n). De la poblaci?n regional, el ,% (.) se identican como hispanos o latinos, mientras que el ,% (.) se identican como negro o afro-americano y el ,% se identican como asi?ticos. Blancos no hispanos Hispanos o latinos Negro o afro-americano Asi?ticos Alguna otra raza 14.7% 6.4% 2.5% 74.2% 2.1% Poblaciones minoritarias en el NVCOG,  Las poblaciones de justicia ambiental  Bethlehem Woodbury Southbury Oxford Beacon Falls Naugatuck Prospect Cheshire Wolcott Bristol Plymouth Thomaston Watertown Middlebury Seymour Ansonia Derby Shelton Waterbury Mean: 19.4% Standard Deviation: 14.2% Universe: Individuals Red census block groups have a proportion of low-income populations >1 standard deviation from the mean. Low-Income Population 62% 48% 34% 19% 5% 0482 Miles I Source: U.S. Census Bureau ACS 2014 Table C17002 Mapa : Poblaciones de bajos ingresos en el Naugatuck Valley COG,  Media: 19.4% Desviaci?n est?ndar: 14.2% Universo: Individuous Los grupos de bloques de censos rojos tienen una proporci?n de poblaciones de bajos ingresos >1 desviaci?n est?ndar por encima de la media Fuente: U.S. Census Bureau ACS 2014 Table C17002 Poblaciones de bajos ingresos  Bajos ingresos El NVCOG dene a los residentes de ?bajos ingresos? como los miembros de un hogar con unos ingresos medianos menos del ,x del umbral federal de la pobreza, que depende del n?mero de personas en el hogar. Por ejemplo, la composici?n hogare?a m?s com?n en el COG del valle de Naugatuck es una pareja casada con un solo hijo. El gobierno federal dene a esta familia como viviendo a o por debajo del umbral de la pobreza si sus ingresos anuales son iguales a o menos que $.. El umbral de bajos ingresos del NVCOG multiplicar?a esta cifra por , dando como resultado un umbral de bajos ingresos de ingresos hogare?os anuales de $.. Las poblaciones de bajos ingresos est?n concentradas en la zona central de Waterbury (mapa ), sin embargo, esta concentraci?n no es tan pronunciada como la de la poblaci?n minoritaria. Tambi?n existen varios grupos bloque del censo en Ansonia y Bristol con una mayor?a de sus residentes por debajo del umbral de bajos ingresos del NVCOG. De . individuos en la regi?n, . (,%) est?n por debajo el umbral de bajos ingresos del NVCOG, . (,%) est?n por debajo del umbral de pobreza federal, y . (,%) est?n por debajo de la mitad del umbral de pobreza federal. (Seg?n el ejemplo ante citado, la mitad del umbral de pobreza federal representa familias de dos padres y un solo hijo con menos de $. en ingresos anuales). La mediana de los ingresos hogare?os de la regi?n es $., mientras que la mediana de los ingresos familiares es $.. .x Umbral del gobierno federal . x Umbral del NVCOG . x .x Poblaciones de bajos ingresos en el NVCOG,  75.5% 1.9% 3.1% 5.5% 5.8% 3.3% 4.9%  Bethlehem Woodbury Southbury Oxford Beacon Falls Naugatuck Prospect Cheshire Wolcott Bristol Plymouth Thomaston Watertown Middlebury Seymour Ansonia Derby Shelton Waterbury The census block groups in red represent EJ communities in the Naugatuck Valley. These census block groups score greater than one standard deviation above the mean on both the proportion of minorities residing in the blockgroup and the proportion of households making less than 1.5x the federal poverty level. Qualifying Factors 2 1 0 0482 Miles I Source: U.S. Census Bureau NVCOG staff Mapa : Las comunidades JA en el NVCOG,  Los grupos de bloques censales en rojo representan las comunidades JA en el NVCOG. Estos grupos de bloques censales obtienen una puntuaci?n mayor que una desviaci?n est?ndar por encima de la media tanto en la proporci?n de minor?as que residen en el grupo de bloque como en la proporci?n de hogares con menos de 1,5x del umbral federal de la pobreza. Fuente: U.S. Census Bureau ACS 2014 Table C17002 Factores calicadores  Las comunidades JA Las comunidades JA son grupos bloques del censo en las que residen un n?mero desproporcionado de minor?as y residentes de bajos ingresos. La planicaci?n del NVCOG ha de considerar todas las poblaciones JA independiente de su concentraci?n para identicar y recticar los afectos desiguales sobre estas poblaciones, sin embargo, dichas comunidades JA son ?reas de inter?s particular a ra?z de su necesidad concentrada y han sido identicadas para la ubicaci?n de proyectos beneciosos. Las comunidades JA identicadas por el NVCOG se demuestran en rojo en el mapa  (p?gina ).  Un mapa m?s detallado de Waterbury y las comunidades JA, sobrepuesto con los lindes vecinales existentes seg?n denidos por la Ciudad de Waterbury se encentra en la p?gina . El desplazamiento y los patrones laborales Seg?n las estad?sticas del ACS del , . residentes o el ,% de la poblaci?n regional reside en una comunidad JA. Sin embargo, estas comunidades son hogar a solo . trabajadores, o el ,% de la fuerza laboral de la regi?n. M?s de una cuarta parte de los trabajadores viviendo en estas comunidades trabaja en la ciudad de Waterbury, y los dem?s trabajan en otra parte. En la ?ltima d?cada la poblaci?n trabajando en el c?rculo interno hist?rico de los suburbios de Waterbury ha disminuido, mientras que la proporci?n trabajando en Cheshire y New Haven ha aumentado. Un % de los trabajadores en las comunidades JA se desplazan a trabajar mediante el trasporte p?blico, m?s elevado que las cifras regionales, pero solo un % de hogares no tiene acceso a un carro. M?s de la mitad de la poblaci?n laboral trabaja en solo tres sectores: asistencia sanitaria y asistencia social, manufactura, y comercio minorista. Comparado a la regi?n, existe una concentraci?n de empleos de manufactura, comercio minorista y servicio alimenticio en estas comunidades, y una falta de empleo en el sector de la educaci?n. El nivel de escolarizaci?n y la vivienda Las poblaciones en estas comunidades tienen un nivel de escolarizaci?n algo inferior al de la regi?n en s?, con un ,% de la poblaci?n mayores de  a?os de edad con una educaci?n universitaria, comparado al ,% en la base urbana de la regi?n del NVCOG, ,% a nivel regional y ,% a nivel estatal. ( NVCOG Regional Prole  ) Estas tasas de niveles de escolarizaci?n se han mantenido estables a lo largo de los ?ltimos  a?os, comparado a un aumento en el nivel de escolarizaci?n medio a nivel regional y estatal. Las unidades de viviendas en estas comunidades lo est?n al ,% por inquilinos, comparado a el ,% ocupadas por inquilinos a nivel regional. Es m?s, el ,% de todas las unidades de viviendas en estas comunidades est?n vacantes, que es dram?ticamente mucho m?s elevado que la tasa de vacancias del ,% en la ciudad de Waterbury y la tasa de vacancias del ,% a nivel regional. 2 Las comunidades JA m?s actualizadas pueden encontrarse en el Ap?ndice. Quienes somos: Mejores lugares de trabajo . Waterbury .% . Cheshire .% . Watertown .% . Hartford .% . New Haven .% Principales industrias . Cuidado de la salud .% . Fabricaci?n .% . Venta al por menor .% . Administraci?n .% . Servicios de comida .% . El nivel de escolarizaci?n Fuente: U.S. Census Bureau LEHD O-D Employment Statistics, 2014 Menos que la educaci?n secundaria 14.5% Educaci?n secundaria o equivalente 19.8% Alg?n colegio o grado asociado 21.7% T?tulo universitario 15.6% No disponible o menos de 29 28.6%  Qualifying Factors 2 1 0 3 2 1 4 6 12 13 7 14 15 18 16 9 8 17 10 19 11 20 21 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Waterville Fairmount Brookside Ind. Park Browns Meadows Overlook St. Margaret/Willow Pl.* Hillside Crownbrook New PAC North End Wolcott Road West End Brooklyn* Central Business District South End W.O.W.* Berkeley Heights Washington Hill East End Scott Road Capt. Neville Ind. Park Arriba se muestra un mapa detallado de las comunidades JA FY  ubicadas en Waterbury, con una superposici?n de los l?mites de barrio designados por la ciudad. Muchos de estos vecindarios tienen asociaciones de vecinos que discuten los temas vitales que enfrentan en reuniones regulares. Al planicar o programar proyectos que afectan a estas regiones, las organizaciones de vecindarios existentes deben ser consideradas un recurso primario para el alcance. Los barrios con asteriscos representan Neighborhood Revitalization Zones, una designaci?n estatal especial. Mapa : Las comunidades JA en Waterbury,  Factores calicadores  Socios El NVCOG trabajar? para incorporar las necesidades de las comunidades JA y poblaciones JA a todas las facetas de las actividades de programaci?n y planicaci?n. Para mejor entender las necesidades y efectos potenciales de las actividades del NVCOG en estos vecindarios y poblaciones, es benecioso fundar relaciones con los l?deres comunitarios y las organizaciones representativas. El NVCOG ha comenzado a componer una lista de agencias y organizaciones comunitarias para realizar un acercamiento p?blico directo sobre las actividades del NVCOG en sus vecindarios o afectando sus constituyentes. Nombre de la organizaci?n Brooklyn Neighborhood Association CT Department of Public Health DEEP Environmental Justice Program Main Street Waterbury Hispanic Coalition of Greater Waterbury Huntington Woods Apartments Greater Waterbury United Way Naugatuck Valley Health District Northwest Workforce Investment Board Valley United Way Waterbury Neighborhood Council Waterville Community Club Walnut-Orange-Walsh NRZ Adem?s de la lista anterior, el NVCOG mantiene una lista de distribuci?n amplia de organizaciones, ONGs, y partes interesadas que deber?an ser noticados de los programa y planes del NVCOG. La dependencia al transporte p?blico El NVCOG y sus actividades como ambos MPO y COG, participa en la planicaci?n y programaci?n para la poblaci?n que depende del transporte p?blico para desplazarse. T?picamente, estas poblaciones no est ?n incluidas en las poblaciones JA. Como referencia, el NVCOG ha identicado las ubicaciones geogr?cas de las poblaciones dependientes del transporte p?blico en la regi?n utilizando dos medidas: la proporci?n de la poblaci?n laboral que se desplaza al trabajo por medios distintos que los autom?viles privados, y la proporci?n de los hogares que no tienen acceso a un autom?vil. Estas dos medidas nos proporcionan dos panoramas muy diferentes ya que un gran n?mero de comunidades de jubilados y centros para la tercera edad est?n ubicados en ?rea rurales y las opciones del transporte p?blico var?an de municipio a municipio dentro de la regi?n NVCOG. Los mapas de estas poblaciones se encuentran en el Ap?ndice.  An?lisis de la justicia ambiental La clave para implementar la pol?tica de justicia ambiental del NVCOG es de incorporar un an?lisis del impacto de la justicia econ?mica en los proyectos y programas. Para asegurarse de realizar dichos an?lisis con precisi?n y consistencia, el NVCOG ha establecido los siguientes est?ndares para los an?lisis a nivel de proyecto y programa. Al considerar el impacto de un programa o proyecto, todas las fases han de ser consideradas desde el montaje inicial hasta la construcci?n hasta el n y la revisi?n. An?lisis de la justicia ambiental a nivel de proyecto Dado que, por regla general, los proyectos son m?s localizados que los programas, los impactos a las comunidades JA son m?s tangibles y medibles que los impactos de los programas. Como tal, un m?todo cuantitativo es a menudo el mejor m?todo para analizar los impactos previstos y actuales. Al seleccionar una unidad de an?lisis espacial, tal como ?rea del censo o bloque del censo, utilice esa unidad consistentemente al identicar las poblaciones impactadas negativa y positivamente. . Identique espacialmente el/los ?rea(s) del proyecto. Haga un bosquejo de los lindes del proyecto incluyendo las zonas de montaje. . Identique espacialmente las poblaciones m?s impactadas negativamente por el proyecto. Utilizando los datos espaciales y demogr?cos disponibles m?s actualizados, identique y espacialmente delinee las poblaciones o vecindarios que ser?n impactados m ?s negativamente por las fases del montaje, la construcci?n, y pos-construcci?n del proyecto. Los impactos negativos pueden incluir, pero sin limitarse a: el ruido, la contaminaci?n, un aumento en el tiempo de desplazamiento, una disminuci?n en la accesibilidad, un aumento en el costo del estacionamiento o las tarifas del trasporte p?blico y otros efectos secundarios ambientales. . Identique espacialmente las poblaciones m?s positivamente impactadas por el proyecto. Al igual que en el segundo paso, utilice datos para identicar y delinear las poblaciones o vecindarios que se beneciar?n del proyecto. Los impactos positivos pueden incluir, sin limitarse a: una disminuci?n en el tiempo de desplazamiento, un aumento en las ventas para los comerciantes locales en el ?rea de la construcci?n, un aumento en las opciones de tipos de transporte p?blico, y un aumento en la variedad de destinos del transporte p?blico. . Eval?e si algunas de las poblaciones impactadas o bien negativa o positivamente tambi?n son poblaciones JA. Utilice el gr?co a continuaci?n para determinar si las poblaciones espacialmente identicadas tambi?n son poblaciones JA. Utilice las siguientes caracter?sticas demogr?cas: Figura . Caracter?sticas demogr?cas Minoridad No minoridad Bajos ingresos 7 7 No bajos ingresos 7 ; De contestar ?s? siga al paso  para aprender de la comunidad los posibles impactos positivos y negativos del proyecto. Implementaci?n  De contestar ?no?, no se requiere m?s an?lisis JA. Documente el trabajo realizado hasta la fecha y arch?velo con la documentaci?n del proyecto. . Ases?rese sobre los posibles impactos negativos en la poblaci?n JA. Integre a las poblaciones JA mediante canales de comunicaci?n para mejor entender los posibles impactos negativos y positivos del proyecto propuesto, e identicar posibles acciones atenuantes o modicaciones al proyecto. Los m?todos para integrar a las comunidades se detallan en la Pol?tica de Acercamiento P?blico del NVCOG. . Identique cualquier impacto dispar a la poblaci?n JA. Compare los impactos negativos en la poblaci?n JA contra aquellos de la poblaci?n no JA para discernir si las poblaciones JA est?n siendo afectadas negativamente de forma desproporcional. Compare estos impactos negativos con los positivos en la comunidad JA. . Identique acciones atenuantes o modicaciones al proyecto a incluir en el proyecto. Considere las acciones atenuantes descritas por la poblaci?n JA afectada e identicadas por el personal del NVCOG. Las acciones atenuantes han de estar relacionadas a los impactos dispar, por ejemplo, moviendo la zona de montaje, proporcionando un acceso alternativo durante el transcurso del proyecto, o realizando inversiones paralelas en mejoras del transporte p?blico. Acu?rdese que la redistribuci?n de los recursos del proyecto a un proyecto m?s benecioso para la poblaci?n JA tambi?n puede considerase una acci?n atenuante. Determine qu? acciones atenuantes se incluir?n en el proyecto y docum?ntelas. An?lisis de la justicia ambiental a nivel de programa Los impactos de los programas e iniciativas de planicaci?n del NVCOG a nivel de programa son regionales en vez de locales, y por ende m?s dif?ciles de cuanticar. Se recomienda un enfoque m?s cualitativo ?junto con un an?lisis espacial?para identicar un mejor entendimiento de los impactos positivos y negativos de los programas en las poblaciones JA. Al identicar las poblaciones, aseg?rese de utilizar la misma unidad para aquellas que pudieran estar impactadas negativa o positivamente, o ambos. . Identique los impactos positivos y los beneciarios del programa en el pasado y los previstos. Identique los benecios previstos del programa y la poblaci?n que puede ser afectada. Si el programa ha conllevado al desarrollo de proyectos y/ o mejoras, enum?relas y las poblaciones que se han beneciado. . Identique los impactos negativos del programa en el pasado y los previstos y las poblaciones afectadas. Detalle cualquier impacto existente y previsto e identique la poblaci?n afectada. . Eval?e si algunas de las poblaciones impactadas o bien negativa o positivamente tambi?n son poblaciones JA. Utilice el graco a continuaci?n para determinar si las poblaciones espacialmente identicadas tambi?n son poblaciones JA. Utilice las siguientes caracter?sticas demogr?cas: Figura . Caracter?sticas demogr?cas Minoridad No minoridad Bajos ingresos 7 7 No bajos ingresos 7 ; De contestar ?s? siga al paso . De contestar ?no?, no se requiere m?s an?lisis JA. Documente el trabajo realizado hasta la fecha y arch?velo con la documentaci?n del proyecto.  . Ases?rese m?s sobre los posibles impactos del programa en el pasado o previstos en la poblaci?n JA. Integre a las poblaciones JA para mejor entender los posibles impactos negativos positivos del programa propuesto, y para identicar posibles acciones atenuantes o modicaciones al programa. Los m?todos para integrar a las poblaciones se enumeran en la Pol?tica de Acercamiento P?blico del NVCOG. . Identique y documente las acciones atenuantes y mejoras al programa. Considere las acciones atenuantes descritas por las poblaciones JA e identicadas por el personal del NVCOG. Las acciones atenuantes deben estar relacionadas directamente al impacto negativo, por ejemplo, mejor acercamiento para las poblaciones afectadas, redirecci?n de las prioridades del programa, un cambio en la estructura de las comisiones asesoras, u otras acciones que pudieran proporcionarles a las poblaciones afectadas una mayor participaci?n y m?s benecios. Programas de mejoras en el transporte p?blico (TIPs) Como agencia de planicaci?n acogiendo la Central Naugatuck Valley Region MPO y cooperando con el Greater Bridgeport Valley MPO, el NVCOG prepara un programa de mejoras al transporte p?blico (TIP) cada cuatro a ?os , programando la asistencia federal, estatal y local a las mejoras del transporte p?blico. La TIP define la programaci?n de los proyectos del transporte p?blico. Cada partida presupuestaria en la TIP ha de ser analizada individualmente utilizando el proceso de an?lisis JA detallado en las p?ginas - . Adem?s, la TIP en su totalidad ha de ser analizada utilizando estos procesos para discernir si el efecto neto del programa tiene un impacto desproporcionadamente negativo en las poblaciones JA. Dado que la TIP es b?sicamente un documento nanciero, el an?lisis JA ha de incluir un c?lculo de si las poblaciones JA est?n recibiendo su parte equitativa de la inversi?n p?blica. La ?parte equitativa? se dene como una parte de los fondos que impactan positivamente a las comunidades JA proporcional a la parte de la poblaci?n regional. Poblaci?n de las comunidades JA = , = .% Total de la poblaci?n regional ,  Para determinar si la TIP se ajusta a esta determinaci?n de parte equitativa, sume los fondos totales que impactan positivamente a las comunidades JA, reste los fondos que impactan negativamente a las comunidades JA, y divida por el total de fondos programados para as? calcular la parte de fondos TIP correspondientes a las comunidades JA. Impactos positivos ($) ? Impactos negativos ($) = Parte correspondiente a las communidades JA Total programado ($) Adem?s de la TIP para las MPO, el NVCOG y sus MPO constituyentes tambi?n cooperan con el estado de Connecticut para desarrollar el Plan de Mejoras del Transporte P?blico Estatal (STIP). Dado que la TIP y STIP se desarrollan simult?neamente todo proyecto nalizado en la STIP ha de seguir el mismo an?lisis JA. La pr?xima TIP completa para el NVCOG est? programada para el a?o scal . Enmiendas a la TIP En lo que la TIP se redacta cada cuatro a?os, los cambios en el alcance y costos del proyecto ocurren con frecuencia. Esto requiere que se enmiende la TIP. El volver a priorizar a nivel estatal puede que tambi?n requiera una enmienda a la TIP. El proceso de enmendar la TIP es m?s r?pido que el proceso de desarrollo de la TIP, sin embargo, las enmiendas a la TIP han de ser estudiadas a fondo mediante  un an?lisis de justicia ambiental para identicar cualquier impacto desproporcionado que pudieran surgir y en caso exista la necesidad de acciones atenuantes. Cuando el estado pide enmiendas a la TIP, cualquier impacto desproporcionado a las poblaciones JA se han de negociar con el estado antes de aprobar la enmienda a la TIP. Programas de trabajo de planicaci?n unicado El programa de trabajo de planicaci?n unicado (UPWP) es parecido a la TIP en que desembolsa los proyectos que el NVCOG comenzar? dentro de un periodo de tiempo dado (un a?o), pero el UPWP se enfoca m?s en el proceso de planicaci?n y los productos nales. Mientras que es m?s dif?cil cuanticar el trabajo realizado bajo el UPWP y sus impactos inmediatos son menos aparentes, es importante considerar la justicia ambiental durante el proceso de desarrollo e implementaci?n del UPWP. Para incorporar los principios de la justicia ambiental al UPWP, se recomiendan los siguientes procedimientos: . Incorporar el an?lisis de la justicia ambiental a los productos nales grandes o de gran impacto . Capacitar al personal en la justicia ambiental . Convocar sesiones p?blicas o reuniones p?blicas informativas en las comunidades JA. Planes para el transporte p?blico a largo plazo El NVCOG est? obligado a crear planes para el transporte p?blico a lago plazo (LRTP) para las MPO dentro de su regi?n. Los LRTPs t?picamente tienen horizontes de planicaci?n de  a?os, y se utilizan para identicar proyectos a incluir en la TIP y UPWP. M?s, los LRTPs sirven para identicar una visi?n para la planicaci?n del transporte p?blico y la infraestructura regional. Los LRTPs han de conformarse a los principios de la justicia ambiental al considerar de forma proactiva las necesidades de las comunidades y poblaciones de inter?s, y los impactos negativos en estas comunidades por los proyectos y programas bien intencionados. Como tal, el LRTP debe incluir un an?lisis de justicia ambiental de las mejoras propuestas. Planicaci?n y programas, otros El NVCOG trabajar? para implementar los principios de la justicia ambiental en otros aspectos de su labor de planicaci?n. Todo el personal del NVCOG recibir? capacitaci?n sobre el an?lisis de la justicia ambiental y materiales de referencia. M?s, todos los requisitos de participaci?n p?blica hacen menci?n expl?cita de la justicia ambiental y la necesidad de tener consideraciones adicionales con las poblaciones y comunidades JA durante todas las fases de planicaci?n: desarrollo del plan, acercamiento p?blico y publicaci?n. Actualizaciones a esta pol?tica Las actualizaciones a esta pol?tica de justicia ambiental han de conformarse a la Pol?tica de Acercamiento P?blico del NVCOG. Este documento califica como un Proyecto menor bajo las provisiones de es ta pol?tica. Para esta pol?tica, una actualizaci?n t?cnica menor incluye ajustes a la lista de socios y sus datos, ajustes para que los cambios en otras pol?ticas pertinentes que no afectan los principios o las metas de esta pol?tica correspondan, y alteraciones t?cnicas generales.  Comunidades JA actuales (ed. //) A: FY  comunidades JA A: FY  comunidades JA?Waterbury A: FY  comunidades JA?Bristol A: Poblaciones minorias,  A: Poblaciones de bajos ingresos,   Mapas adicionales (ed. //) A: Trabajadores que transitan por transito,  A: Hogares que caracen de acceso a un carro,  A: Poblaciones ancianas,   Formulario de an?lisis JA del programma (en)  Form ulario de an?lisis JA de proyectos (en)  Resoluci?n de NVCOG (en) Ap?ndices A Bethlehem Woodbury Southbury Oxford Beacon Falls Naugatuck Prospect Cheshire Wolcott Bristol Plymouth Thomaston Watertown Middlebury Seymour Ansonia Derby Shelton Waterbury The census block groups in red represent EJ communities in the Naugatuck Valley. These census block groups score greater than one standard deviation above the mean on both the proportion of minorities residing in the blockgroup and the proportion of households making less than 1.5x the federal poverty level. Qualifying Factors 2 1 0 Previously ID’d Communities 0482 Miles I Source: U.S. Census Bureau NVCOG staff Mapa A: Las comunidades JA en el NVCOG,  Los grupos de bloques censales en rojo representan las comunidades JA en el NVCOG. Estos grupos de bloques censales obtienen una puntuaci?n mayor que una desviaci?n est?ndar por encima de la media tanto en la proporci?n de minor?as que residen en el grupo de bloque como en la proporci?n de hogares con menos de 1,5x del umbral federal de la pobreza. Fuente: U.S. Census Bureau ACS 2015 Table C17002 Factores calicadores Previamente identicadas A Qualifying Factors 2 1 0 Additional Communities* Arriba se muestra un mapa detallado de las comunidades JA FY  ubicadas en Waterbury, con una superposici?n de los l?mites de barrio designados por la ciudad. Muchos de estos vecindarios tienen asociaciones de vecinos que discuten los temas vitales que enfrentan en reuniones regulares. Al planicar o programar proyectos que afectan a estas regiones, las organizaciones de vecindarios existentes deben ser consideradas un recurso primario para el alcance. Los barrios con asteriscos representan Neighborhood Revitalization Zones, una designaci?n estatal especial. Mapa A: Las comunidades JA en Waterbury,  Factores calicadores Previamente identicadas 3 2 1 4 14 15 17 12 19 18 24 20 10 11 21 9 23 8 26 27 13 7 6 5 25 16 22 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Berkeley Heights Boulevard Bouley Manor Brooklyn* Brookside Ind. Pk. Browns Meadows Capt. Neville Ind. Pk. Central Bus. District Crownbrook East End Fairmount Hill Street Hillside Hopeville Lakewood New PAC North End Overlook Scott Road South End Town Plot 23 24 25 26 27 Washington Hill Waterville West End Willow Plaza* Wolcott Road W.O.W. A Qualifying Factors 2 1 0 Arriba se muestra un mapa detallado de las comunidades JA FY  ubicadas en Bristol. Bristol no tiene barrios tan claramente denidos como Waterbury (Mapa A). Al planear o programar proyectos que afecten a estas comunidades, el personal de NVCOG debe trabajar con la Ciudad de Bristol para identicar organizaciones de base y otros medios con los cuales coordinarse con los residentes afectados. Mapa A: Las comunidades JA en Bristol,  Factores calicadores 1 Huntington Woods 1 A Bethlehem Woodbury Southbury Oxford Beacon Falls Naugatuck Prospect Cheshire Wolcott Bristol Plymouth Thomaston Watertown Middlebury Seymour Ansonia Derby Shelton Waterbury Mean: 27.4% Standard Deviation: 21.0% Universe: Individuals Red census block groups have a proportion of racial or ethnic minority populations >1 standard deviation than the mean. Minority Population 90% 69% 48% 27% 6% 0482 Miles I Source: U.S. Census Bureau ACS 2014 Table B03002 Mapa A: Poblaciones minor?as en el NVCOG,  Media: 28.2% Desviaci?n est?ndar: 26.1% Universo: Individuous Los grupos de bloques de censos rojos tienen una proporci?n de poblaciones de minor?as raciales o ?tnicas >1 desviaci?n est?ndar por encima de la media Fuente: U.S. Census Bureau ACS 2015 Table B03002 Poblaciones minor?as A Bethlehem Woodbury Southbury Oxford Beacon Falls Naugatuck Prospect Cheshire Wolcott Bristol Plymouth Thomaston Watertown Middlebury Seymour Ansonia Derby Shelton Waterbury Mean: 19.4% Standard Deviation: 14.2% Universe: Individuals Red census block groups have a proportion of low-income populations >1 standard deviation from the mean. Low-Income Population 62% 48% 34% 19% 5% 0482 Miles I Source: U.S. Census Bureau ACS 2014 Table C17002 Mapa A: Poblaciones de bajos ingresos en el Naugatuck Valley COG,  Media: 20.1% Desviaci?n est?ndar: 18.7% Universo: Individuous Los grupos de bloques de censos rojos tienen una proporci?n de poblaciones de bajos ingresos >1 desviaci?n est?ndar por encima de la media Fuente: U.S. Census Bureau ACS 2015 Table C17002 Poblaciones de bajos ingresos A Bethlehem Woodbury Southbury Oxford Beacon Falls Naugatuck Prospect Cheshire Wolcott Bristol Plymouth Thomaston Watertown Middlebury Seymour Ansonia Derby Shelton Waterbury Mean: 2.3% Standard Deviation: 4.5% Universe: Workers Age 16+ Commute by Transit 20.2% 15.7% 11.3% 6.8% 2.3% 0482 Miles I Source:U.S. Census Bureau ACS 2015 Table B08301 Mapa A: Trabajadores que transitan por tr?nsito en el NVCOG,  Media: 2.3% Desviaci?n est?ndar: 4.5% Universo: Trabajadores mayores de 16 Fuente: U.S. Census Bureau ACS 2015 Table B08301 Transitan por tr?nsito A Bethlehem Woodbury Southbury Oxford Beacon Falls Naugatuck Prospect Cheshire Wolcott Bristol Plymouth Thomaston Watertown Middlebury Seymour Ansonia Derby Shelton Waterbury Mean: 10.0% Standard Deviation: 12.2% Universe: Households No Access to a Vehicle 59% 47% 34% 22% 10% 0482 Miles I Source:U.S. Census Bureau ACS 2015 Table B25045 Mapa A: Hogares que carecen de acceso a un carro en el NVCOG,  Media: 10.0% Desviaci?n est?ndar: 12.2% Universo: Hogares Fuente: U.S. Census Bureau ACS 2015 Table B08301 Carecen de acceso a un carro A Bethlehem Woodbury Southbury Oxford Beacon Falls Naugatuck Prospect Cheshire Wolcott Bristol Plymouth Thomaston Watertown Middlebury Seymour Ansonia Derby Shelton Waterbury % of Population >65 Years 43% 34% 25% 16% 7% 0482 Miles I Source: U.S. Census Bureau ACS 2015 Table B01001 Mapa A: Poblaciones ancianas en el NVCOG,  Fuente: U.S. Census Bureau ACS 2015 Table B01001 Poblaciones ancianas    bb                                                                                                                                           b   b 0                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             ??????????  ???????????????b?????????????b  ??????????????? ??????????????????? ???????????b??????????????????b???????    bb                                                                                                                         b  b                                                     0                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              ????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? ???????????????????????????????????b???????? ??????????????????? ??? ?????????????????

Naugatuck River Greenway Unified Signage and Wayfinding Design Manual

Uniform Signage and Wayfinding Design Manual Prepared by Milone & MacBroom For the Naugatuck Valley Council of Governments November 2016 NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | ii Project Team: Naugatuck Valley Council Governments 49 Leavenworth Street, 3rd Floor Waterbury CT, 06702 www.nvcogct.org Mark Nielsen, Director of Planning Aaron Budris, Senior Regional Planner Max Tanguay-Colucci, Regional Planner Ben Muller, Transportation Planner I Naugatuck River Greenway Steering Committee Co-Chairs: Chuck Berger, Town of Watertown Ingrid Manning, Community Volunteer Jack Walsh, City of Derby Naugatuck River Greenway Steering Committee Reviewers Vicki Barnes, Town of Watertown Liz Falzone, Town of Beacon Falls Joan Kirchner, Town of Harwinton Rista Malanca, City of Torrington Rich Minnick, Town of Beacon Falls Dominic Sorrentino, Town of Beacon Falls Kevin Zak, Naugatuck River Revival Group Special thanks to John Monroe of the National Park Service (retired) who was critical to the vision and planning for this guide. Design Consultant: Milone & MacBroom, Inc. 99 Realty Drive, Cheshire, CT 06410 Michael Doherty, PLA, ASLA Lan Ma Acknowledgments Acknowledgments Section | Preface: NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | iii This guide was developed with a grant provided by the U.S. Department of Transportation Federal Highway Administration under the Recreational Trails Program. The grant was administered by the Connecticut Department of Energy and Environmental Protection. Additional matching funds were provided through the Unified Planning Work Programs of the Central Naugatuck Valley MPO and the Greater Bridgeport and Valley MPO (Valley planning region) and funds provided from the USDOT Federal Highway Administration, the USDOT Federal Transit Administration, the Connecticut Department of Transportation and by contributions from member municipalities of the Naugatuck River Greenway Steering Committee and Naugatuck Valley Council of Governments. The opinions, findings, and conclusions expressed in the report are those of the Naugatuck River Greenway Steering Committee and Naugatuck Valley Council of Governments, and do reflect the official views of the CTDOT and the USDOT. Funding Funding Section | Preface: NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | iv Introduction ………………………………………………………… 1 Overview …………………………………………………………….. … 1 The Naugatuck River Greenway …………………………………………….. 3 Signage Implementation ………………………………………………….. 4 Graphic Standards ………………………………………………….. 5 Fonts …………………………………………………………….. ……. 6 Color Palettes ……………………………………………………………. 9 NRG Logo …………………………………………………………….. .. 11 Universal Symbols ……………………………………………………….. 13 Sign Standards ……………………………………………………. 15 Confidence Marker ………………………………………………………. 16 Trailhead Wayfinding …………………………………………………….. 19 Trailhead Kiosk ………………………………………………………….. 21 Trail & Roadside Wayfinding ………………………………………………. 23 Interpretive Waysides …………………………………………………….. 28 Banners ……………………………………………………………… … 31 Temporary Signs ………………………………………………………… 33 Sign Templates ……………………………………………………. 34 Site Selection ……………………………………………………… 50 Sign Installation …………………………………………………… 52 Sign Materials …………………………………………………….. 55 Sign Details ………………………………………………………. 56 Sign Maintenance …………………………………………………. 64 Table of Contents Table of Contents Section | Preface: NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 1 Overview Overview This manual is intended to guide the planning, design, installation, and maintenance of signage along the route of the Naugatuck River Greenway (NRG) and to formalize a standardized branding policy for the entire greenway. The NRG is a planned 44-mile corridor following the Naugatuck River from Torrington to Derby that will be connected by a multiuse bicycle and pedestrian trail. Oversight of design and construction of the NRG is generally being conducted at the local level, with the 11 host municipalities along the river responsible for completing sections of trail within their respective towns. The Naugatuck River Greenway Steering Committee (NRGSC) was formed to help coordinate trail development in 2008. The committee is administered by staff at the Naugatuck Valley Council of Governments (NVCOG), and consists of representatives from all 11 trail communities along with federal, state and regional partners and other stakeholders. Since much of the planning and construction will be implemented at the local level, the materials, feel and look of the trail may undoubtedly vary from town-to-town based on local needs and desires. Regardless of these differences, it is important to emphasize that the NRG is a single entity that will traverse 11 communities. Visitors to the completed trail should know that they are on a section of the NRG, and be met with a familiar system of signage and wayfinding no matter which town they are in. The NRGSC recognized that a well designed and implemented unified brand and signage program was critical to the continuity of the NRG. With support and assistance from the NRGSC, NVCOG applied for and received a Recreational Trails Program grant through the Connecticut Department of Energy and Environmental Protection (CT DEEP) to fund the development of this “Uniform Signage and Wayfinding Design Manual .” To rrin gto n Lit c h fie ld H arw in to n B urli n g to n Ply m outh B ris to l Th om asto n M orris B eth le h em W ate rto w n W olc o tt W ate rb ury W oodbury M id dle b ury So uth bury N ew to w n Nau gatu ck O xfo rd P ro sp ect Ch esh ir e B eaco n F a lls B eth an y Se ym our W oodbrid ge A nso nia D erb y Sh elt o n O ra n ge N ew H ave n G osh en W in ch este r Can to n C re d it s : N VCO G, C T D EEP, E sri, H ERE, D eLo rm e, M ap m yIn dia , © O pen Str e etM ap c o ntrib uto rs , a n d t h e G IS u se r c o m munit y C T M A NY RI M ap E xte n t I 0 510 2 .5 M ile s N au gatu ck R iv er G re en w ay O pen T ra il S ectio nU nd er D esig n / C onstru ctio nPla n ned T ra il Se ctio n Section | Introduction: NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 2 Overview Overview This manual is intended to be used by municipalities and organizations along the greenway route to ensure that individually produced signs follow a common theme and that the NRG is identifiable along its route. Towns and organizations are asked and expected to adhere to the standards set forth in this guide. The manual has been developed and designed to be flexible so that communities may adapt content, audience or situation, and to allow some personalization. The templates that accompany this guide include approved fonts, branding and layouts pre- loaded, and were designed to make sign development easy, but with the ability to build on the basic templates to make more complex signage while retaining continuity between signs. Sign templates, fonts, and logos can be obtained by contacting NVCOG. Signs developed using these guidelines will provide for confident wayfinding along the trail, and will also introduce new users to the trail and introduce those on the trail to attractions, facilities, and businesses in the communities along the route. Well-designed interpretive signs will also educate trail users about natural and cultural features along the trail, and the history of the river and river communities. Overall, properly designed signage will provide for a safe, enjoyable, and informative user experience, and help integrate the trail into the communities through which it will pass. Section | Introduction: NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 3 When complete, the NRG will follow the Naugatuck River for approximately 44 miles, and will link 11 municipalities, help reclaim the Naugatuck River for recreation, provide an alternate mode of transportation, support tourism and economic development in the region, and improve the quality of life of valley residents. The NRG will start in Torrington and follow the river south through Litchfield, Harwinton, Thomaston, Watertown, Waterbury, Naugatuck, Beacon Falls, Seymour, Ansonia and Derby. As of 2016, there are five sections of NRG open to the public representing approximately 10% of the total length of planned trail with additional sections in various phases of design with plans for construction in the coming years. Long dismissed as a polluted and dead river due to a legacy of industrial abuse, the Naugatuck River has made a remarkable comeback over the last several decades, and is increasingly a destination for anglers, paddlers and sightseers. The NRG will provide access and reconnect communities to the river that have historically turned their backs on it, with waterfront promenades, overlooks, boat launches, and fishing access points all figuring into greenway plans. The multiuse trail will provide a high quality and attractive corridor that will accommodate both walkers and persons riding a bicycle safely. The communities along the Naugatuck River are also recovering from the loss of the industrial base that grew up along the river and once drove local economies. The NRG is envisioned as one way to help communities reclaim the river as a driver of local economies and a way to improve local quality of life. The NRG will draw sightseers, cyclists and recreationalists to the valley, and will provide opportunities for local businesses to capitalize on this increased tourist traffic. At the same time, the NRG will give local residents a multiuse trail to recreate on rather than travelling to trails elsewhere, and will improve the health and quality of life of those who use it. Since many of the communities along the trail route are in close proximity to each other, the trail will provide a safe and convenient non-motorized alternative for commuting in the valley for those who cannot or would rather not use a personal motor vehicle or public transit. These benefits have already been borne out on open sections of NRG, as the trail has become a popular destination and meeting place among residents and non-residents alike, and as a means for transportation. These economic and quality of life benefits will increase as more trail sections are built. These signage guidelines have been designed to help design signs that will maximize these benefits for NRG communities. The Naugatuck River Greenway The Greenway Section | Introduction: NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 4 Signage Implementation This manual was developed to assist NRG municipalities and partners in the development and installation of various signs to be used along the NRG route. Signage templates, graphics, fonts and logos can be obtained free of charge from NVCOG. Signage should be developed in consultation with the NRGSC. The Steering Committee will review and guide sign plans to ensure that signage guidelines are adhered to, that content is appropriate and properly presented, and that signs are installed at proper locations. Some assistance and guidance for signage design may be offered on a case by case basis by NVCOG staff. While each town or partner is ultimately responsible for their signage, collaboration with regional partners will be critical in the development of a unified signage program. NVCOG will maintain an inventory of all NRG signage. Once signs are installed, please submit to NVCOG a list of all signs with sign type, a summary of content, GPS coordinates, a written location description, and a photograph of the installed sign. The inventory will be published as an interactive online map. It is recommended that signage be incorporated in the design and construction phases of trail development. Construction funding should be used to purchase and install a full suite of signage along each trail section. This will ensure that proper signage is in place when the trail section opens to the public, and will avoid the need for additional funding to design and purchase signs. All signs are inherently temporary. Even the most durable sign will eventually fade, rust, break down or be targeted by vandals and need to be replaced. Sign content will ultimately become outdated, businesses and attractions noted on signs may move, or new topics may be the desired focus of new signs. Partners should plan for this and establish a program to periodically inspect signs for wear or damage, and develop an ongoing replacement program to keep signs fresh and up to date following these guidelines. Partners with existing signs along the NRG that predate this guide should incorporate the new standards when replacing their sign stock. While this manual focuses on specialized information, wayfinding and route designation signage related to the Naugatuck River Greenway, it is also necessary to ensure that the signs be installed in accordance to state and federal guidelines. The federal Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) defines the “standards used by road managers nationwide to install and maintain traffic control devices on all public streets, highways, bikeways, and private roads open to public travel. The MUTCD is published by the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) under 23 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Part 655, Subpart F.” This manual should be consulted to ensure consistency in the installation and placement of NRG-related signage and avoid any contradictory messages. Implementation Section | Introduction: NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 5 In order to present a unified identity for the Naugatuck River Greenway, it is important that signage and other outreach materials have a unified look and feel. Critical to that goal are standardized graphic standards. These standards are designed to take the guesswork out of sign design by pre-selecting the form of design elements that can be used, while ensuring that signs developed by different people at different times will still have a common feel. This manual presents graphic standards for the following elements: • Fonts • Color Palettes • Logos • Symbology By following the standards presented in this section, sign designers can streamline the design process while ensuring that the finished product is identifiable, familiar, and easy to read for trail users. Graphic Standards Intro Section | Graphic Standards: NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 6 Typography elements (typeface, size, weight, style, leading, and kerning) are fundamental graphic design standards. Consistent typography provides readers with immediate visual cues to the hierarchy of information presented. The approved fonts will enhance legibility, accessibility, content and effectiveness of the greenway signage program. Font specifications are meant to reduce the guess work and streamline the design of a comprehensive identity system. Two font families are proposed for use on official Greenway signs. The fonts have been chosen for their legibility, availability, and ADA compliance. The approved fonts include several variations of typeface weights that should provide sufficient options. The selected fonts are common, and many times come embedded with graphic design applications. If necessary they are also readily available for purchase. Chaparral Pro ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz 1234567890 Chaparral Pro is a slab serif font from Adobe. Chaparral has varying letter proportions giving it a functional and accessible appearance with a touch of formality. Its recognizable style is legible in many sizes and weights and will allow for strong identity recognition through consistent use. Myriad Pro ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz 1234567890 Myriad Pro is a humanist sans-serif font from Adobe. Myriad Pro has clean lines, open shapes and precise letterfit which make it comfortable to read. Its wide variety of weights and widths provide a sufficient palette for numerous display types. Approved Fonts Fonts Section | Graphic Standards: NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 7 Chaparral Pro (Regular 18pt) Use: Headers, Titles, Limited blocks of text No more than two styles should be used per sign Approved styles: Naugatuck River Greenway Regular Naugatuck River Greenway Bold Naugatuck River Greenway Bold Italic Naugatuck River Greenway Italic Fonts Title Font Section | Graphic Standards: NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 8 Myriad Pro (Regular 18pt) – Use: Captions, paragraphs, and body text No more than two styles should be used per sign Approved Styles: Naugatuck River Greenway Regular Naugatuck River Greenway Bold Naugatuck River Greenway Bold Italic Naugatuck River Greenway Italic Naugatuck River Greenway Semibold Naugatuck River Greenway Semibold Italic Naugatuck River Greenway Bold Condensed Fonts Text Font Section | Graphic Standards: NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 9 Official colors selected for the greenway reflect the natural environment in rich hues that compliment each other. The four primary colors: blue, green, blue gray, and white have been selected to establish a recognizable and consistent identity for the greenway and as such are the primary colors of the logo. The official colors should be incorporated on signs for a variety of uses including backgrounds, banners, and text. Primary text colors should be white and black with colored text used to emphasize key facts, interesting information and important graphics. Colors Color Palettes Blue Uses: Primary Accent, Text , Background Blue Gray Uses: Text, Accent, Background Green Uses: Accent, Text, Background White Uses: Text, Accent, Background Primary Colors Black Uses: Text, Accent, Background Light Gray Uses: Text, Accent, Background Dark Gray Uses: Primary Background Primary Colors Blue = R86 G160 B211 Green = R28 G116 B58 Blue Gray = R93 G135 B161 White = R255 G255 B255 Black = R0 G0 B0 Dark Gray = R105 B105 G105 Light Gray= R190 B190 G190 Section | Graphic Standards: NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 10 Dark Blue R23 G74 B124 Light Blue R172 G212 B241 Green R50 G180 B74 Apple Green R141 G198 B63 Yellow Green R214 G224 B61 Cream R225 G234 B83 Orange R243 G115 B33 The accent colors above are meant to be a starting point for approved additional colors to be incorporated into official signage. Creativity and flexibility is encouraged and the addition of accent colors allows for variations in signage designs. Accent colors should be considered for use in backgrounds, graphics, and text. Accent colors are not to take the place of the approved primary colors in the logo. When the simplified logo is approved for use accent colors may be considered if their use will highlight the logo on certain backgrounds more effectively. Colors Accent Colors Section | Graphic Standards: NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 11 Logo Naugatuck River Greenway Primary Logo The two logos above are approved for use on official greenway publications. The “NRG“ letters, river, and background for the “Naugatuck River Greenway” banner text should all be white. In cases where this is not possible or desired the simplified logo below should be used in the primary colors of: black, white, blue gray, dark gray, or gray. Accent colors can be used for the simplified logo and should be chosen based on the background color. Simplified Logo Section | Graphic Standards: NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 12 Logo Sizing and Use The logo should always maintain a perfectly square shape. The logo’s vertical and horizontal dimensions are always a 1:1 ratio. The recommended minimum dimension are 1 inch by 1 inch with the tagline text and 1/2 inch by 1/2 inch without the tagline text. 2x 2x 1” x 1” Logo with text 1/2” x 1/2” Logo without text – Primary and Simplified versions Use of the logo should adhere to the following: Specific written permission must be obtained in order to use the logo. Permission to use the logo does not imply permission for any other future uses. Logos should not be reproduced from these guidelines. Digital files will be made available for use once permission is approved. The logo should not be altered in any manner. The logo should never be used within another graphic symbol or design. Logo Section | Graphic Standards: NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 13 Universal Symbols Universal symbols are standards used on signage to achieve a consistent, recognizable, easy to read and understandable system of wayfinding and information gathering. The symbols shown are based on the Bureau of Land Management (BLM) Baseline Symbol Fonts and should be used on wayfinding signage and mapping. Digital File of Universal Symbols can be furnished upon request. Publications Map Symbols: Updated February 23, 2015 Map Pictographs Campfre Drinking water Information First aid Telephone Shelter Picnic area Parking Horseback riding (rental, guided tour) Trailhead Sledding Fishing Hospital Campground Recycling Ranger station Cross country ski trail Boat launch Swimming Stable Restrooms Bicycle trail Snowmobile trail Canoe access Litter receptacle Lodging Emergency telephone Wheelchair-accessible Common Map Pictographs Symbols Section | Graphic Standards: NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 14 Universal Symbols Other Map Pictographs Wi-Fi MuseumScenic viewpoint Shelter cabin Flower viewing Metro station Waterfowl Uneven walkways Slippery steps Trailhead information Slippery ramp Hold hand rail Stay back from edge Emergencies Stay back from edge Watch for falling ice Bottles Closed captioning (CC) Wheelchair-accessible Interpretive exhibit Open captioning (OC) Large print Volume control telephone Braille Assistive listening systems Low vision access Sign language interpretation Live audio description Audio description Text Telephone (TTY ) service OTHER PICTOGRAPHS Fish hatchery Motorboating River rafting Fish ladder Fish cleaning Life jackets Men’s room Women’s room Sleeping shelter Trailer site Kayaking Fishing pier Winter Recreation area Snow-shoeing Ice shing Accommodations Accessibility Miscellaneous 2Miscellaneous 3 Miscellaneous 1 Last update: April 27, 2015 Services Water Recreation Land Recreation Winter Recreation Diving Hand launch/Small boat launch Personal watercraft Rowboating Wading Viewing area Point of interest Fire extinguisher Cans or bottles Snack bar Strollers Picnic shelter Playground Wildlife viewing Climbing Rock collecting All-terrain trail Exercise/Fitness Skateboarding Sleeping shelter Trash dumpster Firewood cutting Smoking Automobiles Trucks Tunnel Lookout tower Dam Falling rocks Wood gathering Walk on boardwalk Stay on trail Pedestrian crossing AT M Assistive listening systems T-coil compatible Ranger led events Hours of operation Maps Waterfall Passes and fees Things to do Directions Wilderness Brochure Calendar/Events Newspaper Safety/Caution/Alerts Walking / Walking tour Audio tour Baby changing station Quiet, please Silence mobile devices No mobile devices Elevator Star gazing Symbols Section | Graphic Standards: Section | Graphic Standards: NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 15 Sign Designs The purpose of the signage designs are to provide a consistent and functional guide for implementing a uniform program of informational and wayfinding signage. The templates provided serve the purpose of creating a straightforward guide for the selection, layout, and material choice for each sign type. Fonts, colors, logos, etc. outlined in the Graphic Standards have been incorporated into the sign designs inorder to simplify selection and provide a consistent aesthetic for each sign type. Customization and design choices will still be necessary for a number of the signs’ content and graphics and personalization per town is encouraged to create a compelling series of signs along the entire greenway corridor. The sign templates include the following: Confidence marker Trailhead Wayfinding Trailhead Kiosk Trail & Roadside Wayfinding Advisory & Information Interpretive Waysides Temporary Information The family of signs are meant to identify and promote the greenway, local attractions, and local history. A variety of consistent sign types, sizes and layouts will allow for flexibility while identifying the greenway as one continuous resource for recreation, transportation, exercise, and education. Select sign designs, particularly any that may be used along roadways, adhere to the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control (MUTCD), however, before designing, ordering, or fabricating any signs the local municipality should be contacted and coordinated with to ensure the proposed signs comply with local ordinances including, but not limited to, size and location requirements. Similarly any signs proposed on state roads must be coordinated with the Connecticut Department of Transportation. Designs Section | Sign Standards: NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 16 Confidence Marker Purpose: Identification The confidence marker is a useful tool to identify the location of the greenway and as its name suggests reinforces that the greenway user is on the correct route. These simple signs utilize the greenway logo to quickly designate the location of the greenway and any directional changes. The maker can be utilized for gaps in the greenway system where sections have not yet been constructed to designate an approved route allowing greenway users to successfully navigate between completed sections. Design: Sizes: 3.5” x 3.5” 3.5” x 4.5” There are two options for the size and content of the marker plate. One utilizes the logo only and is a 3.5” x 3.5” square while the second option is a 3.5” x 4.5” rectangle with the addition of an identifier text below the greenway logo. The option to include a location name under the logo is useful for such an extensive greenway that passes through 12 towns and countless local attractions. Directional Arrow: An additional separate 2.5” diameter directional arrow plate can be utilized to identify changes in directions, at intersections, and as additional wayfinding. Materials: 0.08”Aluminium Composite (UV Resistant) Location: Designated routes connecting completed sections of the greenway, typically on-road Trail crossings Points of Interest Designs Section | Sign Standards: NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 17 Confidence Marker 3.5” 3.5” 2.5” diameter arrow plate Designs Section | Sign Standards: NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 18 Confidence Marker 4.5” 3.5” 2.5” diameter arrow plate WATERTOWN Designs Section | Sign Standards: NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 19 Trailhead Wayfinding Purpose: Identification Trailhead wayfinding signs should be utilized to identify and direct greenway users to points of access to the greenway system. This includes vehicular parking areas as well as dedicated bicycle and pedestrian access points. Design: Sizes: 48” x 12” (double post) 12” x 18” (single post) Materials: 0.08”Aluminium Location: Designated parking area entrances Points of access Intersections Designs Section | Sign Standards: NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 20 Trailhead Wayfinding Designs Section | Sign Standards: NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 21 Trailhead Kiosk Purpose: Orientation, Wayfinding Trailhead kiosks should be placed at all major greenway entrances. The role of the trailhead kiosk is to identify the location the viewer is currently at and what along the greenway route they can access from this location. The basic information all trailhead kiosks should depict includes: Map of the greenway of the immediate area terminating preferably at other trail heads Brief description of the trail section Walking distances to key features or attractions Safety information Rules and regulations Optional, but preferred, information includes: A map indicating where on the total greenway route you are located Nearby attractions not on the greenway route Where to find more information (scan code, website, social media link) Design: Sizes: 24” x 36” 30” x 42” 36” x 48” Materials: Composite (UV Resistant) High Pressure Laminate Orientation: Vertical Horizontal Location: Main greenway access points Designs Section | Sign Standards: NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 22 Trailhead Kiosk Designs Section | Sign Standards: NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 23 Trail & Roadside Wayfinding Purpose: Identification, Directional, Information, Trail and roadside wayfinding signs should be utilized to identify and direct to points of interest nearby. The signage should identify the greenway through use of the logo and then clearly identify the point of interest, the direction to navigate to the point of interest and if possible the distance. When used to direct users to the greenway itself the signs can be used effectively in conjunction with the confidence marker. This sign type provides an opportunity for local businesses and attractions to sponsor and pay for a sign along the greenway. Care should be taken to consolidate attractions on single signs to avoid sign clutter along the greeway corridor. Design: Sizes: 12” x 18” (single post) Removable blade size varies Materials: 0.08”Aluminium Composite (UV Resistant) High Pressure Laminate Steel Orientation: (Varies per sign type) Vertical Horizontal Low Profile Angled Panel (45 degree) Location: Along greenway shoulders Streetscapes Intersections Designs Section | Sign Standards: NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 24 Trailside Wayfinding Trailblade Designs Section | Sign Standards: NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 25 Trailside Wayfinding Advisory & Information Designs Section | Sign Standards: NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 26 Trail & Roadside Wayfinding Banner Designs Section | Sign Standards: NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 27 Trail & Roadside Wayfinding Removable Blades Designs Section | Sign Standards: NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 28 Interpretive Waysides Purpose: Education, Engagement, & Exploration Interpretive wayside signs offer the opportunity to encourage exploration of the greenway system, its history, and its future. These signs give each community the greenway traverses the opportunity to highlight why the Naugatuck River corridor is so important and why users should promote and protect natural resources in their community. The sign content should increase the awareness of local assets including historical events, figures, or places, natural features, distinct cultures, wildlife, and conservation. These signs will be highly customizable in their content however the approved layout and sizes should not be altered in any way. Content needs to be interesting, concise, understandable and engaging in order to be successful. The signs should give a complete picture of their content but also prompt visitors to explore further on their own for more in-depth information and experiences. Means to access additional information such as websites, scan codes, and local libraries and historical societies should be provided. Design: Sizes: 24” x 36” 30”x 42” 36” x 48” Materials: High Pressure Laminate Orientation: Vertical Horizontal Low Profile Angled Panel (45 degree) – The wayside’s angle and position should channel the viewer’s attention in the direction of the signs content. Location: Highly visible locations oriented in relation to the sign content whenever feasible Trailheads Greenway shoulders Streetscapes Intersections Designs Section | Sign Standards: NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 29 Interpretive Waysides Horizontal Designs Section | Sign Standards: NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 30 Interpretive Waysides Vertical Designs Section | Sign Standards: NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 31 Banners Purpose: Identification, Promotion Banners should be used to identify and promote the greenway and related attractions in order to attract users. Banners should be primarily graphic with little accompaning text. Any text that is used needs to be visible for both vehicles and pedestrians. Banners are an excellent and cost effective way to celebrate the greenway and let people know they are in close proximity to a unique natural resource. Banners can be mounted to existing light poles and utility poles with simple mounting hardware and brackets. Design: Sizes: 18” x 36” (typical) Custom sizes are available. Use of NRG logo on custom designs must be approved. Materials: Vinyl Canvas Location: Streetscapes Trailhead parking lots Banners Designs Section | Sign Standards: NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 32 Pole Arm Banners Images shown are for graphic purposes only. Banner images are encouraged to be customized to promote a variety of activities, events, and locations along the entire greenway corridor and adjacent communities. Designs Section | Sign Standards: NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 33 Temporary Signs Purpose: Identification, Promotion, Information Temporary signs are an inexpensive way to notify visitors of upcoming official greenway trail events and news. Temporary signs should be used sparingly and for a specific duration. Temporary signs must not be left in place beyond their useful time period. Overuse of temporary signs can lead to signage clutter and dismissiveness by viewers. Temporary signs are effective tools to educate viewers on new trail construction, upcoming events, trail closures and maintenance, and temporary safety concerns. Signs should be sized appropriately for their content and be of a material that will last their intend posted duration. Mounting temporary signs should be done with care so as to not damage any permanent structures they may be affixed to. Any temporary sign utilizing the official greenway logo must be approved prior to placement. Design: Sizes: 8.5” x 11” 11” x 17” Materials: Bond paper Cardstock Foamcore Laminated Paper Location: Varies Whenever possible temporary signs should be limited in use and duration Designs Section | Sign Standards: NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 34 Temporary & Promotional 17" 11" large full logo text or additional graphic title 11" 8.5" 11" 17" 11" 8.5" title full logo full logo text or additional graphic Copyright Milone & MacBroom, Inc – 2015 Temporary Signs 11”x17” 8.5”x11” Designs Section | Sign Standards: NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 35 Sign Templates Each sign type has an individual digital file template that can be requested from the Naugatuck River Greenway Committee allowing communities to order specific signs. The templates provide the necessary framework to ensure all signs have the same dimensions, colors, and layout when necessary. The templates allow communities to use sign manufacturers of their choice but still ensure a consistent signage program. The sign templates should not be altered unless approved by the committee. Any changes approved by the committee that will be permanent to the signage program should be sent to the greenway communities to ensure the changes are incorporated into any new signs. Templates can be requested through: Naugatuck Valley Council of Governments 49 Leavenworth Street 3rd Floor, Waterbury CT, 06702 p. 203.489.0362 www.nvcogct.org Templates Section | Sign Standards: 24222222 36222222 bleed line 0.5222222 trim line full-fr base guide 0.75222222 mar TITLE int descriptions hi-r additional phot NR3.3222222 x 3.3222222 sponsors banner full bleed NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 36 Confidence Marker Template Request File: NRG_Marker.indd Note: Template image shown is not to scale and is for reference only. Templates Section | Sign Standards: bor bor NR 3.2222222 x 3.2222222 3/8222222 diamet (t mounting hole 2.5222222 diamet arr 3.5222222 0.15222222 0.15222222 3.5222222 NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 37 Confidence Marker Template Request File: NRG_Marker.indd Note: Template image shown is not to scale and is for reference only. Templates Section | Sign Standards: bor bor NR 3.2222222 x 3.2222222 T 3/8222222 diamet (t mounting hole 0.4222222 ht 2.5222222 diamet arr 4.5222222 0.2222222 0.15222222 0.15222222 3.5222222 NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 38 48” x 12” Trailhead Wayfinding Template Request File: 48_12_Wayfind.indd Note: Template image shown is not to scale and is for reference only. Templates Section | Sign Standards: River Greenway Naugatuck NR8222222 x 8222222 arr 5222222 x 5222222 12222222 48222222 0.375222222 1.25222222 1222222 1.25222222 bor 1.5222222 NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 39 48” x 12” Trailhead Wayfinding DOT Template Request File: 48_12_Wayfind.indd Note: Template image shown is not to scale and is for reference only. Templates Section | Sign Standards: arr5222222 x 5222222 backDO River Greenway Naugatuck 12222222 48222222 0.375222222 1222222 1222222 bor 1.5222222 NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 40 12” x 18” Wayfinding Template Request File: 12_18_Wayfind.indd Note: Template image shown is not to scale and is for reference only. Templates Section | Sign Standards: 18222222 1.5222222 1.5222222 bor back NR10222222 x 8222222 arr 5222222 x 5222222 1.5222222 15222222 12222222 0.375222222 3/8222222 diamet (t mounting hole 18222222 0.375222222 1.5222222 1.5222222 bor NR6222222 x 7222222 arr 5222222 x 5222222 1.5222222 15222222 12222222 3/8222222 diamet (t mounting hole 18222222 1.5222222 1.5222222 bor NR10222222 x 8222222 arr 2222222 x 2222222 t 2222222 ht t 2222222 ht t 2222222 ht arr 2222222 x 2222222 arr 2222222 x 2222222 1.5222222 15222222 12222222 0.375222222 3/8222222 diamet (t mounting hole back NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 41 24” x 36” Trailhead Kiosk Request File: 24_36_Wayside.indd Note: Template image shown is not to scale and is for reference only. Templates Section | Sign Standards: bleed line 0.5222222 2.34222222 x 1.42222222 0.3222222 trim line 24222222 36222222 full-frguide 0.75222222 mar NR4.2222222 x 4.2222222 use back TITLE t optional t seal or other 008B0086008700900096008B03D0008B00870094 map/gr location in cont within t use of is encour t postings map/gr sponsors sponsors sponsors NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 42 Trailblade Template Request File: Trailblade.indd Note: Template image shown is not to scale and is for reference only. Templates Section | Sign Standards: 48222222 9.5222222 1222222 1.5222222 1222222 21.5222222 16222222 8222222 NR t8222222 x 2222222 color mile mak8222222 x 2222222 a6222222 x 17222222 NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 43 18” x 36” Wayfinding Template Request File: 18_36_Wayfind.indd Note: Template image shown is not to scale and is for reference only. Templates Section | Sign Standards: 36222222 1.5222222 2222222 1.5222222 0.5222222 0.5222222 min. 1222222 max. 0.5222222 0.5222222 min.1222222 max. 18222222 t NR int 4222222 x 4.5222222 008F009100970090009600030084009100960096 TITLE sub title map or gr t tr t local attr NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 44 24” x 36” Wayside Template Request File: 24_36_Wayside.indd Note: Template image shown is not to scale and is for reference only. Templates Section | Sign Standards: 24222222 36222222 bleed line 0.5222222 trim line full-fr base guide 0.75222222 mar TITLE int descriptions hi-r additional phot NR 3.3222222 x 3.3222222 sponsors banner full bleed NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 45 24” x 36” Wayside Template Vertical Request File: 24_36_Wayside.indd Note: Template image shown is not to scale and is for reference only. Templates Section | Sign Standards: bleed line 0.5222222 2.34222222 x 1.42222222 0.3222222 trim line 24222222 36222222 2.7222222 4222222 full-fr guide 0.75222222 mar NR int 5222222 x 5.5222222 TITLE sub title sponsors sponsors sponsors optional- series of local phot ri cust t r t banner full bleed NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 46 Wayfinding Banner Template Request File: Wayfind_Banner.indd Note: Template image shown is not to scale and is for reference only. Templates Section | Sign Standards: 72222222 min. 1.5222222 1.5222222 1.5222222 1222222 16222222 96222222 max. 2.5222222 ht color map of portion or entirgr t16222222 x 3222222 gr accent color logo 5222222 x 5222222 t 4222222 diamet Naugatuck River Greenway NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 47 Pole Banner Template Request File: Pole_Banner.indd Note: Template image shown is not to scale and is for reference only. Templates Section | Sign Standards: 36222222 2222222 1.5222222 1.5222222 1222222 0.5222222 min.1222222 max. 18222222 t banner arm pock banner arm pock cust double sided gr commer NR int 4.5222222 x 4.5222222 NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 48 8.5”x 11” Temporary Template Request File: 8.5_11_Temp.ind (file contains both portrait & landscape layouts) Note: Template image shown is not to scale and is for reference only. Templates Section | Sign Standards: 8.5222222 bor 11222222 0.1222222 NR 1.5222222 x 1.5222222 t9222222x 4.5222222 0.5222222 title 0.6222222 8.5222222 bor 11222222 0.1222222 NR 1.5222222 x 1.5222222 t4.5222222x 9222222 0.5222222 0.6222222 title NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 49 11”x17” Temporary Template Request File: 11_17_Temp.ind (file contains both portrait & landscape layouts) Note: Template image shown is not to scale and is for reference only. Templates Section | Sign Standards: 11222222 bor 17222222 0.375222222 NR 7222222 x 7222222 t 7222222x 8222222 17222222 bor NR 2.5222222 x 2.5222222 t7222222x 10222222 11222222 0.375222222 0.6222222 0.6222222 NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 50 Site Selection Proper placement of signs in the landscape is paramount to their effectiveness. A well designed sign that is installed in a location that is secluded, irrelevant, or obtrusive can lead to frustration, confusion, or lack of interest from prospective viewers. The graphic below is a depiction of a typical signage package layout. This graphic does not cover all potential sites but is meant to give an overview of the most typically utilized locations. Prior to any sign installation local codes and officials should be consulted. General Guidelines Trailhead wayfinding signs shall be placed on or near park signs, at designated parking facilities, at intersections with main streets, and major greenway intersections and trailheads. Trailhead kiosks shall be placed at main collection points, parking lots and at the intersection of major trail systems. Wayfinding signs shall be placed at intersections with main streets, greenway intersections, or other locations where clarification is needed. Wayfinding signs shall be located at least 50 feet prior to the destination. At termination points in areas of future development, temporary signs shall be placed stating: “Trail Ends. For future development information, contact (list contact agency) at (list phone number) or at (list website)”. Installation Section | Sign Standards: NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 51 W1 W3 R1 T3 W1 R1 W3 NAUGATUCK RIVER GREENWAY PARKING NAUGATUCK RIVER T2 T1 W2 P1 BUILDING SIDEWALK Site Selection Diagram Sign Location Legend Wayfinding W1 Trailhead Wayfinding W2 Roadside Wayfinding W3 Trailside Wayfinding Informational T1 Trailhead Kiosk T2 Interpretive Wayside T3 Advisory Promotion P1 Banner Regulatory R1 Stop Sign The graphic depiction is meant only as a diagram to illustrate typical sign locations in reference to common physical features. The graphic is not to scale and should only be used as a reference when determining prospective sign locations. Black filled triangle indicates viewing direction. Installation Section | Sign Standards: NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 52 Sign Installation Signs should be installed in accordance with local codes as well as AASHTO and MUTCD guidelines. When applicable manufacturers’ recommendations for sign assembly and installation should be followed. In general the following recommendations should be considered prior to any sign installation. Typical installations include either direct burial of posts or posts set on concrete footings. Sign posts and footings should be sized to accommodate the specified sign and installed to a depth of 42 inches below grade to provide frost protection. Proper clearance around signs is important. Correct sign mounting along trails, sidewalks and roadways is critical to accommodate a safe travelling distance from obstructions and fixed objects. Signs should be placed on the right-hand side of the greenway. Post mounted signs should not be mounted less than 2 feet from the edge of the sign to the edge of the paved greenway. Post mounted signs should be mounted at a height not less than 5 feet from the bottom of the sign to adjacent finished grade. Wayfinding, informational, and interpretive signs should be installed in areas that allow for trail users to exit the travel way of the greenway safely and then stand and view the sign without obstructing the greenway. Areas for viewing signs should be of a firm and stable surface. If proper clearances cannot be achieved then additional warning signs, object markers or enhanced visuals such as reflectors should be used. Whenever possible signs should be installed on public property. For any case where this is not achievable the private property owner must be contacted and the appropriate installation rights gained. Sign posts, foundations and mountings shall be so constructed as to hold signs in a proper and permanent position, and to resist swaying in the wind or displacement by vandalism. Refer to sign details for specific requirements for installation materials and hardware. Important Note : All traffic control, regulatory and warning signs must be installed in accordance with the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices. Installation Section | Sign Standards: NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 53 Sign Installation Diagrams Installation Section | Sign Standards: NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 54 Sign Installation Diagrams Installation Section | Sign Standards: NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 55 Sign Materials Sign Panels Aluminium: Is a cost effective and durable sign material that is ready available and easily ordered from many sources. Typically 0.08” thickness. Aluminium Composite: Made from .012 sheets of aluminium laminated on both sides to a premium grade polymer Retroreflective sheeting should be used on aluminium products within parking areas and along roadways. High Pressure Composite Laminate: Is a durable product that allows for custom graphics and special coatings to be incorporated into the sign panel. The product typically consists of a high resolution print “sandwiched” between plastic and resin impregnated sheets that when heated to high temperatures create a thermoset plastic product that does not delaminate. This product is typically a higher cost but provides a long durable shelf life with the added benefit of vandal proof coatings integral to the panel. Sign Posts and Frames Wood: 4×4 pressure treated post can be used however it is recommended that 5×5 or 6×6 post be used whenever possible to reduce the risk of warping and checking of the wood. Metal: Square and round steel or aluminum posts of varying sizes can be used. For single post signs it is recommended that sizes no less than 2” be used. Post should typically be painted to provide a more finish aesthetic. Fixed posts should be used in areas where vehicles are unlikely. Breakaway posts should be used near parking and roadways where fixed objects should be avoided. Sign Bases Direct Burial Concrete Footing Concrete Footing with Steel Cleat Installation Section | Sign Standards: NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 56 Sign Details The following details are meant as a guide for installation methods and materials. There are numerous methods and materials to erect and affix signage to various materials and structures. The following details are meant to depict a range of typical construction methods and materials that have proven durable and will allow for customization based on sign type, location, and budget. All signs coordinated through a sign manufacturer should be installed per the manufacturer’s recommendations and instructions. Details Section | Sign Standards: NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 57 Details Section | Sign Standards: 3′ – 6″MIN. 2ft TRAIL NOTES : 1. AMOUNT OF HARDWARE REQUIRED FOR EACH OF ALL MOUNTING HARDWARE TO BE STAINLESS-STEEL, VANDAL-PROOF, AND APPROVED BY ENGINEER PRIOR (TYP). 5′ 4″ 3/8″X2″LONG STAINLESS LAG HARDWARE SHALL BE VANDAL RESISTANT APPROVED BY ENGINEER MIN TO 4″(TYP) No.6 STONE 6″ WOOD POST MOUNTING – SIGN FACE N.T.S. SIGN WOOD 12″ PLAN 4.5″ 4.5″ WOOD 12″ SIGN WOOD POST L-BRACKET – SIDE MOUNT N.T.S. 002F00100045005500440046004E0048005700030036004C00470048000300300052005800510057 LAG TO WOOD POST “L” 2 COLOR 1/4” VANDAL RESISTANT MOUNTING HARDWARE PER MANUFACTURER 1.5ft 002600520053005C0055004C004A004B005700030030004C004F00520051004800030009000300300044004600250055005200520050000F0003002C005100460003001000030015001300140019 NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 58 Details Section | Sign Standards: 24222222 24222222 NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 59 Details Section | Sign Standards: 72222222 96222222 96222222 78222222 30222222 16222222 72222222 114222222 16222222 48222222 36222222 36222222 48222222 NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 60 3″x3″ SQUARE STEEL POST SURFACE MOUNT PLATE SEE ENLARGEMENT 1/2″ THICK HIGH PRESSURE LAMINATE SIGN PANEL (INFORMATION AND DESIGN TO BE DETERMINED) 3″x3″ SQUARE STEEL POST ADJUSTABLE MOUNTING “L” BRACKET MOUNTED SIGN PANEL RECESSED 1/2″ 3″x3″ SQUARESTEEL POST 6″x6″x3/8″ STEEL PLATE 5/8″ DIAM. HOLE TYPICAL OF (4) 2″ NOTES: 1. SIGN PANEL TO BE MOUNTED WITH STAINLESS STEEL BUTTON-HEAD ANTI-VANDAL SCREWS, 1/2″(L)x1/4″- 20 THREAD. 2. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR APPROVED MANUFACTURER AND MODEL. 3. ALL SUPPORT POST MOUNTING PLATES TO HAVE BASE COVER TO HIDE MOUNTING HARDWARE. ALL SUPPORTS AND HARDWARE TO BE COLOR: BLACK. 4. CONCRETE FOUNDATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH SIGN MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL. 2″ C L 1/2″ N.T.S. INFORMATION SIGN – DOUBLE POST Copyright Milone & MacBroom, Inc – 2016 Details Section | Sign Standards: NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 61 18"Ø SECTION ELEVATION TS6x6x 12" WELDED TO STEEL BASE PLATE 24"Ø CONCRETE FOOTING (8) – 34"Ø GALVANIZED ANCHOR BOLTS W/ MIN 10" EMBEDMENT 12"x12"x 12" STEEL BASE PLATE TS6x6x 12" WELDED TO STEEL BASE PLATE 8" 2" 2" 1′-0" (2) 34"Ø THRU BOLTS 3" (TYP.) GRAPHIC TRAIL SIGN BRACKET DETAIL SCALE: 34" = 1′-0" NOTES: 1. AFTER THE TS SECTION IS WELDED TO THE BASE PLATE, THE ENTIRE BRACKET IS TO BE HOT-DIPPED GALVANIZED. 2. PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS FOR TRIM BOARD AND STEEL BRACKET FOR APPROVAL. Timber Post with Steel Bracket Copyright Milone & MacBroom, Inc – 2016 Details Section | Sign Standards: NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 62 REMOVABLE SIGN PANEL POST DETAIL N.T.S. POST CAP SIGN PANEL (SIZE VARIES)CONCEALED MOUNTING BRACKET FASTENED TO BOTH SIDES OF SIGN POST CAP FASTENER 3” SQUARE ALUMINUM POST Copyright Milone & MacBroom, Inc – 2016 Details Section | Sign Standards: NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 63 Center Mount Sign Bracket Slip Over Bracket TYPICAL POST MOUNTING BRACKETS N.T.S. AFTER MARKET POLE BANNER MOUNTING BRACKETS N.T.S. NOTES: 1. KITS TYPICALLY INCLUDE: 1.1. ALUMINUM BRACKETS 1.2. FIBERGLASS ARMS AND PINS 1.3. END CAPS 1.4. STAINLESS STEEL QUICK BANDS 1.5. TIE WRAPS Pole mounting bracket Typical Bracket Kit Copyright Milone & MacBroom, Inc – 2016 Details Section | Sign Standards: NRG SIGNAGE DESIGN MANUAL | 64 Sign Maintenance Maintenance is a critical component to a successful signage and branding campaign. Faded, outdated, or damaged signs reflect a state of neglect and disregard for the very resource that is trying to be promoted. Maintained facilities promote a positive user experience and can increase stewardship of the greenway. The following general recommendations should be considered to ensure a functional life for the signs. Keep a record of location, type and year signs have been installed. Inspect all signs annually. Clean all signs at time of inspection. Reapply anti-vandal coatings, and protective waxes where appropriate. Replace any out-of-date signage. Remove and replace damaged signs. If a location has a perpetual issue with vandals find an alternative location. Prune or remove any vegetation that may have grown and is now reducing visibility. Inspect area around signs to ensure a stable and firm walking surface is provided where needed. Maintenance Section | Sign Standards:

Ozone Emissions Table 2016

Ozone EmissionsVOCNOXVOCNOXVOCNOXCT Portion of NY-NJ-LI Area17.5224.8027.454.6-9.88-29.80Greater CT Portion15.9921.9926.349.2-10.31-27.21CT Portion of NY-NJ-LI Area12.3113.2427.454.6-15.09-41.36Greater CT Portion11.3911.8726.349.2-14.91-37.33CT Portion of NY-NJ-LI Area7.247.8327.454.6-20.16-46.77Greater CT Portion6.76.9426.349.2-19.6-42.26CT Portion of NY-NJ-LI Area6.667.3327.454.6-20.74-47.27Greater CT Portion6.176.4926.349.2-20.13-42.712040Difference201720252035YearOzone AreaSeries 31ABudgets

PM 2.5 Emissions Table 2016

!”#$%&'()**)+,*-./0#123424$23567#$8%3%$82#5362$89#:#$3975878$##1#%#12$4%1$4%2:653#8$29427$3$8#14%2%4$%#5324$2%2:653#8$294:#$512%$1#171274$6#5%:4$8%2:653#8$2943#$29352:7$4;)0.

CNV LRTP TIP Ozone Air Quality Emission Results Summary October 2016

Ozone Air Quality Conformity Determination Page | 1 Emissions Results Summary REGIONAL AIR QUALITY EMISSIONS ASSESSMENT ONE -HOUR OZONE NAAQS TRANSPORTATION IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM – FFY 2015 -2018 FOR THE CENTRAL NAUGATUCK VALLEY METROPOLITAN PLANNING ORGANIZATION October 201 6 The Clean Air Act Amendments (CAAA) of 1990 and the federal transportation regulations and legislation r ecognized the major contributions of transportation sources to the overall air quality problem evidenced throughout the country. To effect uate a reduction in transportation – related emissions and a corresponding improvement in air quality, areas designated as non – attainment or maintenance for a criterion pollutant were required to demonstrate that their transportation plans, programs and proj ects contributed to the attainment of National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) and would not cause a new violation or delay attainment of the NAAQS . This process is referred to as Air Quality Conformity . Connecticut is divided into two non -attainme nt area for the 8 -hour ozone NAAQS , both are classified as “ Moderate ” non -attainment areas . Fairfield, New Haven and Middlesex counties are included as part of the New York -Northern New Jersey -Long Island non -attainment area. The remainder of the state is designated as the Greater Connecticut non -attainment area. In June, 2004, the EPA finalized the 8 -hour conformity for Ozone non -attainment areas and the designated the Connecticut portion of the New York -Northern New Jersey -Long Island non – attainment area as a “moderate” non -attainment areas for the 8 -hour Ozone standard. Subsequent decisions by the EPA and revisions to the approach for classifying non -attainment areas re -designated both of Connec ticut ’s non -attainment area s as a “marginal” non – attainment area s with an attainment date of December 31, 2015. Based on 2012 -2014 air quality data, the EPA determined that Connecticut’s non -attainment areas did not attain ozone standards by July20, 2015. Both the Greater Connecticut and the New York -New Jersey -Long Island areas were reclassified as “Moderate,” effective June 3, 2016. The new attainment date for these two areas is July 20, 2018. The Connecticut Department of Transportation is responsible f or conducting the air quality emissions assessments for the metropolitan planning organizations in Connecticut. The CTDOT uses the statewide travel demand model to estimate vehicle miles of travel for various classes of highways and during various time per iods. The future transportation network includes all planned improvement projects and is based on the complete implementation of the transportation improvement program (TIP) and the long range transportation plans. The MOVES201 4a emissions model is used t o calculate emissions from transportation travel and establish emissions budgets . The 8 -hour budgets were developed jointly by CTDOT and CTDEEP. The budgets were found to be adequate by EPA and can be used in comparing future transportation -related emissio n to determine conformity. Ozone Air Quality Conformity Determination Page | 2 Emissions Results Summary The conformity test requires the emissions from the future transportation system to be less than the EPA -approved budgets for all analysis years. The emissions analyses were conducted for the following years:  201 7 – New Attainment year and near term analysis year  2025 – Interim modeling year  2035 – Interim modeling year  2040 – Long range transportation plan horizon year The results of the quantitative emis sions analysis conducted by CT DOT are shown in the following tab les and the analysis year trends are depicted in the charts following the tables. CENTRAL NAUGATUCK VALLEY PLANNING REGION 2015 -2040 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN REGION EMISSIONS ANALY SIS RESULTS 8-Ho ur Oz o ne NAAQS Co nnecticut Po rtio n o f the NY -NJ -LI-CT Area VOC Emission Analysis NO X Emission Analysis Ana lysis Ye a r Action SIP Budge t Diffe re nce Action SIP Budge t Diffe re nce 2017 Emissions 17.52 27.4 -9.88 24.8 54.6 -29.8 2025 Emissions 12.31 27.4 -15.09 13.24 54.6 -41.36 2035 Emissions 7.24 27.4 -20.16 7.83 54.6 -46.77 2040 Emissions 6.66 27.4 -20.74 7.33 54.6 -47.27 1. A small reduction in VMT and emissions in the Greater Connecticut area will occur from the ECO program in the Connecticut portion of the NY -NJ-LI area due to travel between the areas. 2. Emission analysis based on S UMMER conditions. 3. VOC & NOx emissions are in tons per day and are calculated using Connecticut’s vehicle mix. 4. HMPS 12 Functional Class system used. 5. National Low Emission Vehicle (NLEV) program included in 2008 and future years. 6. Eight Hour Ozone emission budgets effective June 27, 2008. Ozone Air Quality Conformity Determination Page | 3 Emissions Results Summary 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 2017 2025 2035 2040 Estimated VOC Emissions by Analysis Year Compared to Approved EPA Budget CT Portion of NY -NJ -LI -CT Non -Attainment Area Estimated VOC emission s (Tons/D ay) EPA VOC Bud get (Tons/Day) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 2017 2025 2035 2040 Estimated NOx Emissions by Analysis Year Compared to Approved EPA Budget CT Portion of NY -NJ -LI -CT Non -Attainment Area Estimated NOx Emissions (Ton s/Day) EPA NOx Budget (To ns/D ay) Ozone Air Quality Conformity Determination Page | 4 Emissions Results Summary CENTRAL NAUGATUCK VALLEY PLANNING REGION 2015 -2040 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN REGION EMISSIONS ANALY SIS RESULTS 8-Ho ur Oz o ne NAAQS Greater Co nnecticut No n -Attainment Area VOC Emission Analysis NO X Emission Analysis Ana lysis Ye a r Action SIP Budge t Diffe re nce Action SIP Budge t Diffe re nce 2017 Emissions 15.99 26.3 -10.31 21.99 49.2 -27.21 2025 Emissions 11.39 26.3 -14.91 11.87 49.2 -37.33 2035 Emissions 6.7 26.3 -19.6 6.94 49.2 -42.26 2040 Emissions 6.17 26.3 -20.13 6.49 49.2 -42.71 1. A small reduction in VMT and emissions in the Greater Connecticut area will occur from the ECO program in the Connecticut portion of the NY -NJ-LI area due to travel between the areas. 2. Emission analysis based on S UMMER conditions. 3. VOC & NOx emissions are in tons per day and are calculated using Connecticut’s vehicle mix. 4. HMPS 12 Functional Class system used. 5. National Low Emission Vehicle (NLEV) program included in 2008 and future years. 6. Eight Hour Ozone emission budgets effective June 27, 2008. Ozone Air Quality Conformity Determination Page | 5 Emissions Results Summary 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 2017 2025 2035 2040 Estimated VOC Emissions by Analysis Year Compared to Approved EPA Budget Greater CT Non -Attainment Area Estimated VOC emission s (Tons/Day) EPA VOC Bud get (Tons/Day) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 2017 2025 2035 2040 Estimated NOx Emissions by Analysis Year Compared to Approved EPA Budget Greater CT Non -Attainment Area Estimated NOx Emissions (Ton s/Day) EPA NOx Budget (To ns/D ay)

CNV LRTP TIP PM 2.5 Air Quality Emission Results Summary October 2016

PM2.5 Air Quality Conformity Determination Page | 1 Emissions Results Summary REGIONAL AIR QUALITY EMISSIONS ASSESSMENT PM2.5 NAAQS FFY 2015 -2018 TRANSPORTATION IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM & LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLANS CENTRAL NAUGATUCK VALLEY MPO October 201 6 The Clean Air Act Amendments (CAAA) of 1990 and the federal transportation regulations and legislation r ecognized the major contributions of transportation sources to the overall air quality problem evidenced throughout the country. To effectuate a reduction i n transportation – related emissions and a corresponding improvement in air quality, areas designated as non – attainment or maintenance for a criterion pollutant were required to demonstrate that their transportation plans, programs and projects contributed t o the attainment of National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) and would not cause a new violation or delay attainment of the NAAQS . This process is referred to as Air Quality Conformity . The US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) promulgated national ambient air quality standards (NAAQS) for fine particulate matter in 1997. Fine particulate matter is referred to as PM2.5 and is a mixture of microscopic solids and suspended liquid solids in the air. It is formed directly as a by -product of combustion, such as smoke or automobile exhaust, or indirectly from chemical reactions in the atmosphere. Fairfield and New Haven Counties are included in the New York -New Jersey -Connecticut (NY -NJ -CT) P M2.5 non -attainment area. On April 17, 200 7 the Connecticut Department of Energy and Environmental Protection (CTDEEP) submitted a revision to the State Implementation Plan to establish interim progress for achieving the NAAQS for fine particulate matter and motor vehicle emission budgets. The annual emission budgets for the Connecticut portion of the NY -NJ -CT non -attainment area were determined to be adequate and are used in future analysis years. The EPA has also determined Connecticut’s PM2.5 attainment demonstration SIP to be administratively and technically complete as of January 8, 2009. Effective October 24, 2013, the Connecticut portion of the multi -state PM2.5 non -attainment area was re -designated as “attainment maintenance.” EPA’s guidance for mai ntenance plans calls for a demonstration of continued compliance by showing that future emissions during the maintenance period will not exceed the level of emission in the attainment inventory. The end of the maintenance period is 2025. The Connecticut D epartment of Transportation is responsible for conducting the air quality emissions assessments for the metropolitan planning organizations in Connecticut. The CTDOT uses the statewide travel demand model to estimate vehicle miles of travel for various cla sses of highways and during various time periods. The future transportation network includes all planned improvement projects and is based on the complete implementation of the transportation improvement program (TIP) and the long range transportation plan s. PM2.5 Air Quality Conformity Determination Page | 2 Emissions Results Summary The MOVES2014a emissions model is used to establish emissions budgets for the 2017 and 2025 analysis years. Emission estimates were developed for direct PM2.5 and indirect PM2.5 emissions based on the estimate of NOx emissions, the most critical precu rsor of PM2.5. The conformity test requires the emissions from the future transportation system expected to be in place in 2017 to be less than the EPA -approved budget for 2017 and the emissions from the 2025 build scenario and subsequent years to be less than the 2025 budget. The emissions analyses were conducted for the following years:  2017 – Attainment year  2025 – End maintenance period  2035 – Interim modeling year  2040 – Long range transportation plan horizon year The results of the quantitative emis sions analysis conducted by CT DOT are shown i n the following table and the analysis year trends are depicted in the charts following the table. CENTRAL NAUGATUCK VALLEY PLANNING REGION 2015 -2040 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN REGION EMISSIONS ANALY SIS RESULTS Fine Particulate Matter (PM 2 .5 ) Annual NAAQS Co nnecticut Po rtio n o f the NY -NJ -LI-CT Area Direct PM 2. 5 Emission Analysis NO x Emission Analysis Analysis Year Action SIP Budget Difference Action SIP Budget Difference 2017 Emissions 313.10 575.80 -262.70 7942.80 12791.80 -4849.00 2025 Emissions 201.50 516.00 -314.50 4350.30 9728.10 -5377.80 2035 Emissions 153.50 516.00 -362.50 2713.10 9728.10 -7015.00 2045 Emissions 143.90 516.00 -372.10 2563.80 9728.10 -7164.30 1. A small reduction in VMT and emissions in the Greater Connecticut area will occur from the ECO program. 2. Emission analysis based on S UMMER and WINTER conditions. 3. NOx emissions are in tons per day and are calculated using Connecticut’s vehicle mix. 4. HMPS 12 Functional Class system used. PM2.5 Air Quality Conformity Determination Page | 3 Emissions Results Summary 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 2017 2025 2035 2040 Estimated Direct PM 2.5 Emissions by Analysis Year Compared to Approved EPA Budget CT Portion of the NY -NJ -LI -CT Non -Attainment Area Estimated Direct PM 2.5 Emissio ns (Tons/Year) SIP Bud get (To ns/Year) 0.00 2,000.00 4,000.00 6,000.00 8,000.00 10,000.0 0 12,000.0 0 14,000.0 0 2017 2025 2035 2040 Estimated NOx (I ndirect) Emissions by Analysis Year Compared to Approved EPA Budget CT Portion of the NY -NJ -LI -CT Non -Attainment Area Estimated Nox (Ind ir ect) Emissio ns (Ton s/Year ) SIP Bud get (To ns/Year)